your zone
303242
Space Saver Your Zone Flip Chair, Multiple Colors (Rich Black)
9409
Your Zone Glow Throw - Unicorn
Product Description Soft Your Zone Glow in the dark Throw with unicorns patterns sure to delight your little unicorn fanatic Product Description Soft Your Zone Glow in the dark Throw with unicorns patterns sure to delight your little unicorn fanatic
446035
LOCHAS Ultra Soft Indoor Modern Area Rugs Fluffy Living Room Carpets for Children Bedroom Home Decor Nursery Rug 4x5.3 Feet, Blue
From the brand Previous page LOCHAS artwork LOCHAS Area Rug and Bath Mat LOCHAS Blanket LOCHAS Luxury Rugs and Blanket Next page Product Description The Luxury Soft Indoor Modern Area Rug（Troubleshooting） 1. What makes this rug so soft? Our fluffy rug features a luxurious, soft high pile and memory foam layer that gives you a best touch feeling and shields toes from the cold floor 2. What size is available? Our rug available in 2x3 Feet, 2x4 Feet, 2x6 Feet, 2x8 Feet, 3x5 Feet, 4x5.3 Feet, 5.3x7.5 Feet, 6x9 Feet and 8x10 Feet, 9 different sizes and 18 colors to adapt your bedroom, living room, classroom, kids playroom, girls bedroom, office and more 3. How to clean this area rug? Please try to vacuum the area rug with a low-power handheld vacuum, dust and dirt on the surface can be removed easily. For a deep clean, hand wash it with low temperature and gentle detergent. Please Air-dried or hang-dry after washed Super Soft to Touch Step on the fluffy rug, enjoy the luxurious softness of lying on a cloud and extra warmth and comfort to shield toes from the cold floor Kids Room Decor With the furry apperance and soft texture, adorable addition for nursery, kids room, playroom or classroom. No shed. No fade Flower-Shaped Dots Numerous bead dots on the backing are shaped in flowers to bring more childlike taste to the carpet. Take care to keep the backing free from water and dust Read more Low Maintenance Simply vacuum with the low-power one as needed, or wipe with the damp cloth to get rid of the stains Easy Decoration The minimalist solid-color design goes perfectly with your room décor; a variety of colors and sizes available to satisfy any of your furnishing needs Decent Gift Share the stylish comfort and cozy warmth with your family and friends, creating a comfy spot to babysit, spend time and have fun Read more White Faux Rug Girls Rug Moroccan Rug Rainbow Rug Bedroom Rug Runner Luminous Bathroom Rug Material Faux Fur Faux Velvet Faux Velvet Faux Velvet Faux Velvet Cotton Pattern Solid Rainbow Pattern Moroccan Pattern Rainbow Pattern Solid Solid Versatile Usage Scenarios Living Room Rug / Bedroom Rug / Nursery Rug / Classroom Rug / Dorm Rug / Girls Rug Living Room Rug / Bedroom Rug / Nursery Rug / Classroom Rug / Dorm Rug / Girls Rug Bedroom Rug / Nursery Rug / Bed Rug / Living Room Rug / Girls Rug Bedroom Rug / Nursery Rug / Bed Rug / Living Room Rug / Girls Rug Bedroom Rug / Nursery Rug / Bed Rug / Living Room Rug / Girls Rug Bathroom / Kitchen / Entry Available Size 2x3 Feet / 3x5 Feet / 4x6 Feet 3x5 Feet / 4x6 Feet / 5x8 Feet 3x5 Feet / 4x6 Feet / 5x8 Feet / 6x9 Feet 3x5 Feet / 4x6 Feet / 5x8 Feet / 6x9 Feet 2.6x5.3 Feet 24x48 / 24x60 / 24x70 inch Available Color Black / Pink / Purple / Gray / Light Blue / Gold Yellow Rainbow Gray / Beige / White / Purple / Navy Rainbow Grey / Pink / Black / White / Red / Yellow Grey / White 
376876
Space Saver Your Zone Flip Chair, Multiple Colors (Mint)
874098
Your Zone Flip Chair | Chair Easily Converts Into a Bed | Ultra Suede Material (1, Mint)
426733
Your Zone Flip Chair | Chair Easily Converts Into a Bed | Ultra Suede Material (1, Racy Pink)
1339961
Your Zone Flip Chair | Ultra Suede Material | Chair Easily Converts into a Bed (Khaki)
390872
Your Zone Tribal Bedding Comforter Set - FULL/QUEEN
425508
Your Zone Metal Loft Twin Bed by SuperIndoor (Single, Black) (Twin, Black)
Product Description The Your Zone Metal Loft Twin Bed, Multiple Colors is a stylish and fun option for your child's room. It's an innovative storage solution that can store many items in a given area. Comprised of a twin-size loft bed, it is suitable for rooms with limited space. The bottom space can easily accommodate a desk for a study area, a gaming center, dressing table, or the furniture of your choice. It includes two ladders that are fitted against both sides of the bed, so it's safe and easy to get in and out of. Upper guardrails add extra safety. The sturdy metal frame can support up to 225 pounds, making it suitable for both older kids and teens. It is available in a variety of finishes such as black and silver to coordinate with your child's bedroom. Assembly instructions are provided, and it arrives in one box for your convenience. Because of its versatility, this kids loft bed is designed to be an excellent addition to your son or daugther's room. Product Description The Your Zone Metal Loft Twin Bed, Multiple Colors is a stylish and fun option for your child's room. It's an innovative storage solution that can store many items in a given area. Comprised of a twin-size loft bed, it is suitable for rooms with limited space. The bottom space can easily accommodate a desk for a study area, a gaming center, dressing table, or the furniture of your choice. It includes two ladders that are fitted against both sides of the bed, so it's safe and easy to get in and out of. Upper guardrails add extra safety. The sturdy metal frame can support up to 225 pounds, making it suitable for both older kids and teens. It is available in a variety of finishes such as black and silver to coordinate with your child's bedroom. Assembly instructions are provided, and it arrives in one box for your convenience. Because of its versatility, this kids loft bed is designed to be an excellent addition to your son or daugther's room.
1511857
Your Zone - Flip Chair Convertible Sleeper Dorm Bed Couch Lounger Sofa Multi Color New (Blue)
Product Description Whether your kids are studying, hanging out with friends, or lounging around, this your zone flip chair is the perfect addition to any room. This your zone flip chair is flexible enough to suit the activities of your children with its three convertible positions. It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests. It can completely fold up into a comfortable chair, and can serve as a reclining lounge chair. The space-saving conversions can be easily made in no time. This kid's flip chair is made of a plush ultra-suede material for added comfort. This convertible chair is not only multi-functional but also trendy. This your zone flip chair will add to the ambience of any room and comes in a variety of colors and patterns. There is no assembly required. Product Description Whether your kids are studying, hanging out with friends, or lounging around, this your zone flip chair is the perfect addition to any room. This your zone flip chair is flexible enough to suit the activities of your children with its three convertible positions. It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests. It can completely fold up into a comfortable chair, and can serve as a reclining lounge chair. The space-saving conversions can be easily made in no time. This kid's flip chair is made of a plush ultra-suede material for added comfort. This convertible chair is not only multi-functional but also trendy. This your zone flip chair will add to the ambience of any room and comes in a variety of colors and patterns. There is no assembly required.
605816
Your Zone - Flip Chair Convertible Sleeper Dorm Bed Couch Lounger Sofa Multi Color New (Brown)
Product Description Whether your kids are studying, hanging out with friends, or lounging around, this flip chair is the perfect addition to any room. It is flexible enough to suit the activities of your children with its three convertible positions. It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests. It can completely fold up into a comfortable chair, and can serve as a reclining lounge chair. The space-saving conversions can be easily made in no time. This kid's flip chair is made of a plush ultra-suede material for added comfort. It is not only multi-functional but also trendy and will add to the ambience of any room. It comes in a variety of colors and patterns. There is no assembly required. Product Description Whether your kids are studying, hanging out with friends, or lounging around, this flip chair is the perfect addition to any room. It is flexible enough to suit the activities of your children with its three convertible positions. It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests. It can completely fold up into a comfortable chair, and can serve as a reclining lounge chair. The space-saving conversions can be easily made in no time. This kid's flip chair is made of a plush ultra-suede material for added comfort. It is not only multi-functional but also trendy and will add to the ambience of any room. It comes in a variety of colors and patterns. There is no assembly required.
588023
Urban Shop Ultra Suede Convertible Flip Chair, L28.5 x W29.53 x H23.0, Black
Product Description With three convertible positions the convertible flip chair is perfect for additional seating sleepovers and lounging It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests or it can completely fold up into a comfortable chair and can serve as a reclining lounge chair The space-saving conversions can be easily made in no time It is composed of a soft and comfortable material with foam cushioning for added comfort No assembly required Product Description With three convertible positions the convertible flip chair is perfect for additional seating sleepovers and lounging It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests or it can completely fold up into a comfortable chair and can serve as a reclining lounge chair The space-saving conversions can be easily made in no time It is composed of a soft and comfortable material with foam cushioning for added comfort No assembly requiredFrom the brand Previous page With a rich, 30+ year history in manufacturing and imports, Idea Nuova is a family-owned, family-run business specializing in home decor products. We believe the best way to ensure innovation is to embrace creativity, temper it with technology, and take practical, hands-on action; step by step, possibilities follow. Shop the full collection Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Read more Convertible Flip Chair Perfect Bedrooom, Living Room and Dorm Room Piece! Great for entertaining, friends and guests! 3 Locking Positions Use as a Seated Chair, Reclining Lounge Chair or lay flat as a Bed. Luxurious Faux Fur Fabric Available in Long Hair, Sherpa or Canvas fabric that is soft and comfortable! Dimensions Seat Dimensions: 24'' H x 26'' W x 28.5'' D Lounge dimensions: 24" H x 47.5" W x 29" L Bed dimensions: 72" H x 28.5" W x 26" L Read more 3 Locking Positions Read more Double Saucer Chair Canvas Floor Lounge Chair Faux Fur Saucer Chair Hex Saucer Chair Flip Chair Faux Fur Bean Bag Shop our Lounge Chairs to find a chair that's right for you 
245650
Your Erroneous Zones: Step-by-Step Advice for Escaping the Trap of Negative Thinking and Taking Control of Your Life
584671
Space Saver Your Zone Flip Chair, Multiple Colors (Blue Sapphire)
Product Description Whether your kids are studying, hanging out with friends or lounging around, this Your Zone Flip Chair is the perfect addition to any room. With three convertible positions, it is perfect for small spaces, sleepovers and hang outs. It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests. Product Description Whether your kids are studying, hanging out with friends or lounging around, this Your Zone Flip Chair is the perfect addition to any room. With three convertible positions, it is perfect for small spaces, sleepovers and hang outs. It can unfold into a bed with one part remaining folded to serve as a pillow for guests.
512275
Tea Zone 2.2 lb Grass Jelly Powder
Product Description Make your own grass jelly easily with Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup. Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Product Description Make your own grass jelly easily with Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup. Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best.From the manufacturer Read more Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder (2.2 lbs) INGREDIENTS: SUGAR,VEGETABLE GUM,GRASS JELLY POWDER,POTASSIUM CHLORIDE,SILICON DIOXIDE. Make your own grass jelly easily with T ea Zone Grass Jelly Powder and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup. Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder (2.2 lbs) INGREDIENTS: SUGAR,VEGETABLE GUM,GRASS JELLY POWDER,POTASSIUM CHLORIDE,SILICON DIOXIDE. Make your own grass jelly easily with T ea Zone Grass Jelly Powder and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup. Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder (2.2 lbs) INGREDIENTS: SUGAR,VEGETABLE GUM,GRASS JELLY POWDER,POTASSIUM CHLORIDE,SILICON DIOXIDE. Make your own grass jelly easily with T ea Zone Grass Jelly Powder and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup. Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder (2.2 lbs) INGREDIENTS: SUGAR,VEGETABLE GUM,GRASS JELLY POWDER,POTASSIUM CHLORIDE,SILICON DIOXIDE. Make your own grass jelly easily with T ea Zone Grass Jelly Powder and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup. Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Tea Zone Black Sesame Powder Tea Zone Taro Powder(Made in USA)) Tea Zone Sea Salt Powder Tea Zone Papaya Powder Tea Zone Honeydew Powder Weight/Bag(LBS) 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Taste Grass Jelly Black Sesame Taro Slight Saltiness & Sweet Milk Papaya Honeydew Suggested Serving Size 100g 100g 30g 100g 100g 100g Servings per container 10 10 22 10 10 10 Calories Per Serving 360 530 140 550 390 390 Protein Per Serving 0g 14g 0g 3g 2g 1g Fat Per Serving 0g 31g 5g 35g 15g 1.5g Add More Flavors With Tea Zone Flavor Powders Tea Zone Powders and Pudding Mix Powders are original premium powder mixes great for making smoothies, milk teas, flavored milk, and various blended drinks. MilkBlast Series Tea Zone MilkTeaBLAST powders features the delicious taste .This milk tea can be made very quickly, and does not require tea leaves or brewing. MilkTeaBLAST powders can create hot, iced or blended treats. TropiBlend Series Tea Zone TropiBLEND Powders are great for making smoothies, milk teas, flavored milk, and various blended drinks.These powders are securely sealed and designed to be resealable after opening to maintain the quality of the powder. Read more Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves.Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons including: boba (tapioca pearls), juicy popping pearls, mini rice cake mochi, puddings, and much more. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
1348307
Tea Zone 8.5 lbs Assorted Yogo Jelly
Product Description Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yoga jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. UPC Code: 897116000259Unit Sold By: Jar (8. 5 lbs. ) Product Description Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yoga jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. UPC Code: 897116000259Unit Sold By: Jar (8. 5 lbs. )From the manufacturer Read more What Is Coconut Jelly? Originating in the Philippines, nata de coco or coconut jelly is a chewy, translucent, jelly-like dessert crafted by the process of fermenting coconut water into a gel form. A great source of dietary fiber and low in cholesterol and fat, Tea Zone offers five delicious ready-to-serve flavors as a healthier alternative to boba and a yummy addition to drinks desserts, puddings and much more! Read more Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Tea Zone Strawberry Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Passion Fruit Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Mango Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Green Apple Coconut Jelly Weight Per Container 8.48lbs 141oz 141oz 141oz 141oz 141oz Suggested Serving Size 100g 100g 100g 100g 100g 100g Servings Per Container 38.5 40 40 40 40 40 Calories Per Serving 101.56 218 224 221 214 219 Protein Per Serving 0.01g <1g <1g <1g <1g <1g Sugar Per Serving 23.04g 53g 52g 54g 43g 52g Carbohydrate Per Serving 25.29g 54g 55g 54g 54g 53g Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons including: boba (tapioca pearls), juicy popping pearls, mini rice cake mochi, puddings, and much more. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
222513
TEA ZONE 8.5 lbs Lychee Coconut Jelly
Product Description Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yoga jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. UPC Code: 897116000273Unit Sold By: Jar (8. 5 lbs. ) Product Description Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk tea, colorful assorted yoga jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Packaging design may differ from product photo. UPC Code: 897116000273Unit Sold By: Jar (8. 5 lbs. )From the manufacturer Read more What Is Coconut Jelly? Originating in the Philippines, nata de coco or coconut jelly is a chewy, translucent, jelly-like dessert crafted by the process of fermenting coconut water into a gel form. A great source of dietary fiber and low in cholesterol and fat, Tea Zone offers five delicious ready-to-serve flavors as a healthier alternative to boba and a yummy addition to drinks desserts, puddings and much more! Read more Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly and other toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Whether its delicious grass jelly in your milk Tea, colorful assorted yogo jelly in your fruit tea, or mango jelly spread atop your snow fluff, Tea Zone offers a variety of jellies that will sweeten any beverage or dessert. Tea Zone jellies are packaged into several forms of jar or can containers, depending on what suits the product best. Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Green Apple Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Passion Fruit Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Mango Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Strawberry Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Weight Per Container 141oz 141oz 141oz 141oz 141oz 8.48lbs Suggested Serving Size 100g 100g 100g 100g 100g 100g Servings Per Container 40 40 40 40 40 38.5 Calories Per Serving 214 219 224 221 218 101.56 Protein Per Serving <1g <1g <1g <1g <1g 0.01g Sugar Per Serving 43g 52g 52g 54g 53g 23.04g Carbohydrate Per Serving 54g 53g 55g 54g 54g 25.29g Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons including: boba (tapioca pearls), juicy popping pearls, mini rice cake mochi, puddings, and much more. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
631095
Tea Zone 27 fl. Oz. Grass Jelly - Liquid Form
Product Description Make your own grass jelly with Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Packaging design may differ from product photo. UPC Code: 877183009577Unit Sold By: Can (27 fl. oz. ) Product Description Make your own grass jelly with Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Packaging design may differ from product photo. UPC Code: 877183009577Unit Sold By: Can (27 fl. oz. )From the manufacturer Read more What Is Grass Jelly? Grass jelly, or leaf jelly is a jelly-like dessert carefully created by boiling the aged stalks and leaves of the plant Mesona Chinensis with other ingredients to produce this delicious semi-sweet translucent black jelly. Commonly found all over Asia as a drink or dessert, it is thought to have cooling properties, which makes it typically consumed during hot weather. Find Tea Zone Grass Jelly in a convenient liquid or powder form to quickly create delicious grassy jelly to serve as a dessert, in drinks, or hot or cold by itself ! Read more Tea Zone Grass Jelly Make your own grass jelly with T ea Zone G rass J elly S yrup and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Make your own grass jelly with T ea Zone G rass J elly S yrup and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Make your own grass jelly with T ea Zone G rass J elly S yrup and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Make your own grass jelly with Tea Zone Grass Jelly Syrup and Tea Zone Grass Jelly Powder Native to China, Hong Kong, Macau, Southeast Asia, and Taiwan, grass jelly (or leaf jelly) is a jelly-like dessert often used in bubble Tea beverages and atop shaved ice or snow. Tea Zone toppings add extra fun and flavor into your beverage and dessert menus. Tea Zone Grass Jelly Tea Zone Aloe Vera Jelly Tea Zone Lychee Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Mango Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Passion Fruit Coconut Jelly Tea Zone Assorted Yogo Jelly Weight Per Container 27 fl oz 6.61lbs 141oz 141oz 141oz 8.48lbs Suggested Serving Size 100 ml 150g 100g 100g 100g 100g Servings Per Container 8 20 40 40 40 38.5 Calories Per Serving 5 0 214 221 224 101.56 Protein Per Serving 0g 0g <1g <1g <1g 0.01g Sugar Per Serving 0g 25g 43g 54g 52g 23.04g Carbohydrate Per Serving 1g 27g 54g 54g 55g 25.29g Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons including: boba (tapioca pearls), juicy popping pearls, mini rice cake mochi, puddings, and much more. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
115572
Alesis Drums Command Mesh Kit - Electric Drum Set with USB MIDI Connectivity, 600+ Electronic & Acoustic Drum Kit Sounds and Dual Zone Mesh Pads
Product Description Total Command of Your Drumming Performance The Alesis Command Mesh Kit is a complete 8-piece electronic drum kit that includes everything the modern drummer needs to play like a pro. It features a 10” dual-zone mesh snare and three 8” dual-zone mesh tom pads for great feel and natural response, plus an 8” mesh kick tower pad with pedal. Three cymbals provide a virtually unlimited range of playing expression: a ride cymbal, crash cymbal with choke function and hi-hat. Not only do the mesh heads deliver unmatched response and playability, the compact size means the Command Kit goes where larger kits can’t. Discover the new standard in electronic drums with the Alesis Command Mesh Kit. In-Demand Sound, Forward-Thinking Features The creative-core of the Command Mesh Kit, thee Command Drum Module features 70 drum kits (50 factory + 20 user) with over 600 sounds, 60 play-along tracks built-in and even an on-board metronome. the Command Drum Module also features a USB memory stick input, perfect for loading 3rd party .WAV samples and assigning these to any zone of any mesh pad on the Command Mesh Kit. With customised kit configurations, loading drum, melodic, bass, play-along tracks and FX sampled couldn’t be simpler - the sonic and creative possibilities are virtually limitless. Product Description Total Command of Your Drumming Performance The Alesis Command Mesh Kit is a complete 8-piece electronic drum kit that includes everything the modern drummer needs to play like a pro. It features a 10” dual-zone mesh snare and three 8” dual-zone mesh tom pads for great feel and natural response, plus an 8” mesh kick tower pad with pedal. Three cymbals provide a virtually unlimited range of playing expression: a ride cymbal, crash cymbal with choke function and hi-hat. Not only do the mesh heads deliver unmatched response and playability, the compact size means the Command Kit goes where larger kits can’t. Discover the new standard in electronic drums with the Alesis Command Mesh Kit. In-Demand Sound, Forward-Thinking Features The creative-core of the Command Mesh Kit, thee Command Drum Module features 70 drum kits (50 factory + 20 user) with over 600 sounds, 60 play-along tracks built-in and even an on-board metronome. the Command Drum Module also features a USB memory stick input, perfect for loading 3rd party .WAV samples and assigning these to any zone of any mesh pad on the Command Mesh Kit. With customised kit configurations, loading drum, melodic, bass, play-along tracks and FX sampled couldn’t be simpler - the sonic and creative possibilities are virtually limitless.From the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Introducing Command Mesh Kit Experience Total Command of Your Drumming Performance At Alesis Drums we know perfect feel and natural response is a must have for an immersive, expressive drumming experience. Introducing The Alesis Command Mesh Kit, a complete 8-piece electronic drum kit that includes everything the modern drummer needs to play like a pro. 60 Drum Lessons from Melodics Alesis & Melodics have teamed up to bring Alesis customers 60 additional lessons when you register your Alesis drum kit. Getting started couldn’t be simpler - register your Alesis drum kit on the Alesis website, return to Melodics.com, download the Melodics App on your phone, table or laptop, and enter your promo code during the sign-up process – it’s that simple! Previous page Everything You Need The Command Mesh Kit doesn’t disappoint to get you playing drums immediately. All the cabling, a power supply, drum sticks and a drum key are included for easy, hassle-free setup! Sound Matters The Command Mesh Kit features a core sound-set ready for any genre you throw at it with 600+ drum and cymbal sounds, expertly curated into a collection of 70 ready-to-play kits. Sharpen Your Skills With 60 built-in play-along tracks, a sequencer, metronome and performance recorder, the Command Mesh Kit is the ultimate tool that gets the best out of your performance. Make Your Sound Your Own Load any 3rd party .WAV sample and assign this to any zone of any mesh pad on the Command Mesh Kit - loading drum, melodic, bass, play-along tracks and FX samples couldn’t be simpler! Creative Control With the Command Mesh Kit’s USB-MIDI and MIDI In/Out ports, transmit MIDI information directly to a computer and unite your synthesiser, drum machines and more for expanded performance potential. Next page Command Mesh Kit Debut Kit Turbo Mesh Kit Nitro Mesh Kit Surge Mesh Kit DM10 MKII Pro Kit Strike Kit Level Intermediate Beginner (Kids) Beginner Beginner / Intermediate Intermediate Pro Pro Kick Type 8" Mesh Pad Pedal (Switch) Pedal (Switch) 6" Rubber Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 14" Mesh Pad Snare (all Mesh) 10” Dual-Zone 6” Single-Zone 8” Single-Zone 8” Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 12” Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone Toms (all Mesh) (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 6” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (2) 10" + (2) 12" Dual-Zone 8", 10", 12" Dual-Zone Crash Cymbal 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke (2) 14" Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone Ride Cymbal 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 16" Triple-Zone 16" Triple-Zone Hi-Hat Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 12" Single-Zone 12" Movable Hi-Hat Pedals Included Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Continuous Hi-Hat Only No Pedals Included Kits & Sounds Included 70 Kits, 671 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 80 Kits, 700 Sounds 110 Kits, 1600 Sounds Play-along Tracks 60 30 30 60 60 100 None USB MIDI Connections USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB USB USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI Upload Your Own Sounds ✔ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✔ ✔ 
468450
Melnor 65076-AMZ HydroLogic 2-Zone Digital Water Timer with 3 Stainless Steel Filter Washers, Amazon Bundle
Product Description Keep your lawn healthy and the garden green with a 2-Zone Hydrologic Digital Timer. Water when you want by selecting up to four independent start times on each valve. Water on specific days of the week, or every few days, depending on your plant’s needs. Avoid wasting water when it rains with the handy rain delay to pause the watering schedule for up to 7 days; the previous settings will automatically resume when the delay it’s over. Need to wash the car or spray off the walkway? Manual mode allows you to turn on the water whenever you need it. Each zone works like a separate timer, so the garden can be watered every morning while the lawn sprinkler comes on every few days. Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 3 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us. Category: Smart Watering Product Description Keep your lawn healthy and the garden green with a 2-Zone Hydrologic Digital Timer. Water when you want by selecting up to four independent start times on each valve. Water on specific days of the week, or every few days, depending on your plant’s needs. Avoid wasting water when it rains with the handy rain delay to pause the watering schedule for up to 7 days; the previous settings will automatically resume when the delay it’s over. Need to wash the car or spray off the walkway? Manual mode allows you to turn on the water whenever you need it. Each zone works like a separate timer, so the garden can be watered every morning while the lawn sprinkler comes on every few days. Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 3 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us. Category: Smart WateringFrom the manufacturer Read more Sprinklers Melnor introduced the first successful oscillating sprinkler in 1946, and the company continues to build on that quality with sprinklers that cover a wide variety of watering needs. Nozzles and Wands A beautiful lawn or garden is in the palm of your hand. With these durable watering nozzles and wands, you can tackle all your watering chores. Water Timers Prevent over or under watering with Melnor water timers. They offer an easy solution for keeping your yard and garden healthy while conserving water. Read more Read more Melnor 65080-AMZ HydroLogic Digital Water Timer w. Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65076-AMZ HydroLogic 2-Zone Digital Water Timer w Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65038-AMZ HydroLogic 4-Zone Digital Water Timer w Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65072-AMZ HydroLogic Soil Moisture Sensor Melnor 65081-AMZ HydroLogic 1-Zone Timer & XT Turbo Rotary Sprinkler Bundle Melnor 65099-AMZ HydroLogic 1-Zone Timer and Soil Moisture Sensor Bundle Zones 1 2 4 Prevent overwatering while conserving water. 1-Zone Timer and XT Turbo Rotary Sprinkler Bundle 1-Zone Timer and Soil Moisture Sensor Bundle Melnor HydroLogic Digital Water Timers Each watering area can have its own schedule Each zone has it's own schedule, so you can water your tomatoes every morning and your lawn every other day. Choose days to water and days to not Whether it's to meet the needs of your garden or comply with local regulations, easily select which days to water. Select up to 4 individual start times per day It's your choice. Select up to 4 individual start times to water and provide the right amount of water at just the right time. Easily skip watering when rain is in the forecast There's no need to add extra water when Mother Nature is ready to do the job. Easily suspend watering for a day or two using the Rain Delay feature. Read more 
952950
Melnor 65038-AMZ HydroLogic 4-Zone Digital Water Timer with 5 Stainless Steel Filter Washers Set, Amazon Bundle
Product Description Keep up to four areas of the yard regularly watered with the Hydrologic 4-Zone Digital Water Timer. Easily select up to four separate start times on each valve to water exactly when you want. Each zone works like a separate timer, so the squash and sunflowers can be watered every morning while the lawn sprinkler comes on every few days. Avoid wasting water when it rains with the handy rain delay to pause the watering schedule for up to 7 days, the schedule will resume when the delay is over. Need to wash the car or spray off the walkway? Manual mode allows you to turn on the water whenever you need it. Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 5 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us. Product Description Keep up to four areas of the yard regularly watered with the Hydrologic 4-Zone Digital Water Timer. Easily select up to four separate start times on each valve to water exactly when you want. Each zone works like a separate timer, so the squash and sunflowers can be watered every morning while the lawn sprinkler comes on every few days. Avoid wasting water when it rains with the handy rain delay to pause the watering schedule for up to 7 days, the schedule will resume when the delay is over. Need to wash the car or spray off the walkway? Manual mode allows you to turn on the water whenever you need it. Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 5 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us.From the manufacturer Read more Sprinklers Melnor introduced the first successful oscillating sprinkler in 1946, and the company continues to build on that quality with sprinklers that cover a wide variety of watering needs. Nozzles and Wands A beautiful lawn or garden is in the palm of your hand. With these durable watering nozzles and wands, you can tackle all your watering chores. Water Timers Prevent over or under watering with Melnor water timers. They offer an easy solution for keeping your yard and garden healthy while conserving water. Read more Read more Melnor 65080-AMZ HydroLogic Digital Water Timer w. Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65076-AMZ HydroLogic 2-Zone Digital Water Timer w Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65038-AMZ HydroLogic 4-Zone Digital Water Timer w Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65072-AMZ HydroLogic Soil Moisture Sensor Melnor 65081-AMZ HydroLogic 1-Zone Timer & XT Turbo Rotary Sprinkler Bundle Melnor 65099-AMZ HydroLogic 1-Zone Timer and Soil Moisture Sensor Bundle Zones 1 2 4 Prevent overwatering while conserving water. 1-Zone Timer and XT Turbo Rotary Sprinkler Bundle 1-Zone Timer and Soil Moisture Sensor Bundle Melnor HydroLogic Digital Water Timers Each watering area can have its own schedule Each zone has it's own schedule, so you can water your tomatoes every morning and your lawn every other day. Choose days to water and days to not Whether it's to meet the needs of your garden or comply with local regulations, easily select which days to water. Select up to 4 individual start times per day It's your choice. Select up to 4 individual start times to water and provide the right amount of water at just the right time. Easily skip watering when rain is in the forecast There's no need to add extra water when Mother Nature is ready to do the job. Easily suspend watering for a day or two using the Rain Delay feature. Read more 
1139445
Alesis Drums Strike Kit - Professional Electric Drum Set with USB MIDI Connectivity, Adjustable Mesh Heads, 110 Kits & 1600+ Multi-Sampled Instruments
Product Description The Alesis Strike Kit disintegrates all your pre-conceived notions about drums kits, combining the feel and familiarity of acoustic drums with the versatility and capability of the best electronic drums. Featuring large dual-hoop pads with mesh heads and sensitivity adjustment knobs (U.S. Patent 9,424,827), Strike delivers an innovatively responsive drumming experience. Strike’s premium wood shell drums come in standard acoustic drum sizes, so you’ll feel right at home when you sit behind them. Strike cymbals offer a larger bell area for enhanced playability and a cool “hammered look” to go along with a perfect blend of feel, control and bounce. The Strike Performance Module has a sound library with 100 brand new drum kits made from over 1600 instruments. The module has on-board sampling capability, SD card storage, and USB/MIDI connectivity, which you can use in conjunction with your favorite music production software as well as the powerful new Strike Software Editor. Its 4.3-inch color LED screen displays all your settings and choices at a quick glance. It all mounts on a premium four-post chrome rack designed for easy tweaking and to quickly assemble and disassemble where you take it. These are the perfect drums to move beyond the limitations of a conventional acoustic set, without giving anything up. Strike Drum Module Display : 4.3” full-color LCD screen Connections 5-pin MIDI in and out USB/MIDI connection 1/4” main out pair (L+R) 1/8” Auxiliary input 1/8” headphone out SD Card input Instrument Inputs 01 Kick 02 Snare 03 Tom 1 04 Tom 2 05 Tom 3 06 Tom 4 07 Hi-Hat 08 Crash 1 09 Ride 1 10 Ride 2 / FX 2 11 Crash 2 12 FX 1 HH Control Individual outputs Kick Snare Hi Hat Ride Tom (R) Tom (L) Crash (R) Crash (L) Kit locations : 100 user / 100 preset Multi-sampled instruments : More than 1600 Software editor : Creating custom kits/instruments, and importing .wav files Play-along songs : 50 ( downloads ) On-board sampling capability : Yes Box Contents Strike Performance Drum Module (1) 14” dual-zone Snare Pad (1) 8” dual-zone Tom Pad (1) 10” dual-zone Tom Pad (1) 12” dual-zone Tom Pad (1) 16” triple-zone Ride cymbal (1) 14” dual-zone Crash cymbal (1) 12” movable hi-hat cymbals Premium 4-post chrome rack Double braced snare drum stand Cable snake Cable wraps Drum key (2) Drum sticks Power supply Module user guide Kit assembly guide Safety and warranty manual Strike Software Editor ( Download ) . Product Description The Alesis Strike Kit disintegrates all your pre-conceived notions about drums kits, combining the feel and familiarity of acoustic drums with the versatility and capability of the best electronic drums. Featuring large dual-hoop pads with mesh heads and sensitivity adjustment knobs (U.S. Patent 9,424,827), Strike delivers an innovatively responsive drumming experience. Strike’s premium wood shell drums come in standard acoustic drum sizes, so you’ll feel right at home when you sit behind them. Strike cymbals offer a larger bell area for enhanced playability and a cool “hammered look” to go along with a perfect blend of feel, control and bounce. The Strike Performance Module has a sound library with 100 brand new drum kits made from over 1600 instruments. The module has on-board sampling capability, SD card storage, and USB/MIDI connectivity, which you can use in conjunction with your favorite music production software as well as the powerful new Strike Software Editor. Its 4.3-inch color LED screen displays all your settings and choices at a quick glance. It all mounts on a premium four-post chrome rack designed for easy tweaking and to quickly assemble and disassemble where you take it. These are the perfect drums to move beyond the limitations of a conventional acoustic set, without giving anything up. Strike Drum Module Display : 4.3” full-color LCD screen Connections 5-pin MIDI in and out USB/MIDI connection 1/4” main out pair (L+R) 1/8” Auxiliary input 1/8” headphone out SD Card input Instrument Inputs 01 Kick 02 Snare 03 Tom 1 04 Tom 2 05 Tom 3 06 Tom 4 07 Hi-Hat 08 Crash 1 09 Ride 1 10 Ride 2 / FX 2 11 Crash 2 12 FX 1 HH Control Individual outputs Kick Snare Hi Hat Ride Tom (R) Tom (L) Crash (R) Crash (L) Kit locations : 100 user / 100 preset Multi-sampled instruments : More than 1600 Software editor : Creating custom kits/instruments, and importing .wav files Play-along songs : 50 ( downloads ) On-board sampling capability : Yes Box Contents Strike Performance Drum Module (1) 14” dual-zone Snare Pad (1) 8” dual-zone Tom Pad (1) 10” dual-zone Tom Pad (1) 12” dual-zone Tom Pad (1) 16” triple-zone Ride cymbal (1) 14” dual-zone Crash cymbal (1) 12” movable hi-hat cymbals Premium 4-post chrome rack Double braced snare drum stand Cable snake Cable wraps Drum key (2) Drum sticks Power supply Module user guide Kit assembly guide Safety and warranty manual Strike Software Editor ( Download ) .From the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Customize Strike To Your Sound The Strike Performance Module has a sound library with 100 brand new drum kits made from over 1600 multi-sampled instruments. A professional studio class sound is literally a touch away! Previous page Traditional Drum Sizes Strike combines the feel and familiarity of acoustic drums combined with the versatility and capability of the best electronic drums, without sacrificing the natural response you demand. Real Drum Feel Strike’s premium wood shell drums come in standard acoustic drum sizes, so you’ll instantly feel at home when you sit behind them. The New Standard in Electronic Cymbals The Alesis Strike cymbals feel spectacularly realistic. They offer a larger bell area for enhanced playability, along with a traditional “hammered look.” 4.3 Full-color LCD Screen The Strike Performance Module’s 4.3-inch color LED screen displays all your settings and choices at a quick glance. Connectivity The module has SD card storage and USB/MIDI connectivity, which you can use in conjunction with your favorite music production software as well as the powerful new Strike Software Editor. Next page 60 Drum Lessons from Melodics Alesis & Melodics have teamed up to bring Alesis customers 60 lessons when you register your Alesis drum kit. Getting started couldn’t be simpler - register your Alesis drum kit on the Alesis website, return to Melodics.com, download the Melodics App on your phone, table or laptop, and enter your promo code during the sign-up process – its that simple! Strike Kit DM10 MKII Pro Kit Command Mesh Kit Surge Mesh Kit Nitro Mesh Kit Turbo Mesh Kit Debut Kit Level Pro Pro Intermediate Intermediate Beginner / Intermediate Beginner Beginner (Kids) Kick Type 14" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 6" Rubber Pad Pedal (Switch) Pedal (Switch) Snare (all Mesh) 14" Dual-Zone 12" Dual-Zone 10" Dual-Zone 10" Dual-Zone 8" Dual-Zone 8” Single-Zone 6” Single-Zone Toms (all Mesh) 8", 10", 12" Dual-Zone (2) 10" + (2) 12" Dual-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 6” Single-Zone Crash Cymbal 14" Dual-Zone (2) 14" Dual-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone Ride Cymbal 16" Triple-Zone 16" Triple-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone Hi-Hat Cymbal 12" Movable Hi-Hat 12" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone Pedals Included No Pedals Included Continuous Hi-Hat Only Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kits & Sounds Included 110 Kits, 1600 Sounds 80 Kits, 700 Sounds 70 Kits, 671 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds Play-along Tracks None 100 60 60 60 30 30 USB MIDI Connections USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB USB Upload Your Own Sounds ✔ ✔ ✔ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ 
668843
Koolatron Urban Series 12 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler, Black, Thermoelectric Wine Fridge, Freestanding Wine Cellar, Red, White, Sparkling Wine Storage for Small Kitchen, Apartment, Condo, RV
Product Description Elegant and affordable luxury wine storage Unless you live in a chateau in the rolling hills of Southern France, chances are you don’t have a naturally cooled wine cave carved out of your basement foundation. That’s okay, because Koolatron’s Dual Zone 12 Bottle Wine Cooler stores your favourite vintages at their ideal temperature and fits anywhere in your house - no medieval castle required. Plus, the stylish mirrored glass door protects your wine from damage by harmful UV rays while soft interior lighting subtly displays your favourite vintages. Why buy a dedicated wine fridge? Experts recommend storing wines at higher temperatures than your typical refrigerator provides. The Koolatron Dual Zone 12 bottle unit lets you store up to 6 bottles of red wine in the upper zone at 55-66°F (12-18°C) and up to 6 bottles of white or sparkling wine in the lower zone at 42-55°F (6-12°C). Advanced thermoelectric technology cools efficiently with no noise or vibrations, keeping your wine at a consistent, ready-to-serve temperature with the sediment undisturbed. Now you’ll have lots of room in your fridge for cheese and canapes! Tips for getting the most out of your wine cooler: Ensure your wine cooler is set up away from heat-producing appliances and out of direct sunlight Allow two inches of space between the unit’s side and the wall and four inches between the back of the unit and the wall to allow for air circulation For optimal flavour, experts recommend keeping red wine at 55-65°F (12-19°C), white wine at 48-54°F (9-12°C) and sparkling wine at 45-47°F (7-8°C). Interior Dimensions L 7.5 x D 12.75 x H 20.25 inches. Product Description Elegant and affordable luxury wine storage Unless you live in a chateau in the rolling hills of Southern France, chances are you don’t have a naturally cooled wine cave carved out of your basement foundation. That’s okay, because Koolatron’s Dual Zone 12 Bottle Wine Cooler stores your favourite vintages at their ideal temperature and fits anywhere in your house - no medieval castle required. Plus, the stylish mirrored glass door protects your wine from damage by harmful UV rays while soft interior lighting subtly displays your favourite vintages. Why buy a dedicated wine fridge? Experts recommend storing wines at higher temperatures than your typical refrigerator provides. The Koolatron Dual Zone 12 bottle unit lets you store up to 6 bottles of red wine in the upper zone at 55-66°F (12-18°C) and up to 6 bottles of white or sparkling wine in the lower zone at 42-55°F (6-12°C). Advanced thermoelectric technology cools efficiently with no noise or vibrations, keeping your wine at a consistent, ready-to-serve temperature with the sediment undisturbed. Now you’ll have lots of room in your fridge for cheese and canapes! Tips for getting the most out of your wine cooler: Ensure your wine cooler is set up away from heat-producing appliances and out of direct sunlight Allow two inches of space between the unit’s side and the wall and four inches between the back of the unit and the wall to allow for air circulation For optimal flavour, experts recommend keeping red wine at 55-65°F (12-19°C), white wine at 48-54°F (9-12°C) and sparkling wine at 45-47°F (7-8°C). Interior Dimensions L 7.5 x D 12.75 x H 20.25 inches.From the manufacturer Koolatron 29 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron Elite Series 33 Bottle Wine Cooler Koolatron 45 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron 50 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron Elite Series Built-In Dual Zone Wine Cooler and Beverage Refrigerator Koolatron Grand Series 173-Bottle Dual Zone Compressor Wine Fridge Capacity 29 Bottle 33 Bottle 45 Bottle 50 Bottle 18 bottles & 56 cans 173 Bottle Cooling Technology Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Weight 20.50 lbs 21.80 lbs 21.80 lbs 93.00 lbs 101 lbs 198 lbs Applications Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Dual opening Doors Automatic defrost, Scratch-resistant top, Tempered glass door, One touch digital control Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Dual opening Doors Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Moveable divider, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Door Built-in or Freestanding, One touch digital control, Beechwood and tempered glass sliding shelves. Automatic Frost Free, Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, Rolling beech wood shelves 12 BOTTLE CAPACITY This freestanding wine fridge holds up to 6 standard wine bottles in each zone and fits perfectly on a table or countertop DUAL ZONE COOLING Choose your ideal temperature from a range of 54-66°F (12-18°C) in the upper zone and 46-66°F (8-18°C) in the lower zone EFFICIENT COOLING Quiet, vibration-free thermoelectric cooling keeps your wine at at an optimal temperature with the sediment undisturbed REMOVABLE RACKS This wine cellar features four wire racks that can be removed to fit various wine bottle shapes and sizes Read more DIGITAL CONTROLS External touch screen controls let you adjust the temperature or turn the interior light on or off without opening the door INTERIOR LIGHTING Soft, energy-efficient LED interior lighting subtly highlights your wine collection without producing excess heat UV PROTECTION The double-paned door glass with an elegant mirrored finish protects your wine from damage by harmful UV rays FREESTANDING Place this attractive, compact unit anywhere there is a power source so your favourite wines are always close at hand Read more 
92359
Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit – Eight Piece Mesh Electronic Drum Set With 385 Sounds + Numark HF125 – Portable Headphones With Closed Back Design for Superior Isolation
Product Description " Feel The Difference Mesh Can Make At Alesis Drums they know that feel and natural-response is a must have for an immersive, expressive drumming experience. Introducing the Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit, an addition to Alesis' all-mesh kit roster that delivers the most realistic playing experience modern drummers demand. The Nitro Mesh Kit is a complete eight-piece electronic drum set featuring Alesis' next-generation mesh head drum technology - The unanimous preference of electronic drummers for their natural feel and ultra-quiet response, ideal for late night practice sessions and privately honing your drum skills. Don’t settle for second best, discover the new standard in electronic drums with Alesis drums. Perfect Monitoring At Numark we understand nothing should distract you from your performance. That's why HF125 features a ultra-lightweight design coupled with a padded headband and ear cushions & perfect for extended play or all night sessions. Whatever your playing style, Numark's HF125 guarantees to accommodate it with ease. With rotating earpieces for easy one-ear monitoring and a close back design for superior isolation, you can be sure you hear what you need to and keep your playing firmly on point! " Product Description " Feel The Difference Mesh Can Make At Alesis Drums they know that feel and natural-response is a must have for an immersive, expressive drumming experience. Introducing the Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit, an addition to Alesis' all-mesh kit roster that delivers the most realistic playing experience modern drummers demand. The Nitro Mesh Kit is a complete eight-piece electronic drum set featuring Alesis' next-generation mesh head drum technology - The unanimous preference of electronic drummers for their natural feel and ultra-quiet response, ideal for late night practice sessions and privately honing your drum skills. Don’t settle for second best, discover the new standard in electronic drums with Alesis drums. Perfect Monitoring At Numark we understand nothing should distract you from your performance. That's why HF125 features a ultra-lightweight design coupled with a padded headband and ear cushions & perfect for extended play or all night sessions. Whatever your playing style, Numark's HF125 guarantees to accommodate it with ease. With rotating earpieces for easy one-ear monitoring and a close back design for superior isolation, you can be sure you hear what you need to and keep your playing firmly on point! "From the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Perfect Feel, Natural Response At Alesis Drums we know perfect feel and natural-response is a must have for an immersive, expressive drumming experience. Introducing the Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit, the latest addition to our critically acclaimed all-mesh kit roster that delivers the most realistic playing experience modern drummers demand. Feel The Difference Mesh Can Make Previous page Everything You Need Nitro Mesh Kit doesn’t disappoint to get you playing drums immediately. All the cabling, a power supply, drum sticks and a drum key are included for easy, hassle-free setup! Sound Matters Nitro Kit features a core sound-set ready for any genre you throw at it. With 385 drum and cymbal sounds, expertly curated into a collection of 40 ready-to-play kits, we give you everything you need! Sharpen Your Skills With 60 built-in play-along tracks, a sequencer, metronome and performance recorder, Nitro Mesh Kit is the ultimate tool that gets the best out of your performance. Connectivity Covered With a 1/8-inch headphone output, stereo 1/4-inch TRS output and a 1/8-inch aux input, hassle-free rehearsals, practice and recording sessions couldn’t be simpler! Creative Control With Nitro Mesh’s USB-MIDI and MIDI In/Out ports, transmit MIDI information directly to a computer and unite your synthesizer, drum machines and more for expanded performance potential. 60 Drum Lessons from Melodics Alesis & Melodics have teamed up to bring Alesis customers 60 additional lessons when you register your Alesis drum kit. With Melodics, choose a genre you love, or even a technique you want to master. Next page Numark HF-125 provides the perfect Monitoring At Numark we understand nothing should distract you from your performance.HF125 features a ultra-lightweight design coupled with a padded headband and ear cushions – perfect for all night sessions. With 40mm Mylar speaker drivers and 6-foot hard wired cord and a sturdy, moulded 1/8” TRS connector (plus a 1/8” to 1/4" TRS adapter included), connect to virtually any drum module with ease. Nitro Mesh Kit Debut Kit Turbo Mesh Kit Surge Mesh Kit Command Mesh Kit DM10 MKII Pro Kit Strike Kit Level Beginner / Intermediate Beginner (Kids) Beginner Intermediate Intermediate Pro Pro Kick Type 6" Rubber Pad Pedal (Switch) Pedal (Switch) 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 14" Mesh Pad Snare (all Mesh) 8” Dual-Zone 6” Single-Zone 8” Single-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 12” Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone Toms (all Mesh) (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 6” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (2) 10" + (2) 12" Dual-Zone 8", 10", 12" Dual-Zone Crash Cymbal 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke (2) 14" Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone Ride Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 16" Triple-Zone 16" Triple-Zone Hi-Hat Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 12" Single-Zone 12" Movable Hi-Hat Pedals Included Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Continuous Hi-Hat Only No Pedals Included Kits & Sounds Included 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 70 Kits, 671 Sounds 80 Kits, 700 Sounds 110 Kits, 1600 Sounds Play-along Tracks 60 30 30 60 60 100 None USB MIDI Connections USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB USB USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI Upload Your Own Sounds ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✔ ✔ ✔ 
1507765
Whynter Cooler BWB-2060FDS 24" Built-in French Door Dual Zone 20 Bottle Wine Refrigerator 60 Can Beverage Center, Stainless Steel, One Size, Silver
Product Description Store your favorite beverages with style in this Whynter 24” Built-In French Door Dual Zone Wine Refrigerator and Beverage Center. It holds 60 standard 12 oz cans in its left zone, and 20 standard 750 ml wine bottles in its right zone, making it perfect for casual parties, dinners, or any other at-home beverage needs. Product Description Store your favorite beverages with style in this Whynter 24” Built-In French Door Dual Zone Wine Refrigerator and Beverage Center. It holds 60 standard 12 oz cans in its left zone, and 20 standard 750 ml wine bottles in its right zone, making it perfect for casual parties, dinners, or any other at-home beverage needs.From the manufacturer Store your favorite beverages with style in this Whynter 24” Built-In French Door Dual Zone Wine and Beverage Cooler. It holds 60 standard 12 oz. cans in its left zone, and 20 standard 750 ml wine bottles in its right zone, making it perfect for casual parties, dinners, or any other at-home beverage needs. Whynter 24″ Built-In French Door Dual Zone 20 Bottle Wine 60 Can Beverage Center BWB-2060FDS. The sleek wine and beverage center comes with two separate zones which keep both beverage cans and wines bottles at their optimum temperatures. Front ventilation allows for flush-with-cabinetry or under counter installation while the fully finished black cabinet allows for freestanding use. Read more Digital Temperature Control and Soft LED Lighting Adjustable thermostat for both zones. Fahrenheit and Celsius degree optional temperature indicators. Powerful fan-circulated compressor cooling. Ensures precise temperature distribution. Soft white LED Interior Light. Premium design Stainless steel trimmed UV protection glass door. Luxurious curved handlebars. Tempered double-pane gray-smoked glass for enhanced UV protection. Capacity Beverage Refrigerator (Left Zone) Capacity: 60 standard 12oz cans. Wine Refrigerator (Right Zone) Capacity: 20 standard 750ml wine bottles. 10 Removable pull-out sliding shelves. Read more BWR-171DS BWR-281DZ BWB-2060FDS BWR-401DS Set up Built-In Installation / Free-Standing Built-In Installation / Free-Standing Built-In Installation / Free-Standing Built-In Installation / Free-Standing Capacity 17 standard 750ml wine bottles Upper Zone Capacity: 6 bottles Lower Zone Capacity: 11 bottles 28 standard 750ml wine bottles Upper Zone Capacity: 10 bottles Lower Zone Capacity: 18 bottles 20 Bottle Wine 60 Can Beverage 40 standard 750ml wine bottles Left Zone Capacity: 20 bottles Right Zone Capacity: 20 bottles Door material Seamless stainless steel glass door Stainless steel trimmed glass door Stainless steel trimmed glass door Seamless stainless steel glass doors Handle Luxurious curved handlebar Luxurious curved handlebar Luxurious curved handlebar Luxurious curved handlebar Shelf material 5 removable pull-out sliding stainless steel-faced shelves 5 removable slide out wood-faced shelves 10 Removable pull-out sliding shelves 11 removable pull-out sliding stainless steel-faced shelves Temperature Range Adjustable thermostat for both zones Upper Zone:41°-50°F Lower Zone:50°-72°F Adjustable thermostat for each zone Upper zone:41°F-50°F Lower zone:50°F-72°F Adjustable thermostat for both zones Left Zone: 36°F – 43°F / 2°C – 6°C Right Zone: 40°F – 65°F / 5°C – 18°C Adjustable thermostat for both zones Left Zone: 41°F-72°F Right Zone: 41°F-72°F Unit dimensions 12"W x 23"D x 34.5” H (Add 2" in depth with handle installed) 15"W x 23"D x 34.5” H (Add 2" in depth with handle installed) 23.5" W x 22.5" D x 34" H (24.25" D with handles installed) 24"W x 23"D x 34.5” H (Add 2" in depth with handle installed) 
749588
Melnor 73280 Digital Water Electronic Hose Timer, 4 Zone, Black/Gray
Product Description New hydrologic 4-Zone digital water timer- a better way to water! we heard your feedback & updated the popular hydrologic timer with some exciting new features to make it even better than before! You can now setup to 4 cycles for each zone per day, with independent start times. Want to water at 8Am, 12Pm, 4Pm, & 7Pm? No problem! Water exactly when you want without the hassle of restrictive intervals. Product Description New hydrologic 4-Zone digital water timer- a better way to water! we heard your feedback & updated the popular hydrologic timer with some exciting new features to make it even better than before! You can now setup to 4 cycles for each zone per day, with independent start times. Want to water at 8Am, 12Pm, 4Pm, & 7Pm? No problem! Water exactly when you want without the hassle of restrictive intervals.From the manufacturer Read more New HydroLogic 4-Zone Digital Water Timer- A better way to water! We heard your feedback and updated the popular HydroLogic timer with some exciting new features to make it even better than before! You can now set up to 4 cycles for each zone per day, with independent start times. Want to water at 8am, 12pm, 4pm, and 7pm? No problem! Water exactly when you want without the hassle of restrictive intervals. The new 4-zone timer is wider, with angled valves that allow you to more easily attach hoses without hurting your knuckles! Read more New Larger Screen! The new larger rectangular screen is 25% bigger to better display information for the simplest set up and programming that can easily be seen at a glance. Read more HydroLogic Soil Moisture Sensor Unpredictable weather makes setting the ideal watering schedule difficult. Use a moisture sensor to take the guess work out of when your plants have had enough water. When water conservation is a must, the sensor can automatically pause your timer when it rains or senses enough moisture in the soil. Read more Flexible Scheduling Every garden is unique with different watering needs. Flexible scheduling allows you to water exactly how you want to, with independent start times. Attach a Variety of Tools Sprinkler, soaker hose, or pulsator! Whatever tool you want to use can be easily attached and specifically programmed. Manual Mode Manual mode allows you to use the faucet when you need it. Simply select manual mode on the timer to temporarily override the schedule. Rain Delay When it rains and you don't need to water, just use the rain delay to pause the schedule for up to 7 days. Read more 
740175
Alesis Drums Surge Mesh Kit - Electric Drum Set with USB MIDI Connectivity, Mesh Heads, Solid Rack and Drum Module Including 40 Kits and 385 Sounds
Product Description The Alesis Surge Mesh Kit is a complete 8-piece electronic drum kit that includes everything the modern drummer needs to play like a pro. It features a 10” dual-zone mesh snare and three 8” dual-zone mesh tom pads for great feel and natural response, plus an 8” mesh kick tower pad with pedal. Three cymbals provide a virtually unlimited range of playing expression: a ride cymbal, crash cymbal with choke function and hi-hat. Not only do the mesh heads deliver unmatched response and playability, the compact size means the Surge Kit goes where larger kits can’t. Discover the new standard in electronic drums with the Alesis Surge Mesh Kit. Product Description The Alesis Surge Mesh Kit is a complete 8-piece electronic drum kit that includes everything the modern drummer needs to play like a pro. It features a 10” dual-zone mesh snare and three 8” dual-zone mesh tom pads for great feel and natural response, plus an 8” mesh kick tower pad with pedal. Three cymbals provide a virtually unlimited range of playing expression: a ride cymbal, crash cymbal with choke function and hi-hat. Not only do the mesh heads deliver unmatched response and playability, the compact size means the Surge Kit goes where larger kits can’t. Discover the new standard in electronic drums with the Alesis Surge Mesh Kit.From the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Introducing the Alesis Surge Mesh Kit Superior Response for your Drumming Performance At Alesis Drums we know perfect feel and natural response is a must have for an immersive, expressive drumming experience. Introducing the Alesis Surge Mesh Kit - a complete 8-piece electronic drum kit that includes everything the modern drummer needs to play like a pro. 60 Drum Lessons from Melodics Alesis & Melodics have teamed up to bring Alesis customers 60 lessons when you register your Alesis drum kit. Getting started couldn’t be simpler - register your Alesis drum kit on the Alesis website, return to Melodics.com, download the Melodics App on your phone, table or laptop, and enter your promo code during the sign-up process – it’s that simple! Previous page Everything You Need The Surge Mesh Kit doesn’t disappoint and gets you playing drums immediately. All the cabling, a power supply, drum sticks and a drum key are included for easy, hassle-free setup! Sound Matters The Surge Mesh Kit features an essential sound-set ready for any genre you throw at it with 350+ drum and cymbal sounds, expertly curated into a collection of 40 ready-to-play kits. Sharpen Your Skills With 60 built-in play-along tracks, a sequencer, metronome and performance recorder, the Surge Mesh Kit is the ultimate tool that gets the best out of your performance. Creative Control With the Surge Mesh Kit’s USB-MIDI and MIDI In/Out ports, transmit MIDI information directly to a computer and unite your synthesiser, drum machines and more for expanded performance potential. Next page Surge Mesh Kit Debut Kit Turbo Mesh Kit Nitro Mesh Kit Command Mesh Kit DM10 MKII Pro Kit Strike Kit Level Intermediate Beginner (Kids) Beginner Beginner / Intermediate Intermediate Pro Pro Kick Type 8" Mesh Pad Pedal (Switch) Pedal (Switch) 6" Rubber Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 14" Mesh Pad Snare (all Mesh) 10” Dual-Zone 6” Single-Zone 8” Single-Zone 8” Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 12” Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone Toms (all Mesh) (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 6” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (2) 10" + (2) 12" Dual-Zone 8", 10", 12" Dual-Zone Crash Cymbal 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke (2) 14" Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone Ride Cymbal 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 16" Triple-Zone 16" Triple-Zone Hi-Hat Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 12" Single-Zone 12" Movable Hi-Hat Pedals Included Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Continuous Hi-Hat Only No Pedals Included Kits & Sounds Included 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 70 Kits, 671 Sounds 80 Kits, 700 Sounds 110 Kits, 1600 Sounds Play-along Tracks 60 30 30 60 60 100 None USB MIDI Connections USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB USB USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI Upload Your Own Sounds ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✔ ✔ ✔ 
207124
Melnor HydroLogic 2-Zone Digital Water Timer
Product Description The Hydrologic 2-zone digital water timer offers innovative features not available from any other brands. Setup & programming are easy with clear on-screen information. Each zone can be independently programmed or used to water manually with a simple press of the manual button. Once programmed, the next watering cycle will display in real time so you will know exactly when the next cycle begins. Compatible with the Hydrologic soil moisture Sensor (purchased separately, SKU 15339). Product Description The Hydrologic 2-zone digital water timer offers innovative features not available from any other brands. Setup & programming are easy with clear on-screen information. Each zone can be independently programmed or used to water manually with a simple press of the manual button. Once programmed, the next watering cycle will display in real time so you will know exactly when the next cycle begins. Compatible with the Hydrologic soil moisture Sensor (purchased separately, SKU 15339).From the manufacturer Read more New HydroLogic 2-Zone Digital Water Timer- A better way to water! We heard your feedback and updated the popular HydroLogic timer with some exciting new features to make it even better than before! You can now set up to 4 cycles for each zone per day, with independent start times. Want to water at 8am, 12pm, 4pm, and 7pm? No problem! Water exactly when you want without the hassle of restrictive intervals. Read more New Larger Screen! The new larger rectangular screen is 25% bigger to better display information for the simplest set up and programming that can easily be seen at a glance. Read more HydroLogic Soil Moisture Sensor Unpredictable weather makes setting the ideal watering schedule difficult. Use a moisture sensor to take the guess work out of when your plants have had enough water. When water conservation is a must, the sensor can automatically pause your timer when it rains or senses enough moisture in the soil. Read more Flexible Scheduling Every garden is unique with different watering needs. Flexible scheduling allows you to water exactly how you want to, with independent start times. Attach a Variety of Tools Sprinkler, soaker hose, or pulsator! Whatever tool you want to use can be easily attached and specifically programmed. Manual Mode Manual mode allows you to use the faucet when you need it. Simply select manual mode on the timer to temporarily override the schedule. Rain Delay When it rains and you don't need to water, just use the rain delay to pause the schedule for up to 7 days. Read more 
1044735
Lanbo 44 Bottle Built-in Dual Zone Compressor Wine Cooler, 24 Inch Wide
Product Description LANBO APPLIANCE A professional wine and beverage cooler manufacturer you can trust. With pioneering innovation, user-first engineering and highest-quality materials, LANBO products are your first choice. 44 Bottles Dual Zone Under Counter Wine Cooler Supplement your kitchen with this LANBO under counter wine refrigerator to store all of your great collection. The wine refrigerator offers capacity for up to 44 bottles of 750 ml standard Bordeaux bottles. With 2 temperature-controlled zones, it can keep your different types of wine at the right temperature. The UV-protected double-pane tempered glass door and auto LED lighting help you quickly load the right bottles. 44 Bottles Capacity 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H Dual Temperature Zone for 41-54℉Upper Zone and 54-64℉ Lower Zone Undercounter Built-in or Freestanding Versatile Read more Specs & Details Noise: 42 dB Product Size: 25.8x27.2x40.7 inches Door: Reversible and double-paned tempered glass door Usages: Gift, Home, Kitchen, Entertainment Shelf: Made of beech wood or quality metal, and removable Handle: Sleek stainless steel handle and reversible Feet: Adjustable and removable feet Lock: With a lock could protect your collections better Reversible Door The convenient reversible door of the compressor cooler provides more installation options for other appliances and cabinets. Warm tip: The height including the door hinge cover is 34.4". Dual Zone Design Different wine need different temperature to store. This 24 inch wine cooler are designed for who enjoys kinds of wine, but wants to save room. The temperature range for the upper zone is 41-54℉, and the lower zone is 54-64℉. There are 3 shelves in these two zones, and 23.4 inch wide can load large bottles as long as removing 1 or 2 removable shelves. Capacity & Safety Lock If you are not sensitive to small sounds like other household machines made, the running noise would not affect you. This built-in wine refrigerator would make little noise when compressor is running, which is less than 43 db. After the compressor finishing cooling process, the wine cooler fridge would be as quiet as usual refrigerators. Running Quietly As to the large capacity of the dual zone wine refrigerator, it can load 44 bottles of 750ml Bordeaux. Removing some shelves can load large bottles like Pinot, and Champagne. Factory-installed lock comes with two keys to protect the energetic babies who like to get in everything. LW46D Dual Zone Wine Cooler Read more Warm Tips It is strongly recommended that put the wine refrigerator on the ground for 24 hours without power supply after receiving to make the compressor liquid return to a smooth state. Feel free to cool your favorite drinks after that. LW46D LW54S LB36BD LB148BC LW165D Type Wine Cooler Wine Cooler Wine&Beverage Cooler Beverage Cooler Wine Cooler Capacity 44 Bottles 52 Bottles 55 Cans + 18 Bottles 110 Cans 160 Bottles Temperature 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone 41-64℉ 41-64℉ Left Zone, 39-50℉ Right Zone 38℉to 64℉ 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone Door Reversible ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Installation Type Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Dimensions 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx33.9" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx26.8" Dx71.3" H 
280021
Koolatron 24 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler, Black Thermoelectric Wine Fridge, 2.4 cu. ft (68L), Freestanding Wine Cellar, Red, White, Sparkling Wine Storage for Home Bar, Kitchen, Apartment, Condo
Product Description Efficient and reliable luxury wine storage Koolatron®’s 24-bottle capacity freestanding wine cellar makes a stylish addition to any kitchen, office or condo with enough capacity for two full cases of wine. Separately controlled temperature zones provide the ideal climate for your red, white, and sparkling wines and the external control panel lets you view and adjust the temperature without opening the door. This compact wine cellar brings together functionality and style with a mirrored glass door that protects from UV rays and soft interior lights and removable wire racks which let you customize how to showcase your collection. Technology meets style in this elegant wine cooler The Koolatron® Dual Zone 24 bottle unit lets you store up to 12 bottles of red wine in the upper zone at 54-66°F (12-18°C) and up to 12 bottles of white or sparkling wine in the lower zone at 46-55°F (8-12°C). Advanced thermoelectric technology cools efficiently with no noise or vibrations, keeping your wine at a consistent, ready-to-serve temperature with the sediment undisturbed. Why buy a dedicated wine fridge? Experts recommend storing wines at higher temperatures than your typical refrigerator provides, especially for long term storage. Temperature variations can cause both the wine and the cork to expand and contract, which can allow oxygen to seep into the bottle and spoil your wine. Keeping wine in a climate controlled environment slows that aging process significantly, preserving the quality, color, aroma, and flavor of your wine. Tips for getting the most out of your wine cooler: Ensure your wine cooler is set up away from heat-producing appliances and out of direct sunlight Allow two inches of space between the unit’s side and the wall and four inches between the back of the unit and the wall for air circulation and ensure the fan is not obstructed For optimal flavour, experts recommend keeping red wine at 55-65°F (12-19°C), white wine at 48-54°F (9-12°C) and sparkling wine at 45-47°F (7-8°C) Product Description Efficient and reliable luxury wine storage Koolatron®’s 24-bottle capacity freestanding wine cellar makes a stylish addition to any kitchen, office or condo with enough capacity for two full cases of wine. Separately controlled temperature zones provide the ideal climate for your red, white, and sparkling wines and the external control panel lets you view and adjust the temperature without opening the door. This compact wine cellar brings together functionality and style with a mirrored glass door that protects from UV rays and soft interior lights and removable wire racks which let you customize how to showcase your collection. Technology meets style in this elegant wine cooler The Koolatron® Dual Zone 24 bottle unit lets you store up to 12 bottles of red wine in the upper zone at 54-66°F (12-18°C) and up to 12 bottles of white or sparkling wine in the lower zone at 46-55°F (8-12°C). Advanced thermoelectric technology cools efficiently with no noise or vibrations, keeping your wine at a consistent, ready-to-serve temperature with the sediment undisturbed. Why buy a dedicated wine fridge? Experts recommend storing wines at higher temperatures than your typical refrigerator provides, especially for long term storage. Temperature variations can cause both the wine and the cork to expand and contract, which can allow oxygen to seep into the bottle and spoil your wine. Keeping wine in a climate controlled environment slows that aging process significantly, preserving the quality, color, aroma, and flavor of your wine. Tips for getting the most out of your wine cooler: Ensure your wine cooler is set up away from heat-producing appliances and out of direct sunlight Allow two inches of space between the unit’s side and the wall and four inches between the back of the unit and the wall for air circulation and ensure the fan is not obstructed For optimal flavour, experts recommend keeping red wine at 55-65°F (12-19°C), white wine at 48-54°F (9-12°C) and sparkling wine at 45-47°F (7-8°C)From the brand Previous page Shop Exclusive Wine Cooler Visit the Store Shop Exclusive Wine Cooler Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Koolatron 29 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron Elite Series 33 Bottle Wine Cooler Koolatron 45 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron 50 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron Elite Series Built-In Dual Zone Wine Cooler and Beverage Refrigerator Koolatron Grand Series 173-Bottle Dual Zone Compressor Wine Fridge Capacity 29 Bottle 33 Bottle 45 Bottle 50 Bottle 18 bottles & 56 cans 173 Bottle Cooling Technology Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Weight 20.50 lbs 21.80 lbs 21.80 lbs 93.00 lbs 101 lbs 198 lbs Applications Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Dual opening Doors Automatic defrost, Scratch-resistant top, Tempered glass door, One touch digital control Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Dual opening Doors Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Moveable divider, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Door Built-in or Freestanding, One touch digital control, Beechwood and tempered glass sliding shelves. Automatic Frost Free, Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, Rolling beech wood shelves 24 BOTTLE CAPACITY With room for up to 12 standard bottles in each zone, this dual zone wine cellar can hold two full cases of wine DUAL ZONE COOLING Choose your ideal temperature from a range of 54-66°F (12-18°C) in the upper zone and 46-66°F (8-18°C) in the lower zone EFFICIENT COOLING Quiet, vibration-free thermoelectric cooling keeps your wine at at an optimal temperature with the sediment undisturbed REMOVABLE RACKS This elegant wine cellar features six wire racks that can be removed to fit various bottle shapes and sizes Read more DIGITAL CONTROLS External touch screen controls let you adjust the temperature or turn the interior light on or off without opening the door INTERIOR LIGHTING Soft, energy-efficient LED interior lighting subtly highlights your wine collection without producing excess heat UV PROTECTION The double-paned door glass with an elegant mirrored finish protects your wine from damage by harmful UV rays FREESTANDING Place this attractive, compact unit anywhere there is a power source so your favourite wines are always close at hand Read more 
1617421
Rockville 6-Zone Amplifier+2 Pendant+6 Slim Black Wall Speakers 4 Restaurant/Bar/Cafe
Product Description Description of RCS180-6: Rockville is proud to introduce our new RCS series of products. The RCS180-6 is a 180 Watt 6-zone rack mountable digital hybrid amplifier/receiver. This amplifier is capable of 70 volt, 100 volt, 8-ohm, and 4-ohm applications. This makes it perfect for use in a Restaurant/Bar/Café/Lounge/School/Conference room or any other setting where many speakers are needed.. . This model offers 180 watts at 70 volt and you can either use the binding posts for single zone applications or use the speaker wire outputs and split the power up to 6 zones. (Do not exceed 100 watts on a single zone). Each zone can have an unlimited amount of speakers wired in parallel. You can also split the 180 watts into 6 zones as you please. For example you can put 25 watts to each of the 6 zones or 50 watts to 2 zones and 12 watts to each of the remaining zones. Simply put, if the total watts are under 180 then you are OK. (Most professionals recommend you not exceed 80% of the amp power. We recommend your speakers watts not to be more than 150 total on the speaker taps. Product Description Description of RCS180-6: Rockville is proud to introduce our new RCS series of products. The RCS180-6 is a 180 Watt 6-zone rack mountable digital hybrid amplifier/receiver. This amplifier is capable of 70 volt, 100 volt, 8-ohm, and 4-ohm applications. This makes it perfect for use in a Restaurant/Bar/Café/Lounge/School/Conference room or any other setting where many speakers are needed.. . This model offers 180 watts at 70 volt and you can either use the binding posts for single zone applications or use the speaker wire outputs and split the power up to 6 zones. (Do not exceed 100 watts on a single zone). Each zone can have an unlimited amount of speakers wired in parallel. You can also split the 180 watts into 6 zones as you please. For example you can put 25 watts to each of the 6 zones or 50 watts to 2 zones and 12 watts to each of the remaining zones. Simply put, if the total watts are under 180 then you are OK. (Most professionals recommend you not exceed 80% of the amp power. We recommend your speakers watts not to be more than 150 total on the speaker taps.
1358149
Alesis Drums DM10 MKII Pro Kit - Professional Electric Drum Set with USB and 5-Pin MIDI Connectivity, 700 Sounds, 80 Drum Kits & Adjustable Mesh Heads
Product Description The Iconic DM10 MKII Pro Kit The Alesis DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum set with our exclusive Alesis dual-zone mesh drum heads (U.S. Patent 9,424,827) that deliver an unprecedented degree of realistic drum feel and personal expression for modern electronic drummers. These ultra-quiet mesh drum heads come closer to duplicating the feel of an acoustic drum head and their natural rebound better than any previous Alesis electronic drum kit. The Alesis mesh drum heads have a precise adjustment knob so drummers can adjust the heads to provide the exact response that best suits their playing style. Perfect for Studio and Live Performance Designed for the studio and live performance, the DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum kit and comes complete with six drum pads (10/10/12/12” toms, 12” snare with stand, and 8" Bass drum), four cymbals (12” hi-hat, two 14” crash, and a 16” three-zone ride), and the heavy-duty quick lock chrome Rack. It’s equipped with the exclusive Alesis tightly woven black mesh drum heads that dampen acoustic noise and provide a singularly natural drumming experience. Players will immediately notice the improved feel, response, and reduction in acoustic noise, making the DM10 MKII Pro Kit ideal for quiet late-night practice sessions, as well as live performance and no-compromise studio recording. Product Description The Iconic DM10 MKII Pro Kit The Alesis DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum set with our exclusive Alesis dual-zone mesh drum heads (U.S. Patent 9,424,827) that deliver an unprecedented degree of realistic drum feel and personal expression for modern electronic drummers. These ultra-quiet mesh drum heads come closer to duplicating the feel of an acoustic drum head and their natural rebound better than any previous Alesis electronic drum kit. The Alesis mesh drum heads have a precise adjustment knob so drummers can adjust the heads to provide the exact response that best suits their playing style. Perfect for Studio and Live Performance Designed for the studio and live performance, the DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum kit and comes complete with six drum pads (10/10/12/12” toms, 12” snare with stand, and 8" Bass drum), four cymbals (12” hi-hat, two 14” crash, and a 16” three-zone ride), and the heavy-duty quick lock chrome Rack. It’s equipped with the exclusive Alesis tightly woven black mesh drum heads that dampen acoustic noise and provide a singularly natural drumming experience. Players will immediately notice the improved feel, response, and reduction in acoustic noise, making the DM10 MKII Pro Kit ideal for quiet late-night practice sessions, as well as live performance and no-compromise studio recording.From the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Discover An Icon - Play like the Pros Introducing the DM10 MKII Pro Kit The Alesis DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum set with exclusive Alesis dual-zone mesh drum heads that deliver an unprecedented degree of realistic drum “feel” and personal expression for modern electronic drummers. Taking your performance pro has never been easier! Ready for any Situation Designed for the studio and live performance, the Alesis DM10 MKII Pro Kit comes complete with six drum pads (10/10/12/12” toms, 12” snare and 8" Bass drum), four cymbals (12” hi-hat, two 14” crash, and a 16” ride), and the heavy-duty quick lock chrome rack The DM10MKII Pro Module At the core of the Alesis DM10 MKII Pro Kit is the DM10 MKII Pro Module, loaded with a premium sound library of 80 drum kits made from 700 in-demand sounds and voices – for ultimate customization options, the DM10 MKII Pro Module features space to expand the factory content with up to 99 user-loaded samples. To enhance the experience even more, the module features a convenient 64 x 128 pixel monochrome backlit screen that displays all settings and user-choices in crystal-clear resolution. DM10 MKII Pro Kit Strike Kit Command Mesh Kit Surge Mesh Kit Nitro Mesh Kit Turbo Mesh Kit Debut Kit Level Pro Pro Intermediate Intermediate Beginner / Intermediate Beginner Beginner (Kids) Kick Type 8" Mesh Pad 14" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 6" Rubber Pad Pedal (Switch) Pedal (Switch) Snare (all Mesh) 12” Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 8” Dual-Zone 8” Single-Zone 6” Single-Zone Toms (all Mesh) (2) 10" + (2) 12" Dual-Zone 8", 10", 12" Dual-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 6” Single-Zone Crash Cymbal (2) 14" Dual-Zone 14" Dual-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone Ride Cymbal 16" Triple-Zone 16" Triple-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone Hi-Hat Cymbal 12" Single-Zone 12" Movable Hi-Hat 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone Pedals Included Continuous Hi-Hat Only No Pedals Included Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kits & Sounds Included 80 Kits, 700 Sounds 110 Kits, 1600 Sounds 70 Kits, 671 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds Play-along Tracks 100 None 60 60 60 30 30 USB MIDI Connections USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB USB Upload Your Own Sounds ✔ ✔ ✔ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ 
886063
SalonPro Multi-Zone+ Hair Color Processor & Dryer Accelerator w/Rolling Base
Product Description With over 20 years of experience in the beauty industry, SalonPro's team understands the importance of having the right tools for the job in the highly competitive, demanding, and ever-changing beauty industry. Since our inception, SalonPro's mission has been tailored around providing the latest cutting-edge products, tools and equipment to salon professionals at affordable prices, while maintaining customer satisfaction and world-class support as our top priority. We take pride in the quality of our products and the value they bring to thousands of hair stylists and beauty salons' nationwide. With thousands of raving customers from all over the country, we hope you will give us the opportunity to allow our professional equipment to go to work for your business, to increase your efficiency and give you a competitive edge. SalonPro Multi-Zone+ Infrared Hair Color Processor & Dryer Accelerator w/ Rolling Base Don't be confused by similar looking but inferior quality products; SalonPro's Multi-Zone+ infrared hair color processor with independent zone controls for each of it's 5 infrared heaters and built-in fans in each zone (as opposed to the regular Multi-Zone which has 1 built in fan in the top heater zone only). This device is used to accelerate color/chemical treatments and dry hair with maximum efficiency. Multi-Zone+ reduces the time for perm treatments, bleaching, dyeing and more, by up to 50% compared to traditional methods - for faster and better absorption. Also included with this model is the "O3" O-Zone hair therapy function which can be activated with the touch of a button to help restore dry, damaged, and thinning hair - as well as prevent hair loss. Specs & Voltage For Professional Use Only Wattage: 1350 W Voltage: 110V (includes 3-prong plug for US wall outlets) Details & Features This quiet, easy to use hair processor has the ability to be maneuvered throughout your salon on it's smooth rubber castors with ease. Solid construction and high quality components will ensure years of trouble free service. This model offers easy to use digital multi-zone controls, allowing individual temperature control for each of it's 5 independent heater and fan zones. The Multi-Zone+ is capable of processing color and other treatments in up to half the time compared to traditional methods. Convenient, quiet, and easy to use Accelerator dries hair quickly and efficiently without damaging hair Speeds up chemical treatments and color processing by up to 50% Multi-zone digital controls allow for individualized set up for each client 5 independently controlled infrared heaters w/ built-in fans in each zone Includes O-Zone (O3) hair treatment function to restore damaged hair Heavy duty construction & high quality parts designed for professional use Rolling base & stand w/ high quality castors, adjustable height and angle Read more 5 Independently Controlled Built-in Infrared Heaters & Fans The Multi-Zone+ includes 5 independently controlled built-in infrared heaters & fans, for reduced processing times up to 50% faster than traditional methods, as well as increased comfort for clients. The fans are easily controlled via the digital touch control panel. O-Zone Hair Treatment Function (o3) Multi-Zone also features an "o3" O-Zone hair therapy function which can be activated with the touch of a button to help restore dry, damaged, and thinning hair - as well as prevent hair loss. Digital Touch Control Panel Simple to use digital controls offer complete control over Multi-Zone's 5 independent temperature adjustment settings for each heater, built-in fans, timer, and "o3" O-Zone function. Sturdy Rolling Base This model includes our compact, yet sturdy, steel constructed rolling base with high-quality smooth gliding rubber casters (wheels) and stand with fully adjustable height - making it easy to store and maneuver throughout your salon. 5 Independently Controlled Built-in Infrared Heaters & Fans O-Zone Hair Treatment Function (o3) Digital Touch Control Panel Sturdy Rolling Base 
544322
Rain Bird SST600IN Simple-To-Set Indoor Sprinkler/Irrigation System Timer/Controller, 6-Zone/Station (this New/Improved Model Replaces SST600I)
Product Description Product Description Rain Bird SST600IN Simple-To-Set Indoor Sprinkler/Irrigation System Timer/Controller, 6-Zone/Station. Rain Bird introduces the new "SST600IN" Timer packed with enhanced features and programming options (this new & improved model replaces the Obsolete SST600I). This indoor-mounted timer is so easy to use you won’t need the instructions!! Intuitive, simple zone-by-zone settings allow different watering schedules for each area of your yard; providing greener results with less water. Controls up to 6-valves with watering times from 0-240 minutes per zone. Simply turn the dial to each zone to quickly and easily set: custom days of the week, odd or even days, or a cycle number of days independent of all other zones. Programs up to four custom watering times per day to correctly water slopes and clay soils in short intervals allowing water to soak in and avoid runoff. Quickly review all settings with the LCD screen and easy to read LED indicator lights. Additional Features: "Seasonal Adjust" allows increase in watering time up to +100% in hot/dry months or reduce in cool/rainy periods to as little as -90%. "Rain Delay" suspends watering for up to 72-hours; resetting automatically once delay ends. "Water 1 Zone Now" button waters a single zone for up to 180 minutes. "Water All Zones Now" button waters all zones for duration of first programmed time. Superior built-in surge protection guards against damage from lightning strikes or power surges. All timer settings are stored indefinitely in memory; no need to re-program in case of power outage. Automatic trouble shooting of valves and wiring; if a short is detected, timer suspends watering to the zone and displays a warning message. Sealed case protects from moisture, insects and grime; timer designed for use inside of home, garage, or waterproof shed. Supports a master valve or pump start relay, and a rain sensor. Compatible with most 24 VAC irrigation valves. Includes transformer power plug with 6’ cord and installation guide. Electrical Specs: Input - 120 VAC/ 0.17 AMP/ 60Hz. Output - 25.5 VAC/ 0.65 AMP/ 60Hz. UL, and cUL certified. Rain Bird “The Intelligent Use of Water” From the Manufacturer Rain Bird Corporation is a privately held company founded in 1933 during the agricultural boom in California. We’re recognized as the #1 manufacturer and provider of irrigation products and services in the world. With sales offices around the globe; we offer over 4,000 water-saving irrigation products in more than 130 countries. Since the very beginning, Rain Bird has produced and offered the industry’s broadest range of high-quality irrigation products for: farms, golf courses, sports arenas, commercial developments and homes. Over the past 80-years Rain Bird has received more than 450 patents worldwide. Including the first one for irrigation in 1935 for our original impact-drive sprinkler (U.S. Patent #1,997,901) which revolutionized agricultural food-production and ushered in a new era in irrigation worldwide. In 1990 this original impact sprinkler was designated a historic landmark by the American Society of Agricultural Engineers. Our products cover all aspects of irrigation…timers/controllers, pop-up rotary sprinklers, pop-up spray head sprinklers, sprinkler nozzles, irrigation valves, Drip irrigation, drainage and much more. These products have all been chosen and installed worldwide in the largest and most prestigious projects for residential, commercial, agricultural and golf course irrigation. Rain Bird is committed to The Intelligent Use of Water™ with our commitment extending beyond products to education, training and services for the industry and the community. Our legacy is to design and manufacture only products of the highest value and quality. We’re grateful to have received numerous recognition awards from many of our valued partners. Rain Bird “The Intelligent Use of Water" Product Description Product Description Rain Bird SST600IN Simple-To-Set Indoor Sprinkler/Irrigation System Timer/Controller, 6-Zone/Station. Rain Bird introduces the new "SST600IN" Timer packed with enhanced features and programming options (this new & improved model replaces the Obsolete SST600I). This indoor-mounted timer is so easy to use you won’t need the instructions!! Intuitive, simple zone-by-zone settings allow different watering schedules for each area of your yard; providing greener results with less water. Controls up to 6-valves with watering times from 0-240 minutes per zone. Simply turn the dial to each zone to quickly and easily set: custom days of the week, odd or even days, or a cycle number of days independent of all other zones. Programs up to four custom watering times per day to correctly water slopes and clay soils in short intervals allowing water to soak in and avoid runoff. Quickly review all settings with the LCD screen and easy to read LED indicator lights. Additional Features: "Seasonal Adjust" allows increase in watering time up to +100% in hot/dry months or reduce in cool/rainy periods to as little as -90%. "Rain Delay" suspends watering for up to 72-hours; resetting automatically once delay ends. "Water 1 Zone Now" button waters a single zone for up to 180 minutes. "Water All Zones Now" button waters all zones for duration of first programmed time. Superior built-in surge protection guards against damage from lightning strikes or power surges. All timer settings are stored indefinitely in memory; no need to re-program in case of power outage. Automatic trouble shooting of valves and wiring; if a short is detected, timer suspends watering to the zone and displays a warning message. Sealed case protects from moisture, insects and grime; timer designed for use inside of home, garage, or waterproof shed. Supports a master valve or pump start relay, and a rain sensor. Compatible with most 24 VAC irrigation valves. Includes transformer power plug with 6’ cord and installation guide. Electrical Specs: Input - 120 VAC/ 0.17 AMP/ 60Hz. Output - 25.5 VAC/ 0.65 AMP/ 60Hz. UL, and cUL certified. Rain Bird “The Intelligent Use of Water” From the Manufacturer Rain Bird Corporation is a privately held company founded in 1933 during the agricultural boom in California. We’re recognized as the #1 manufacturer and provider of irrigation products and services in the world. With sales offices around the globe; we offer over 4,000 water-saving irrigation products in more than 130 countries. Since the very beginning, Rain Bird has produced and offered the industry’s broadest range of high-quality irrigation products for: farms, golf courses, sports arenas, commercial developments and homes. Over the past 80-years Rain Bird has received more than 450 patents worldwide. Including the first one for irrigation in 1935 for our original impact-drive sprinkler (U.S. Patent #1,997,901) which revolutionized agricultural food-production and ushered in a new era in irrigation worldwide. In 1990 this original impact sprinkler was designated a historic landmark by the American Society of Agricultural Engineers. Our products cover all aspects of irrigation…timers/controllers, pop-up rotary sprinklers, pop-up spray head sprinklers, sprinkler nozzles, irrigation valves, Drip irrigation, drainage and much more. These products have all been chosen and installed worldwide in the largest and most prestigious projects for residential, commercial, agricultural and golf course irrigation. Rain Bird is committed to The Intelligent Use of Water™ with our commitment extending beyond products to education, training and services for the industry and the community. Our legacy is to design and manufacture only products of the highest value and quality. We’re grateful to have received numerous recognition awards from many of our valued partners. Rain Bird “The Intelligent Use of Water"From the manufacturer Read more Read more Read more Read more Read more 
858080
Rockville 6-Zone Amplifier+(4) Pendant+(6) Slim Black Wall Speakers 4 Restaurant/Bar/Cafe
Product Description Description of RCS350-6: Rockville is proud to introduce our new RCS series of products. The RCS350-6 is a 350 Watt 6-zone rack mountable digital hybrid amplifier/receiver. This amplifier is capable of 70 volt, 100 volt, 8-ohm, and 4-ohm applications. This makes it perfect for use in a Restaurant/Bar/Café/Lounge/School/Conference room or any other setting where many speakers are needed.. . This model offers 350 watts at 70 volt or 100 volt and the power can be split up into 6 zones. (Most professionals recommend you not exceed 80% of the amp power, so we recommend your speakers watt not to be more than 300 in total on the taps). Each zone can have the power split as your please. For example you can put all 300 watts into one zone with one volume control. Or you can have zone 1 with 100 watts, zone 2 with 100 watts and the rest of the zones with 25 watts each. Just add the total watts up to be under 350 and you are OK. No complex wiring required like with 8 ohm systems. Product Description Description of RCS350-6: Rockville is proud to introduce our new RCS series of products. The RCS350-6 is a 350 Watt 6-zone rack mountable digital hybrid amplifier/receiver. This amplifier is capable of 70 volt, 100 volt, 8-ohm, and 4-ohm applications. This makes it perfect for use in a Restaurant/Bar/Café/Lounge/School/Conference room or any other setting where many speakers are needed.. . This model offers 350 watts at 70 volt or 100 volt and the power can be split up into 6 zones. (Most professionals recommend you not exceed 80% of the amp power, so we recommend your speakers watt not to be more than 300 in total on the taps). Each zone can have the power split as your please. For example you can put all 300 watts into one zone with one volume control. Or you can have zone 1 with 100 watts, zone 2 with 100 watts and the rest of the zones with 25 watts each. Just add the total watts up to be under 350 and you are OK. No complex wiring required like with 8 ohm systems.
197596
Tea Zone 7 lbs Chocolate Popping Pearls
Product Description Tea Zone Popping Pearls are now available in Chocolate! These Popping Pearls are perfect to pair with dessert, beverages and more. Give in to your sweet tooth and indulge with the taste of chocolate on your favorite frozen yogurt or blended beverage. No prepping or cooking required. Popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Product Description Tea Zone Popping Pearls are now available in Chocolate! These Popping Pearls are perfect to pair with dessert, beverages and more. Give in to your sweet tooth and indulge with the taste of chocolate on your favorite frozen yogurt or blended beverage. No prepping or cooking required. Popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants.From the manufacturer Tea Zone Various Flavor Popping Pearls Tea Zone offers a variety flavor of popping pearl flavors! Our popping pearls will help your food look creative and trendy. The vibrant color of the popping pearls makes your recipe look more delicious. You can try add strawberry, blueberry, and green apple popping pearls to green tea to create a fruity green tea. Adding yogurt, mango, peach, and passion fruit popping pearls to frozen yogurts and ice cream to make them colorful. The lychee and peach popping pearls are also great choices for adding flavor to cocktails as well.Just scoop a spoonful of Tea Zone popping, add to your favorite dessert, and they’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience! You can even mix and match various flavors in one drink or dessert for an extra exciting mix of flavor! Culinary creations are never-ending when it comes to incorporating popping pearls! FAQS How do I store my Tea Zone Popping Pearls? Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. It’s highly advisable to refrigerate after opening the jar and consume within one week of opening. Never freeze this product. Is this product safe for children? Since popping pearls have a choking tendency, keep the jar out of the reach of children younger than 5 years. What Are Popping Pearls? Originating in Asia, Popping pearls are also known as bursting boba, or popping boba do to their fruit juice interior that burst when bitten into. Popping pearls look like tapioca boba, except they are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. They are different and distinct, but serve the same purpose for being a drink or beverage topping. Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Read more Tea Zone Popping Pearls Are Perfect To Pair With Dessert, Beverages And More Flavored Drinks Mixes If you’re looking to add freshness in your beverages, you must look at any other boba store but Tea Zone.The tea zone popping boba is rich in fruit extracts. Add our popping pearls to your drinks for a more funny bite that explodes with fruity flavors. What's more! Each popping pearls has a bright color that adds life to your drinks. Frozen Dessert Toppings Popping pearls have gained popularity because they are a fun and creative addition to desserts and more. They are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. And a little smaller in size than the regular tapioca boba, popping pearls when bitten leaves your customer’s taste buds satisfied. Fantastic Add-ons For Cocktail The Tea Zone popping pearls will highlight the natural taste of fruits when you add them to your cocktails or mocktails. You’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience and taste a fantastic flavor that you may ever imaged. Do not hesitate to have a try! Read more Tea Zone Chocolate Popping Pearls Tea Zone Orange Popping Pearls Tea Zone Peach Popping Pearls Tea Zone Pomegranate Popping Pearls Tea Zone Lemon Popping Pearls Tea Zone Rainbow Popping Pearls Weight/Jar(LBS) 7 7 7 7 7 6.8 Taste Chocolate Orange Peach Pomegranate Lemon Rainbow Cooking Required No No No No No No Suggested Serving Size 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g Servings per Container 106 106 106 106 106 106 Sugar 6g 5g 5g 5g 5g 12g Calories 30 25 25 25 25 25 Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
293595
NewAir Slim Dual Zone Built-In Wine/Beverage Cooler and Refrigerator, 29 Bottle Capacity Standing Fridge with Double-Layer Tempered Glass Door, AWR-290DB
Product Description Overview The compact NewAir 15" Built-In Dual Zone 29 Bottle Wine Fridge slides easily between standard base cabinets to create a wine cellar in your kitchen. It can also stand-alone anywhere you like. Despite being only 15 inches wide, this fridge offers two cooling zones to keep up to 29 bottles of red and white wines at ideal temperatures for serving. 1. Built-In or Stand-Alone Installation The quiet, front-venting compressor system allows this compact beverage fridge to fit easily under standard kitchen counters. Just slide it into place for a sleek, integrated look that blends perfectly with your cabinetry — or let it stand alone. The choice is yours. 2. Dual Temperature Zones for Reds and Whites Get two wine coolers in one thanks to dual-zone cooling for up to 29 standard wine bottles. Store whites at 40 to 55 degrees in the upper zone and reds at 50 to 66 degrees in the lower zone. They'll be ready to sip whenever you are. 3. Accurate Digital Thermostats The NewAir 15" Built-In Dual Zone 29 Bottle Wine Fridge features digital temperature controls that put you in charge. Select your ideal serving temperatures down to the degree for optimal wine storage. 4. Triple-Tempered Doors Keep It Cold Stylish, triple-tempered glass doors provide outstanding insulation to keep cold air inside. The glass has been treated with an anti-UV layer to protect wines from oxidation due to sunlight exposure. Doors can also be locked for peace of mind. 5. Quiet, Powerful Cooling The quiet, compressor-based fan cooling system circulates air evenly and includes a carbon filter to keep the air around your wine fresh. Add adjustable beech wood shelves and a stainless steel finish, and this fridge has timeless appeal. Product Description Overview The compact NewAir 15" Built-In Dual Zone 29 Bottle Wine Fridge slides easily between standard base cabinets to create a wine cellar in your kitchen. It can also stand-alone anywhere you like. Despite being only 15 inches wide, this fridge offers two cooling zones to keep up to 29 bottles of red and white wines at ideal temperatures for serving. 1. Built-In or Stand-Alone Installation The quiet, front-venting compressor system allows this compact beverage fridge to fit easily under standard kitchen counters. Just slide it into place for a sleek, integrated look that blends perfectly with your cabinetry — or let it stand alone. The choice is yours. 2. Dual Temperature Zones for Reds and Whites Get two wine coolers in one thanks to dual-zone cooling for up to 29 standard wine bottles. Store whites at 40 to 55 degrees in the upper zone and reds at 50 to 66 degrees in the lower zone. They'll be ready to sip whenever you are. 3. Accurate Digital Thermostats The NewAir 15" Built-In Dual Zone 29 Bottle Wine Fridge features digital temperature controls that put you in charge. Select your ideal serving temperatures down to the degree for optimal wine storage. 4. Triple-Tempered Doors Keep It Cold Stylish, triple-tempered glass doors provide outstanding insulation to keep cold air inside. The glass has been treated with an anti-UV layer to protect wines from oxidation due to sunlight exposure. Doors can also be locked for peace of mind. 5. Quiet, Powerful Cooling The quiet, compressor-based fan cooling system circulates air evenly and includes a carbon filter to keep the air around your wine fresh. Add adjustable beech wood shelves and a stainless steel finish, and this fridge has timeless appeal.From the manufacturer A name you can trust All products are backed by a 1 year warranty. Newair AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler The Newair AWR-290DB 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler allows you to store your entire collection in one sleek and simple-to-use appliance. With this wine cooler, you can save space and ensure that your wines are all properly stored. The Newair AWR-290DB 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler features dual zone technology that makes it possible to keep reds and whites in the same cooling unit. Whites get that perfect chill in the upper zone with adjustable temperature settings of 40 to 50 degrees Fahrenheit, and reds can be kept at 50 to 66 degrees Fahrenheit in the lower zone. The easy-to-adjust thermostat puts you in full control of the temperature. 29 bottle capacity Dual temperature zones Insulated, reversible glass door Locking door Read more Store Reds and Whites Perfectly The Newair AWR-290DB 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler features dual zone technology that makes it possible to keep reds and whites in the same cooling unit. Whites get that perfect chill in the upper zone with adjustable temperature settings of 40 to 50 degrees Fahrenheit, and reds can be kept at 50 to 66 degrees Fahrenheit in the lower zone. The easy-to-adjust thermostat puts you in full control of the temperature. Compact Design to Fit Your Home With enough room for 29 standard bottles of wine, this space saving wine cooler is spacious inside, but outside, it measures only 15 inches in width by 23 inches in depth. Its compact footprint makes it suitable for use virtually anywhere, and the unit is only 34 inches tall for under-the-counter use if you desire. You can even reverse the swing of the door to suit the layout of your room perfectly. Your Collection Is Readily Accessible The Newair AWR-290DB 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler makes it easy to grab a bottle when you're ready to savor its bouquet and flavor. Each of the three beech drawers slides out for easy access and is lit with soft blue lighting to help you read the labels. The shelf height can be adjusted to fit your collection perfectly. Protection for Your Collection The Newair AWR-290DB 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler keeps your wine collection secure from damage and theft. The double-paned glass is tinted to limit UV penetration and shields your reds and whites from the effects of sunlight. A locking mechanism keeps the door shut tightly until you're ready to retrieve a bottle. Read more Specifications - 29 bottle capacity. - Dual zone storage. - Locking door. Read more 
1037903
Koldfront 24 Bottle Free Standing Dual Zone Wine Cooler - Black and Stainless Steel
Product Description Store various types of wine at their optimal temperatures using the Koldfront 7 Series 24 Bottle Free Standing Dual Zone Wine Cooler (TWR247ESS). This free-standing wine cooler has two temperature zones, both which use thermoelectric cooling to ensure that up to 24 bottles of your wine taste as the winemakers intended. Koldfront's 7 Series: As a part of Koldfront's 7 Series, this wine cooler is designed to be as stylish as it is efficient, boasting both an even cooling and sleek presentation of your wine Dual Zone Design: This freestanding wine cooler has two temperature zones, allowing you to store both red and white wine simultaneously at their optimum temperatures Stainless Steel: The tempered glass door is trimmed in sleek stainless steel, giving it a stylish contemporary look that is sure to match any décor Vibration-Free Thermoelectric Cooling: Harmful vibrations and noises are eliminated and the temperature is evenly maintained due to this unitâ€s energy-efficient thermoelectric cooling system Temperature Range: The top zone has a temperature range of 54 to 66°F while the lower zone has a temperature range of 46 to 66°F Dual Zone Control Panel: Both zones can be controlled by the centrally located control panel featuring a LCD temperature display and temperature adjustment buttons for both the top and lower zones Soft Interior Lighting: The LED interior lighting displays your bottles in a delicate, non-intrusive light Safety Ensured: You can rest assured that your wine collection is safe due to this unitâ€s available lock Removable Wood Shelving: Accommodate larger bottles by reconfiguring the easily removable wooden shelves; however, keep in mind that this will decrease the stated bottle capacity Product Description Store various types of wine at their optimal temperatures using the Koldfront 7 Series 24 Bottle Free Standing Dual Zone Wine Cooler (TWR247ESS). This free-standing wine cooler has two temperature zones, both which use thermoelectric cooling to ensure that up to 24 bottles of your wine taste as the winemakers intended. Koldfront's 7 Series: As a part of Koldfront's 7 Series, this wine cooler is designed to be as stylish as it is efficient, boasting both an even cooling and sleek presentation of your wine Dual Zone Design: This freestanding wine cooler has two temperature zones, allowing you to store both red and white wine simultaneously at their optimum temperatures Stainless Steel: The tempered glass door is trimmed in sleek stainless steel, giving it a stylish contemporary look that is sure to match any décor Vibration-Free Thermoelectric Cooling: Harmful vibrations and noises are eliminated and the temperature is evenly maintained due to this unitâ€s energy-efficient thermoelectric cooling system Temperature Range: The top zone has a temperature range of 54 to 66°F while the lower zone has a temperature range of 46 to 66°F Dual Zone Control Panel: Both zones can be controlled by the centrally located control panel featuring a LCD temperature display and temperature adjustment buttons for both the top and lower zones Soft Interior Lighting: The LED interior lighting displays your bottles in a delicate, non-intrusive light Safety Ensured: You can rest assured that your wine collection is safe due to this unitâ€s available lock Removable Wood Shelving: Accommodate larger bottles by reconfiguring the easily removable wooden shelves; however, keep in mind that this will decrease the stated bottle capacity
557220
Ivation 29-Bottle Dual-Zone 15” Built-In Compressor Wine Cooler/Cellar Undercounter Wine Fridge, Temperature Control 40°-50°F/50°-66°F Refrigerator, Quiet Operation, LED Light, Glass & Stainless Steel
Product Description Read more Model Overview Capacity: 29 bottles Cooling system: compressor Design: built-in or freestanding Vent: front-facing Temperature: dual zone Door: reversible (open left or right) Ivation 29-Bottle Built-In 15" Inch Dual Zone Compressor Wine Cooler Perfectly preserved — to the last sip From chardonnay to cabernet, table wine to vintage varietals, the Ivation Compressor Wine Cooler chills your collection in chic style. This dual-zone delight slides right into your existing cabinetry, refrigerating up to 29 standard wine bottles for your future enjoyment. Whether you’re looking to streamline your bottle display, enhance wine’s flavor, encourage better aging or prevent oxidation and UV rays from spoiling your precious vino, our thermally insulated cellar has you covered. Unleash your inner sommelier and discover all the amazing benefits of Ivation innovation. Specs & Details: Input power: 110-120v / 60hz / 90W Rated current: 1.2 Amps Noise: 36db (low) Power consumption: 0.41KW.h/24h Temperature range: 40°F-50°F [upper zone]; 50°F-66°F [lower zone] Net weight: 71.6 lbs. Unit size: 33.8” H x 22.4” D x 14.8” W Read more Read more Heavy-Duty Compressor Just like a refrigerator, the compression system chills wine quickly, quietly and consistently, minimizing energy costs for greater annual savings. Versatile Styling The unit can be displayed freestanding or under a kitchen or bar counter among cabinetry, blending safely and seamlessly with your existing décor. Stunning Finish Attractive appliance includes a stainless steel door with sleek, rounded edges, matching shelves with chrome, and other streamlined accents. Read more Digital LCD Simple interface includes touch buttons for C°/F°, dual temperature control, and optional interior display light; LCD shows current temperature in each zone. Vibration Suppression By minimizing movement, the technology prevents disruption of sediment, reducing chemical reactions that result in premature aging. Dual-Zone Convenience Mingle your reds and whites in the same cooler! Upper and lower zones maintain separate temperatures, so every bottle stores in the proper environment. Read more Tempered Glass Door Smoked finish allows you to see inside while blocking damaging UV light from entering the cooler; dual-pane glass for added weight and insulation. Pull-Out Shelves Easy to install and remove, the spacious sliding shelves store up to 29 bottles on their side, preventing corks from drying out and taking on air. Soft LED Light Equipped with an on/off switch, the interior light can also be set to remain on even when the door is closed, providing better visibility and ambiance in your home’s space. Read more Ivation 31-Bottle Built-In 15" Inch Wine Cooler Ivation 29-Bottle Dual Zone Built-In 15" Inch Wine Cooler Ivation 46-Bottle Dual Zone Built-In 24" Inch Wine Cooler Ivation 40-Bottle Dual Zone Built-In 24" Inch Wine & Beverage Cooler Capacity 31 Bottle 29 Bottle 46 Bottle 40 Bottle or (20-Bottle & 66-Can) Dimensions 33.8” H x 22.4” D x 14.8” W 33.8” H x 22.4” D x 14.8” W 33.07” H x 22.44” D x 23.43” W 33.07” H x 22.44” D x 23.43” W # of Zones Single Dual Dual Dual Temperature Range 40°F-66°F 40°F-50°F [upper zone]; 50°F-66°F [lower zone] 40°F-50°F [upper zone]; 50°F-66°F [lower zone] 40°F-66°F (Left and Right Zones) 
1425593
ImageAbility North America Laminated Gloss Time Zone Area Code Map with Reverse Lookup, Desk Size 11 by 17 Inches
Product Description North America Full Color Time Zone Area Code Map features a map of the United States, Canada, and Mexico with marked time zones and area codes. Map can be used on desks and tables, or hung in offices and workspaces. Time zone map also has a quick reference table of all current area codes and corresponding state origins. Full color map has an artistic design, featuring a gradation that gives a 3D look. State outlines are bold and stand out, area code lines are easy to read, and each time zone is noted with a different color. Printed clocks at the top of each zone show time differences across North America. Includes one map, printed on archival paper. Maps are laminated with high gloss on both sides, providing quality protection from everyday use. 6 mil laminate adds stability and helps prevent pocking, tearing, and damage. Map is easy to use. Know where each call is coming from and what time it will be when you return the call in seconds. Use the reference table to find the area code, and look for the state or province to determine the time zone and approximate time difference. Finished map size 17 inches wide by 11 inches tall. Keep at your desk, or use Command Strips, hook and loop method, or a frame to hang on your wall. Product Description North America Full Color Time Zone Area Code Map features a map of the United States, Canada, and Mexico with marked time zones and area codes. Map can be used on desks and tables, or hung in offices and workspaces. Time zone map also has a quick reference table of all current area codes and corresponding state origins. Full color map has an artistic design, featuring a gradation that gives a 3D look. State outlines are bold and stand out, area code lines are easy to read, and each time zone is noted with a different color. Printed clocks at the top of each zone show time differences across North America. Includes one map, printed on archival paper. Maps are laminated with high gloss on both sides, providing quality protection from everyday use. 6 mil laminate adds stability and helps prevent pocking, tearing, and damage. Map is easy to use. Know where each call is coming from and what time it will be when you return the call in seconds. Use the reference table to find the area code, and look for the state or province to determine the time zone and approximate time difference. Finished map size 17 inches wide by 11 inches tall. Keep at your desk, or use Command Strips, hook and loop method, or a frame to hang on your wall.
539902
Blast Zone Superstar - Inflatable Bounce House with Blower - Large - Premium Quality - Great For Events - Holds 6 Kids
Product Description Product Description The Superstar Moonwalk is a party favorite. This bouncer has our biggest jumping floor. It's perfect for birthday parties, church events and more, easily housing up to 5 kids at one time! The huge jumping platform measures approximately 12' x 12' (od). Easy to store, easy to move, fun to use. Including the slide, the overall inflated footprint is approximately 12 Wide x 15 Deep x 7 High. Patented. Why Kids Love the Superstar Moonwalk: Plenty of fun! The huge bounce floor lets lots of kids play at a time. Out of this world! Kids love the colors and star theme. Why Parents love the Superstar Moonwalk: Safety: Safety netting encloses all side of the bouncer. Affordable: Compare to rentals that cost as much, but you will use this bouncer over and over. Durability: The bounce house is designed for strength and longevity. This Jumper is made of top-quality, interwoven oxford cloth, with an inner air membrane for support. The UL listed continuous airflow blower continually pumps air into the bouncer, which leaks out of the porous material. The Superstar is very easy to set up and take down, and will last through many parties. The Superstar Moonwalk is a party favorite. This bouncer has our biggest jumping floor. It's perfect for birthday parties, church events and more, easily housing up to 5 kids at one time! The huge jumping platform measures approximately 12' x 12' (od). Easy to store, easy to move, fun to use. Including the slide, the overall inflated footprint is approximately 12 Wide x 15 Deep x 7 High. Patented. The Superstar Moonwalk By Blast Zone sets up in Seconds. Plenty of Room for parties. Why Rent, When you Can Own? Blast Zone Inflatables are affordable, safe and fun! For as little as the cost of renting, your family can own your own inflatable amusement park, that will be used time and time again! Blast Zone products are in use in homes across the globe, and are designed to provide your family safe, durable fun and exercise. In just minutes, your inflatable adventure is ready to use. Simply unroll the product, attach the blower, inflate and stake down. The fan runs continuously, as kids play, providing the required airflow into the constant-air inflatables. Forget the expensive vacations, packing up the car and expensive trips to the amusement park. Make your backyard a wonderland, with your own Blast Zone inflatable! Why Blast Zone? Blast Zone Inflatables are Exciting, Durable and Safe. These fun inflatables are designed in California, and meet or exceed applicable safety standards. Blast Zone's Durable Inflatables include a number a specialized features, that are important to the Safety of your Children, and the durability of the inflatable. Construction features Include: Commercial Grade Impact Surfaces (Up to 9 times stronger than residential-grade), Double and Quadruple-stitched Commercial Assembly, 7-Stage Quality Control, Exclusive X-Weave material, for added durability, and more. Safety features include: Safe Slide Heights, Soft Safety Netting (Reduces abrasion), and Industry-Leading Warranty and support. Features, Dimensions and Capacity Features Commercial Grade Bounce Surface Sets up in Seconds Great for Parties and Groups Fun, Gender-Neutral Theme One of our all-time best-selling products Dimensions and Capacity Dimension:Approx 12 x 15 x 7 (including front step/slide) Bounce Floor: Approx 12 x 12 Max Occupancy: 5 Max Weight/User: 100 lbs Recommended Age: 3+ What's In The Box? Each Blast Zone Kit Includes everything you need to play: The Inflatable Play Park, UL Approved Blower, Carrying Case, Blower Stakes, Inflatable Stakes, and Instructions. Most also include a "Safety and Usage" instructional DVD. Create your own amusement park with Blast Zone Inflatables. From the Manufacturer The Superstar Moonwalk is a party favorite. This bouncer has our biggest jumping floor. It's perfect for birthday parties, church events and more, housing up to 5 kids at one time. The huge jumping floor measures approximatelys13' x 13'. Easy to store, easy to move, fun to use. Why Kids Love the Superstar Moonwalk: Plenty of fun. The huge bounce floor lets lots of kids play at a time. Out of this world. Kids love the colors and star theme. Why Parents love the Superstar Moonwalk: Safety: Safety netting encloses all side of the bouncer. Affordable: Compare to rentals that cost as much, but you will use this bouncer over and over. Durability: The bounce house is designed for strength and longevity. This Jumper is made of top-quality, interwoven oxford cloth, with an inner air membrane for support. The UL listed continuous airflow blower continually pumps air into the bouncer, which leaks out of the porous material. The Superstar is very easy to set up and take down, and will last through many parties. What do I get? Each Blast Zone inflatable includes the inflatable unit, a UL approved blower a carrying case, stakes for the blower and stakes for the bouncer. The inflatable unit rolls up to about the size of a medium to large sleeping bag (depending on bouncer). Most of our inflatable toys ship via UPS in one box that includes everything. To set up the bouncer, just unroll it, hook the inflation tube to the blower, turn on the blower and stake it down. The blower runs continuously while kids play, and air escapes through the seams and fabric. Blast zone bouncers are for residential use. For commercial purposes, please see our commercial use category. Product Description Product Description The Superstar Moonwalk is a party favorite. This bouncer has our biggest jumping floor. It's perfect for birthday parties, church events and more, easily housing up to 5 kids at one time! The huge jumping platform measures approximately 12' x 12' (od). Easy to store, easy to move, fun to use. Including the slide, the overall inflated footprint is approximately 12 Wide x 15 Deep x 7 High. Patented. Why Kids Love the Superstar Moonwalk: Plenty of fun! The huge bounce floor lets lots of kids play at a time. Out of this world! Kids love the colors and star theme. Why Parents love the Superstar Moonwalk: Safety: Safety netting encloses all side of the bouncer. Affordable: Compare to rentals that cost as much, but you will use this bouncer over and over. Durability: The bounce house is designed for strength and longevity. This Jumper is made of top-quality, interwoven oxford cloth, with an inner air membrane for support. The UL listed continuous airflow blower continually pumps air into the bouncer, which leaks out of the porous material. The Superstar is very easy to set up and take down, and will last through many parties. The Superstar Moonwalk is a party favorite. This bouncer has our biggest jumping floor. It's perfect for birthday parties, church events and more, easily housing up to 5 kids at one time! The huge jumping platform measures approximately 12' x 12' (od). Easy to store, easy to move, fun to use. Including the slide, the overall inflated footprint is approximately 12 Wide x 15 Deep x 7 High. Patented. The Superstar Moonwalk By Blast Zone sets up in Seconds. Plenty of Room for parties. Why Rent, When you Can Own? Blast Zone Inflatables are affordable, safe and fun! For as little as the cost of renting, your family can own your own inflatable amusement park, that will be used time and time again! Blast Zone products are in use in homes across the globe, and are designed to provide your family safe, durable fun and exercise. In just minutes, your inflatable adventure is ready to use. Simply unroll the product, attach the blower, inflate and stake down. The fan runs continuously, as kids play, providing the required airflow into the constant-air inflatables. Forget the expensive vacations, packing up the car and expensive trips to the amusement park. Make your backyard a wonderland, with your own Blast Zone inflatable! Why Blast Zone? Blast Zone Inflatables are Exciting, Durable and Safe. These fun inflatables are designed in California, and meet or exceed applicable safety standards. Blast Zone's Durable Inflatables include a number a specialized features, that are important to the Safety of your Children, and the durability of the inflatable. Construction features Include: Commercial Grade Impact Surfaces (Up to 9 times stronger than residential-grade), Double and Quadruple-stitched Commercial Assembly, 7-Stage Quality Control, Exclusive X-Weave material, for added durability, and more. Safety features include: Safe Slide Heights, Soft Safety Netting (Reduces abrasion), and Industry-Leading Warranty and support. Features, Dimensions and Capacity Features Commercial Grade Bounce Surface Sets up in Seconds Great for Parties and Groups Fun, Gender-Neutral Theme One of our all-time best-selling products Dimensions and Capacity Dimension:Approx 12 x 15 x 7 (including front step/slide) Bounce Floor: Approx 12 x 12 Max Occupancy: 5 Max Weight/User: 100 lbs Recommended Age: 3+ What's In The Box? Each Blast Zone Kit Includes everything you need to play: The Inflatable Play Park, UL Approved Blower, Carrying Case, Blower Stakes, Inflatable Stakes, and Instructions. Most also include a "Safety and Usage" instructional DVD. Create your own amusement park with Blast Zone Inflatables. From the Manufacturer The Superstar Moonwalk is a party favorite. This bouncer has our biggest jumping floor. It's perfect for birthday parties, church events and more, housing up to 5 kids at one time. The huge jumping floor measures approximatelys13' x 13'. Easy to store, easy to move, fun to use. Why Kids Love the Superstar Moonwalk: Plenty of fun. The huge bounce floor lets lots of kids play at a time. Out of this world. Kids love the colors and star theme. Why Parents love the Superstar Moonwalk: Safety: Safety netting encloses all side of the bouncer. Affordable: Compare to rentals that cost as much, but you will use this bouncer over and over. Durability: The bounce house is designed for strength and longevity. This Jumper is made of top-quality, interwoven oxford cloth, with an inner air membrane for support. The UL listed continuous airflow blower continually pumps air into the bouncer, which leaks out of the porous material. The Superstar is very easy to set up and take down, and will last through many parties. What do I get? Each Blast Zone inflatable includes the inflatable unit, a UL approved blower a carrying case, stakes for the blower and stakes for the bouncer. The inflatable unit rolls up to about the size of a medium to large sleeping bag (depending on bouncer). Most of our inflatable toys ship via UPS in one box that includes everything. To set up the bouncer, just unroll it, hook the inflation tube to the blower, turn on the blower and stake it down. The blower runs continuously while kids play, and air escapes through the seams and fabric. Blast zone bouncers are for residential use. For commercial purposes, please see our commercial use category.From the manufacturer Never Rent Again! Supreme Quality Excellent Value Commercial-Grade Impact Surfaces Massive bounce floor for extra room to jump One of the Largest bounce floors offered - 12 x 12 With its 12W x 15D x 7H dimensions, this bouncer accommodates up to 5 children together. The Superstar Inflatable Party Moonwalk includes an extra-durable commercial-grade floor, to stand up to hours of endless fun. With a protected play area, there is plenty of room for multiple children to safely burn energy. Plus, the 'safe slope' slide allows for easy access. A top choice for larger families, parties and events. Includes Inflatable, Blower, Storage Straps, Instructions. Read more The Blast Zone Advantage Premium Materials Exclusive high-strength x-Weave and Commercial Vinyl for ultimate durability. Worldwide Trust Millions of kids across the globe play with Blast Zone toys. Premier Quality Guarantee Leading warranty and US-based live support. Focus on Safety Designed with safety features and comply with manufacturing laws. Read more Features and Specs Great for Parties Gender Neutral Commercial Vinyl Impact Surfaces Double and Quadruple Stitching Recommended Age: 3+ Inflated Dimensions: Approx 15' L x 12' W x 7' H Interior Bouncer Dimensions: 119" x 115" Max Gross Weight on Inflated Structure: 500 Lbs Max User Weight: 100 Lbs Max Users: 5 Features and Specs Safety and quality are of the utmost importance. These fun inflatables meet or exceed applicable safety standards. Blast Zone's Durable Inflatables include a number a specialized features, that are important to the Safety of your Children, and the Durability of the Inflatable. Construction features Include: Commercial Grade Impact Surfaces, Double and Quadruple-Stitched Reinforced Assembly, Multi-Stage Quality Control and Exclusive X-Weave material for added durability. Safety features include: Safe Slide Heights, Soft Safety Netting to prevent abrasion, numerous anchor points and more. Read more Your Purchase Includes Inflatable Unit The actual Inflatable Bouncer, Water Park or Inflatable Combo itself. Bulletproof Blower Blast Zone Inflatables operate using a constant flow of air fed from the included blower. Manual/DVD Step-by-step setup and safety rules and video walkthrough. Accessories Carrying Straps, Anchor Stakes, Sprayer system (included with water parks only). Read more How it works Blast Zone Promise Blast Zone provides stellar customer service and backs all products with an industry leading warranty. Choose Blast Zone when you want an inflatable that is durable, safe, and designed for fun. What to expect from your Inflatable Blast Zone Inflatables use a constant flow of air, fed from the included blower. As air is pumped in, some escapes through the seams in the material. This creates a stronger inflatable with ideal air pressure, so your Bouncer or Water Park supports as much playing as your kids want to do. Escaping air is all a part of the process. Fast, Frustration-Free Setup Blast Zone inflatables are up and ready for play in a matter of minutes - with most taking less than 2 minutes to inflate. To set up your bouncer or water park, simply unroll it, hook the inflation tube to the blower, stake it down and turn the blower on. To take your inflatable down, just turn off the motor and it deflates on its own. Units roll up to the size of a medium to large sleeping bag. Durable, Safe Products Blast Zone takes pride in manufacturing the highest quality inflatables in the industry. Home inflatables use commercial grade vinyl on all the bounce and slide surfaces. In addition, they are assembled with up to quadruple heavy duty stitching. By providing fully enclosed bouncers with safety netting and climbing surfaces with plenty of foot holes and safety handles, feel confident that your children will enjoy safe and fun play. Read more 
929486
School Zone English And Spanish Flash Cards Super Set Toddler Kids -- 8 Bilingual Packs and Stickers (ABCs, Numbers, Colors, Shapes, Sight Words & over 2000 Reward Stickers!)
Product Description School Zone Bilingual Flash Card Super Set for Kids and Toddlers -- 8 Learning Packs -- Alphabet, Numbers, Colors, Shapes, Sight Words, Animals and Basic Mathematics. School Zone Bilingüe Flash Card Super Set para Niños y Niños Pequeños - 8 Paquetes de Aprendizaje - Abecedario, Números, Colores, Formas, Palabras Basicas, Animales y Matemáticas Básicas. Bilingual English-Spanish Flash Cards help your child learn their ABCs and 123s in two languages. Includes ABC, Numbers, Colors, Shapes, First Words, Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Go Fish Animal Flash Cards (8 packs total--288 cards). Las tarjetas de vocabulario en Inglés-Español ayudan a su hijo a aprender sus ABCs, números, colores, formas, primeras palabras, animales, adición, substracción y multiplicación en dos idiomas.(8 paquetes total - 288 cartas). School Zone bilingual English-Spanish learning tools are designed to help your child develop and grow. This set can be used by all kids ranging from preschool to 2nd Grade -- 8 decks provide a wide range of learning activities. Las herramientas de aprendizaje bilingüe de School Zone están diseñadas para ayudar a su hijo a desarrollarse y crecer. El set puede ser utilizado por todos los niños desde preescolar a 2do Grado - 8 barajas proporcionan una amplia gama de actividades de aprendizaje. Each deck of School Zone flashcards for toddlers and kids is filled with learning activities. Includes Reward Sticker Pad With 2000 Reward Motivational Stickers. Cada baraja de flashcards de la Zona Escolar para niños pequeños está llena de actividades de aprendizaje. Incluye 2000 pegatinas de motivación y recompensa. These School Zone Bilingual flash cards are the perfect gift for any toddler or child! Perfect as reward chart stickers, motivational stickers, reward stickers, potty training, party supplies, party favors or just for fun! Estas tarjetas flash bilingüe de School Zone son el regalo perfecto para cualquier niño! Perfecto como calcomanías motivacionales! Product Description School Zone Bilingual Flash Card Super Set for Kids and Toddlers -- 8 Learning Packs -- Alphabet, Numbers, Colors, Shapes, Sight Words, Animals and Basic Mathematics. School Zone Bilingüe Flash Card Super Set para Niños y Niños Pequeños - 8 Paquetes de Aprendizaje - Abecedario, Números, Colores, Formas, Palabras Basicas, Animales y Matemáticas Básicas. Bilingual English-Spanish Flash Cards help your child learn their ABCs and 123s in two languages. Includes ABC, Numbers, Colors, Shapes, First Words, Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Go Fish Animal Flash Cards (8 packs total--288 cards). Las tarjetas de vocabulario en Inglés-Español ayudan a su hijo a aprender sus ABCs, números, colores, formas, primeras palabras, animales, adición, substracción y multiplicación en dos idiomas.(8 paquetes total - 288 cartas). School Zone bilingual English-Spanish learning tools are designed to help your child develop and grow. This set can be used by all kids ranging from preschool to 2nd Grade -- 8 decks provide a wide range of learning activities. Las herramientas de aprendizaje bilingüe de School Zone están diseñadas para ayudar a su hijo a desarrollarse y crecer. El set puede ser utilizado por todos los niños desde preescolar a 2do Grado - 8 barajas proporcionan una amplia gama de actividades de aprendizaje. Each deck of School Zone flashcards for toddlers and kids is filled with learning activities. Includes Reward Sticker Pad With 2000 Reward Motivational Stickers. Cada baraja de flashcards de la Zona Escolar para niños pequeños está llena de actividades de aprendizaje. Incluye 2000 pegatinas de motivación y recompensa. These School Zone Bilingual flash cards are the perfect gift for any toddler or child! Perfect as reward chart stickers, motivational stickers, reward stickers, potty training, party supplies, party favors or just for fun! Estas tarjetas flash bilingüe de School Zone son el regalo perfecto para cualquier niño! Perfecto como calcomanías motivacionales!
1082184
Yamaha RX-A2000 7.1-Channel Audio/Video Receiver (OLD VERSION) (Discontinued by Manufacturer)
Product Description Product Description AVENTAGE is a dramatic, inspired step forward in audio/video component design. AVENTAGE brings studio-grade sound and sophisticated video enhancements to the home as a result of unparalleled attention to detail in design, engineering and fabrication. Details that, at first glance, would not seem to affect the quality of sight, sound, and control, when brought together within an AVENTAGE component produce a work of visual and acoustic art. The RX-A2000 A/V Receiver offers 3D and Audio Return Channel over 8 in/2 out HDMI, CINEMA DSP 3D, HQV video quality, new GUI, new YPAO with Reflected Sound Control, new SCENE functionality, network functions, control via web browser, Zone 3 output, and Control4 certification. From the Manufacturer Yamaha AVENTAGE RX-A2000 Audio/Video Receiver: An Inspired Leap Forward in Home Entertainment An elegant look with discreet but powerful front panel controls. Click to enlarge AVENTAGE is a dramatic, inspired leap forward in audio/video component design. AVENTAGE brings studio grade sound and sophisticated video enhancements to your home with unparalleled attention to detail in design, engineering, and fabrication. We rethought every electrical path, every part, every piece, and every material to maximize performance. Details that at first glance would not seem to affect the quality of sight, sound, and control, when brought together in an AVENTAGE component, produce a work of visual and acoustic art. In addition to an innovative new construction design, the RX-A2000 A/V Receiver offers 3D and Audio Return Channel over 8 in/2 out HDMI, CINEMA DSP 3D, HQV video quality, new GUI, new YPAO with Reflected Sound Control, and an RS232 port with and Control4® certification for integration with custom installations. Along with network functions like DLNA certification and control via your web browser, the RX-A2000 is ready to become your home entertainment power player. A Unique Approach to Enhanced Performance Enhanced Stability: Double Bottom Construction and a Specially Designed 5th Foot (A.R.T. Wedge) A specially designed fifth foot adds even more stability to reduce vibration Strong stability in an amplifier design reduces noise and jitter in your digital signal for clearer audio and video. Yamaha's AVENTAGE series of amplifiers achieves maximum stability via a new H-shaped cross-member frame, with cross-members supporting the top, bottom, and sides of the chassis. High-grade, heavier terminals reduce vibration at the speaker connections. An additional bottom cover contributes extra support at higher volume levels for the power transformer and heat sinks. And the specially-designed fifth foot at the center of the amplifier--an Anti-Resonance Technology (A.R.T.) Wedge--improves overall structural rigidity and reduces vibration, resulting in a more stable signal and sound improvement. Enhanced Power: Optimized Power Amplifier Layout with Ultra Low Jitter Circuitry The symmetrical power amplifier layout evenly distributes weight across the amplifier to control vibration, improving signal-to-noise ratio for an improved sound experience. The high-quality Burr-Brown DACs feature a direct path to ground, not sharing the ground like in other amplifier designs, for a more efficient and clean signal. Built-in Ultra Low Jitter circuitry reduces jitter from digital sources, including HDMI, using a more precise timing control--so you can be sure of a stable audio/video signal, resulting in perfectly reproduced images and sound. A hybrid power supply makes the AVENTAGE series even more efficient. Independent power supplies for the digital and analog circuit results in less power consumption in standby mode, and a more efficient power transformer--so despite the power of the RX-A2000, it could cost you less to run. Browse music, movies and setting with the new full-color GUI. Click to enlarge Unparalleled Control: New GUI, Web Browser Control, iPhone App, and RS-232 for Custom Installation The RX-A2000 features many ways to control your media. A new full-color GUI with support for album art lets you browse movies, music, and settings on your HDTV. DLNA compatibility delivers network features: Using a local area network (LAN) connection and Windows Media Connect, you can play MP3, WMA and WAV music from your PC or laptop, or listen to any of the thousands of stations available on Internet radio using the included MP3 vTuner data service. Yamaha Network Receivers get you connected to the vast music content available anywhere on your LAN and on the web. You can even control your receiver from any computer in your local area network via a web browser. Use your iPhone to control the network AVENTAGE receiver The improved GUI lets you control your home entertainment system and adjust settings simply. Its updated, intuitive interface features an HD overlay, so you can call the menu and it will appear unintrusively for quick commands--without interrupting or switching from whatever's playing onscreen. An RS-232 port lets the RX-A2000 integrate easily with any custom home theater installation. Control4® certification provides effortless entertainment, comfort, convenience and peace of mind with one of the most popular home automation platforms. Need more connection options? The Yamaha AVENTAGE Control App allows for key control functions over your AVENTAGE networked multi-zone receivers. Allowing for instant access to music and other contents you want to enjoy in each of the connected zones. Current functionality includes multi-zone control over the available inputs, volume, mute and power commands by zone. The RX-A2000 also has a USB port for connecting your portable audio player or flash drive. It's SIRIUS Satellite Radio ready for even more music (subscription required). Or expand further with optional accessories like the Yamaha YDS-12 Universal Dock for iPod or the Yamaha YBA-10 Bluetooth Wireless Audio Receiver (sold separately). How AVENTAGE Delivers Lifelike Sound and Picture Quality The Latest HDMI Features and High-Definition Audio Decoders for a Cinematic Experience With seven channels and 910 watts of powerful surround sound (130W x 7 RMS), you can immerse yourself in your favorite movies and music. The latest HD Audio format decoding such as Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD Master Audio, Dolby Digital Plus, and DTS-HD High Resolution Audio render soundtracks in lifelike detail. The latest HDMI support brings features like Deep Color (30/36 bit), x.v.Color, 24Hz refresh rate capability, and Auto Lip-Sync compensation. The RX-A2000 features 8 1080p-compatible HDMI inputs (including 1 front) and 2 HDMI outputs (simultaneous), the RX-A2000 has room and power to spare for all your high-definition home entertainment gear. The front HDMI input is great for quick connection of the latest gaming consoles and HD camcorders. HQV Video Processing for Upscaled and High-Definition Video The HQV Vida processor in the RX-A2000 transforms standard-definition sources to HD quality and makes HD look even more detailed by providing real-time clean up of highly compressed video, reducing compression artifacts of block and mosquito noise from lower-quality sources. It incorporates two new IDT HQV technologies--Auto HQV and HQV StreamClean--which automatically enhance the incoming image and provide powerful clean-up of source video, allowing the picture to be as crisp and clean as possible. Analog and HDMI video upscaling to full HD 1080p means you get the best picture quality possible on your HDTV, no matter the source. Exclusive Yamaha Features for Surround Realism Yamaha CINEMA DSP is an advanced exclusive technology for creating richly realized independent sound fields that envelop you in an unmatched surround sound experience. With dialogue, music and effects ideally located in these separate sound fields, you will hear sound with accurate placement, smooth movement, exceptional clarity and richness, and startlingly realistic presence. 17 CINEMA DSP 3D settings let you customize the effect for your room. Adaptive DSP Level evaluates the difference between the volume level and a reference level, adjusting the DSP level to ensure optimum effectiveness, so you'll experience cinema-quality audio even at lower volumes. CINEMA DSP's decoding technology also takes advantage of Yamaha's Compressed Music Enhancer, so you can enjoy your digital music library on your home theater system without sacrificing audio quality. Plus, CINEMA DSP 3D is expandable to 9.2 channels (with front and rear presence speakers) by adding an external amp--so the RX-A2000 is a receiver that can grow with you. New SCENE PLUS features 12 SCENE choices (4 on front panel for quick setting changes and others via the full-color GUI), including 4 SCENE buttons for Zone 2/Zone 3. Pressing a single SCENE button automatically launches multiple operations to make your devices work together--no more fumbling with the remote control. They are initially set to default settings for DVD Viewing, Disc Listening, TV Viewing and Radio Listening, but can be customized to whatever you need. Yamaha™'s YPAO system uses a small microphone (included) and sophisticated equalization to automatically set the best sound for any room, no matter where the speakers are. First, it checks the speaker connections and phase of each speaker. Then it sends out tones which are captured by the microphone to analyze the room acoustics and sets a variety of parameters, such as the speaker size, the distance of the speakers and even the sound pressure level until it achieves the best sound conditions for your room--and you don't have to do anything. Multizone Capability for Extending Your Home Theater Experience With support for audio and video in up to three zones, controllable by the full-color GUI and/or controls on front panel, the RX-A2000 can become your home entertainment hub no matter what room it's in. An included Party Mode enhances your next get-together. Your zone settings can be saved, backed up, and restored later for convenience. Technical Specifications Output Power: 910 watts (130w x 7 RMS) Impedance: 8 ohms Frequency Response: 10Hz - 100kHz (+0/-3dB) Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.04% Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 100dB HDMI Inputs/Outputs: 8/2 USB Inputs/Outputs: 1/0 Ethernet Inputs/Outputs: 1/0 Radio: AM/FM with HD Radio Dock Terminal for Compatible Accessories: 1 Optical Inputs/Outputs: 4/1 Coaxial Inputs/Outputs: 3/0 Analog AV Inputs/Outputs: 5/1 Component Video Inputs/Outputs: 4/1 Composite/S-Video Inputs/Outputs: 5/5/1/1 RS-232C Inputs/Outputs: 1/0 Multichannel External Decoder: 8 channels Dimensions (W x H x D): 17-1/8" x 7-1/8" x 16-7/8" Weight: 32.4 lbs Which AVENTAGE Series Receiver Is Right For You? RX-A3000 RX-A2000 RX-A1000 RX-A800 RX-A700 Power Output 140W x7 130W x7 105W x7 95W x7 90W x7 HDMI 1.4a (In/Out) (8/2 [Zone B Capable]) (8/2 [Zone B Capable]) (8/2 [Zone B Capable]) (6/2 [Zone B Capable]) (6/1) YPAO (w/Optimizer Microphone) (Multi-Point/ Angle/ Reflected Sound Control) (Multi-Point/ Angle/ Reflected Sound Control) (Multi-Point) (Multi-Point) (Single-Point) 3 Year Warranty Control 4 Certified RS-232C Interface HD Radio w/ iTunes Tagging - Zone Audio Output Zone 2/3/4 (Optical) Zone 2/3 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone Zone Video Output Component/ S-Video/ Composite Component/ S-Video/ Composite Component/ S-Video/ Composite - - iPhone / iTouch App Compatible - - Network Receiver Functions (Incl. DLNA 1.5/ Win 7 Compatibility/ Rhapsody/ SIRIUS Internet Radio) - - Video Processing (w/ HQV Vida) - - - Video Adjustments (Adjustable) (On/ Off) - - - Channel Expandability w/ Ext. Amp (Up to 11.2) (Up to 9.2) - - - Optional Accessories (Sold Separately) Yamaha YDS-12 Universal Dock for iPod/iPhone The optional YDS-12 Universal Dock lets you connect your iPod or iPhone to the receiver. Yamaha YID-W10 Wireless Dock System for iPod/iPhone The optional YID-W10 ensures that you enjoy maximum sound quality and no lip sync (AV matching) problems. Yamaha YBA-10 Bluetooth® Wireless Audio Receiver The optional YBA-10 supports A2DP audio streaming, enjoying music wirelessly from Bluetooth-enabled mobile phones, Windows PCs and Macs. Product Description Product Description AVENTAGE is a dramatic, inspired step forward in audio/video component design. AVENTAGE brings studio-grade sound and sophisticated video enhancements to the home as a result of unparalleled attention to detail in design, engineering and fabrication. Details that, at first glance, would not seem to affect the quality of sight, sound, and control, when brought together within an AVENTAGE component produce a work of visual and acoustic art. The RX-A2000 A/V Receiver offers 3D and Audio Return Channel over 8 in/2 out HDMI, CINEMA DSP 3D, HQV video quality, new GUI, new YPAO with Reflected Sound Control, new SCENE functionality, network functions, control via web browser, Zone 3 output, and Control4 certification. From the Manufacturer Yamaha AVENTAGE RX-A2000 Audio/Video Receiver: An Inspired Leap Forward in Home Entertainment An elegant look with discreet but powerful front panel controls. Click to enlarge AVENTAGE is a dramatic, inspired leap forward in audio/video component design. AVENTAGE brings studio grade sound and sophisticated video enhancements to your home with unparalleled attention to detail in design, engineering, and fabrication. We rethought every electrical path, every part, every piece, and every material to maximize performance. Details that at first glance would not seem to affect the quality of sight, sound, and control, when brought together in an AVENTAGE component, produce a work of visual and acoustic art. In addition to an innovative new construction design, the RX-A2000 A/V Receiver offers 3D and Audio Return Channel over 8 in/2 out HDMI, CINEMA DSP 3D, HQV video quality, new GUI, new YPAO with Reflected Sound Control, and an RS232 port with and Control4® certification for integration with custom installations. Along with network functions like DLNA certification and control via your web browser, the RX-A2000 is ready to become your home entertainment power player. A Unique Approach to Enhanced Performance Enhanced Stability: Double Bottom Construction and a Specially Designed 5th Foot (A.R.T. Wedge) A specially designed fifth foot adds even more stability to reduce vibration Strong stability in an amplifier design reduces noise and jitter in your digital signal for clearer audio and video. Yamaha's AVENTAGE series of amplifiers achieves maximum stability via a new H-shaped cross-member frame, with cross-members supporting the top, bottom, and sides of the chassis. High-grade, heavier terminals reduce vibration at the speaker connections. An additional bottom cover contributes extra support at higher volume levels for the power transformer and heat sinks. And the specially-designed fifth foot at the center of the amplifier--an Anti-Resonance Technology (A.R.T.) Wedge--improves overall structural rigidity and reduces vibration, resulting in a more stable signal and sound improvement. Enhanced Power: Optimized Power Amplifier Layout with Ultra Low Jitter Circuitry The symmetrical power amplifier layout evenly distributes weight across the amplifier to control vibration, improving signal-to-noise ratio for an improved sound experience. The high-quality Burr-Brown DACs feature a direct path to ground, not sharing the ground like in other amplifier designs, for a more efficient and clean signal. Built-in Ultra Low Jitter circuitry reduces jitter from digital sources, including HDMI, using a more precise timing control--so you can be sure of a stable audio/video signal, resulting in perfectly reproduced images and sound. A hybrid power supply makes the AVENTAGE series even more efficient. Independent power supplies for the digital and analog circuit results in less power consumption in standby mode, and a more efficient power transformer--so despite the power of the RX-A2000, it could cost you less to run. Browse music, movies and setting with the new full-color GUI. Click to enlarge Unparalleled Control: New GUI, Web Browser Control, iPhone App, and RS-232 for Custom Installation The RX-A2000 features many ways to control your media. A new full-color GUI with support for album art lets you browse movies, music, and settings on your HDTV. DLNA compatibility delivers network features: Using a local area network (LAN) connection and Windows Media Connect, you can play MP3, WMA and WAV music from your PC or laptop, or listen to any of the thousands of stations available on Internet radio using the included MP3 vTuner data service. Yamaha Network Receivers get you connected to the vast music content available anywhere on your LAN and on the web. You can even control your receiver from any computer in your local area network via a web browser. Use your iPhone to control the network AVENTAGE receiver The improved GUI lets you control your home entertainment system and adjust settings simply. Its updated, intuitive interface features an HD overlay, so you can call the menu and it will appear unintrusively for quick commands--without interrupting or switching from whatever's playing onscreen. An RS-232 port lets the RX-A2000 integrate easily with any custom home theater installation. Control4® certification provides effortless entertainment, comfort, convenience and peace of mind with one of the most popular home automation platforms. Need more connection options? The Yamaha AVENTAGE Control App allows for key control functions over your AVENTAGE networked multi-zone receivers. Allowing for instant access to music and other contents you want to enjoy in each of the connected zones. Current functionality includes multi-zone control over the available inputs, volume, mute and power commands by zone. The RX-A2000 also has a USB port for connecting your portable audio player or flash drive. It's SIRIUS Satellite Radio ready for even more music (subscription required). Or expand further with optional accessories like the Yamaha YDS-12 Universal Dock for iPod or the Yamaha YBA-10 Bluetooth Wireless Audio Receiver (sold separately). How AVENTAGE Delivers Lifelike Sound and Picture Quality The Latest HDMI Features and High-Definition Audio Decoders for a Cinematic Experience With seven channels and 910 watts of powerful surround sound (130W x 7 RMS), you can immerse yourself in your favorite movies and music. The latest HD Audio format decoding such as Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD Master Audio, Dolby Digital Plus, and DTS-HD High Resolution Audio render soundtracks in lifelike detail. The latest HDMI support brings features like Deep Color (30/36 bit), x.v.Color, 24Hz refresh rate capability, and Auto Lip-Sync compensation. The RX-A2000 features 8 1080p-compatible HDMI inputs (including 1 front) and 2 HDMI outputs (simultaneous), the RX-A2000 has room and power to spare for all your high-definition home entertainment gear. The front HDMI input is great for quick connection of the latest gaming consoles and HD camcorders. HQV Video Processing for Upscaled and High-Definition Video The HQV Vida processor in the RX-A2000 transforms standard-definition sources to HD quality and makes HD look even more detailed by providing real-time clean up of highly compressed video, reducing compression artifacts of block and mosquito noise from lower-quality sources. It incorporates two new IDT HQV technologies--Auto HQV and HQV StreamClean--which automatically enhance the incoming image and provide powerful clean-up of source video, allowing the picture to be as crisp and clean as possible. Analog and HDMI video upscaling to full HD 1080p means you get the best picture quality possible on your HDTV, no matter the source. Exclusive Yamaha Features for Surround Realism Yamaha CINEMA DSP is an advanced exclusive technology for creating richly realized independent sound fields that envelop you in an unmatched surround sound experience. With dialogue, music and effects ideally located in these separate sound fields, you will hear sound with accurate placement, smooth movement, exceptional clarity and richness, and startlingly realistic presence. 17 CINEMA DSP 3D settings let you customize the effect for your room. Adaptive DSP Level evaluates the difference between the volume level and a reference level, adjusting the DSP level to ensure optimum effectiveness, so you'll experience cinema-quality audio even at lower volumes. CINEMA DSP's decoding technology also takes advantage of Yamaha's Compressed Music Enhancer, so you can enjoy your digital music library on your home theater system without sacrificing audio quality. Plus, CINEMA DSP 3D is expandable to 9.2 channels (with front and rear presence speakers) by adding an external amp--so the RX-A2000 is a receiver that can grow with you. New SCENE PLUS features 12 SCENE choices (4 on front panel for quick setting changes and others via the full-color GUI), including 4 SCENE buttons for Zone 2/Zone 3. Pressing a single SCENE button automatically launches multiple operations to make your devices work together--no more fumbling with the remote control. They are initially set to default settings for DVD Viewing, Disc Listening, TV Viewing and Radio Listening, but can be customized to whatever you need. Yamaha™'s YPAO system uses a small microphone (included) and sophisticated equalization to automatically set the best sound for any room, no matter where the speakers are. First, it checks the speaker connections and phase of each speaker. Then it sends out tones which are captured by the microphone to analyze the room acoustics and sets a variety of parameters, such as the speaker size, the distance of the speakers and even the sound pressure level until it achieves the best sound conditions for your room--and you don't have to do anything. Multizone Capability for Extending Your Home Theater Experience With support for audio and video in up to three zones, controllable by the full-color GUI and/or controls on front panel, the RX-A2000 can become your home entertainment hub no matter what room it's in. An included Party Mode enhances your next get-together. Your zone settings can be saved, backed up, and restored later for convenience. Technical Specifications Output Power: 910 watts (130w x 7 RMS) Impedance: 8 ohms Frequency Response: 10Hz - 100kHz (+0/-3dB) Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.04% Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 100dB HDMI Inputs/Outputs: 8/2 USB Inputs/Outputs: 1/0 Ethernet Inputs/Outputs: 1/0 Radio: AM/FM with HD Radio Dock Terminal for Compatible Accessories: 1 Optical Inputs/Outputs: 4/1 Coaxial Inputs/Outputs: 3/0 Analog AV Inputs/Outputs: 5/1 Component Video Inputs/Outputs: 4/1 Composite/S-Video Inputs/Outputs: 5/5/1/1 RS-232C Inputs/Outputs: 1/0 Multichannel External Decoder: 8 channels Dimensions (W x H x D): 17-1/8" x 7-1/8" x 16-7/8" Weight: 32.4 lbs Which AVENTAGE Series Receiver Is Right For You? RX-A3000 RX-A2000 RX-A1000 RX-A800 RX-A700 Power Output 140W x7 130W x7 105W x7 95W x7 90W x7 HDMI 1.4a (In/Out) (8/2 [Zone B Capable]) (8/2 [Zone B Capable]) (8/2 [Zone B Capable]) (6/2 [Zone B Capable]) (6/1) YPAO (w/Optimizer Microphone) (Multi-Point/ Angle/ Reflected Sound Control) (Multi-Point/ Angle/ Reflected Sound Control) (Multi-Point) (Multi-Point) (Single-Point) 3 Year Warranty Control 4 Certified RS-232C Interface HD Radio w/ iTunes Tagging - Zone Audio Output Zone 2/3/4 (Optical) Zone 2/3 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone Zone Video Output Component/ S-Video/ Composite Component/ S-Video/ Composite Component/ S-Video/ Composite - - iPhone / iTouch App Compatible - - Network Receiver Functions (Incl. DLNA 1.5/ Win 7 Compatibility/ Rhapsody/ SIRIUS Internet Radio) - - Video Processing (w/ HQV Vida) - - - Video Adjustments (Adjustable) (On/ Off) - - - Channel Expandability w/ Ext. Amp (Up to 11.2) (Up to 9.2) - - - Optional Accessories (Sold Separately) Yamaha YDS-12 Universal Dock for iPod/iPhone The optional YDS-12 Universal Dock lets you connect your iPod or iPhone to the receiver. Yamaha YID-W10 Wireless Dock System for iPod/iPhone The optional YID-W10 ensures that you enjoy maximum sound quality and no lip sync (AV matching) problems. Yamaha YBA-10 Bluetooth® Wireless Audio Receiver The optional YBA-10 supports A2DP audio streaming, enjoying music wirelessly from Bluetooth-enabled mobile phones, Windows PCs and Macs.
720294
4 Zone Speaker Selector with Individual Volume Control by AVX Audio
Product Description This item is a dual source four zone stereo speaker selector switch that allows you to distribute an amplified stereo speaker signal to multiple listening zones that can be turnedup and down and or on and off. This speaker selector features an impedance protection circuit. Simply turn on the protection switch on the front of the speaker selector to prevent the impedance to your amplifier from dropping too low, regardless of the number and impedance ratings of your speakers. This eliminates any potential damage to your amplifier. The protection switch can be turned OFF when used with impedance matching volume controls such as the AVX Audio 112-1304. The speaker terminals on the back of the speaker selector switch can accept up to 14 gauge speaker wire. Each zone can be turned on or off manually and more than one zone can be turned on at a time. Product Description This item is a dual source four zone stereo speaker selector switch that allows you to distribute an amplified stereo speaker signal to multiple listening zones that can be turnedup and down and or on and off. This speaker selector features an impedance protection circuit. Simply turn on the protection switch on the front of the speaker selector to prevent the impedance to your amplifier from dropping too low, regardless of the number and impedance ratings of your speakers. This eliminates any potential damage to your amplifier. The protection switch can be turned OFF when used with impedance matching volume controls such as the AVX Audio 112-1304. The speaker terminals on the back of the speaker selector switch can accept up to 14 gauge speaker wire. Each zone can be turned on or off manually and more than one zone can be turned on at a time.
1135401
Ivation 40-Bottle Dual-Zone 24” Built-In Wine Cooler & Beverage Center Combo or (20-Bottle & 66-Can), Undercounter Compressor Fridge/Cellar, Bar Refrigerator, Quiet, French Glass & Stainless Steel
Product Description Read more Model Overview Capacity: 20 bottles + 66 cans (40 bottles) Cooling system: compressor Design: built-in or freestanding Vent: front-facing Temperature: dual zone Door style: french Ivation 20-Bottle + 66-Cans Compressor Dual Zone Compressor Wine Cooler & Beverage Center Perfectly preserved — to the last sip From chardonnay to cabernet, IPA to pilsner, the Ivation Compressor Wine Cooler chills your beverage collection in chic style. This dual-zone delight slides right into your existing cabinetry, refrigerating up to 40 standard wine bottles OR 20 wine bottles and 66 standard-size beer cans. Whether you’re looking to streamline your bottle display, enhance wine’s flavor, encourage better aging or prevent oxidation and UV rays from spoiling your precious vino, our thermally insulated cellar has you covered. Unleash your inner sommelier and discover all the amazing benefits of Ivation innovation. Specs & Details: Input power: 110-120v / 60hz / 90W Rated current: 1.5 Amps Noise: 36db (low) Power consumption: 0.68KW.h/24h Temperature range: 38°F-66°F [left and right zones] Net weight: 107.5 lbs. Unit size: 33.86” H x 22.44” D x 23.43” W Read more Read more Heavy-Duty Compressor Just like a refrigerator, the compression system chills wine quickly, quietly and consistently, minimizing energy costs for greater annual savings. Versatile Styling The unit can be displayed freestanding or under a kitchen or bar counter among cabinetry, blending safely and seamlessly with your existing décor. Stunning Finish Attractive appliance includes a stainless steel door with sleek, rounded edges, matching shelves with chrome, and other streamlined accents. Read more Digital LCD Simple interface includes touch buttons for C°/F°, dual temperature control, and optional interior display light; LCD shows current temperature in each zone. Vibration Suppression By minimizing movement, the technology prevents disruption of sediment, reducing chemical reactions that result in premature aging. Dual-Zone Convenience Mingle your wine, beer and soda! Left and right zones maintain separate temperatures, so bottles and cans store in the proper environment. Read more Tempered Glass Door Smoked finish allows you to see inside while blocking damaging UV light from entering the cooler; dual-pane glass for added weight and insulation. Pull-Out Shelves Easy to install and remove, the spacious sliding shelves come in two styles: bottle and can. Great for stacking beers and preventing wine corks from drying out. Soft LED Light Equipped with an on/off switch, the interior light can also be set to remain on even when the door is closed, providing better visibility and ambiance in your home’s space. Read more Ivation 31-Bottle Built-In 15" Inch Wine Cooler Ivation 29-Bottle Dual Zone Built-In 15" Inch Wine Cooler Ivation 46-Bottle Dual Zone Built-In 24" Inch Wine Cooler Ivation 40-Bottle Dual Zone Built-In 24" Inch Wine & Beverage Cooler Capacity 31 Bottle 29 Bottle 46 Bottle 40 Bottle or (20-Bottle & 66-Can) Dimensions 33.8” H x 22.4” D x 14.8” W 33.8” H x 22.4” D x 14.8” W 33.07” H x 22.44” D x 23.43” W 33.07” H x 22.44” D x 23.43” W # of Zones Single Dual Dual Dual Temperature Range 40°F-66°F 40°F-50°F [upper zone]; 50°F-66°F [lower zone] 40°F-50°F [upper zone]; 50°F-66°F [lower zone] 40°F-66°F (Left and Right Zones) 
1457459
Orbit 58872N Complete Yard Watering Kit
Product Description Fully automatic yard watering kit turns your hose faucet into a 2-station (expandable up to 4 stations with purchase of two additional valves) sprinkler system. Connects to standard hose faucet. Perfect for establishing new lawns and keeps watering whether you're there or not. 3/4 inch hose thread. Requires 2AA batteries, not included. (Replaces Orbit part #62032) Product Description Fully automatic yard watering kit turns your hose faucet into a 2-station (expandable up to 4 stations with purchase of two additional valves) sprinkler system. Connects to standard hose faucet. Perfect for establishing new lawns and keeps watering whether you're there or not. 3/4 inch hose thread. Requires 2AA batteries, not included. (Replaces Orbit part #62032)From the manufacturer Orbit is North America’s premier company for residential watering. With a presence in over 180 countries and 6 continents, we offer the most complete ecosystem of solutions across hose faucet, hose, hose-end, underground, drip, mist, and yard protection. For over half a century, we have led the industry in innovative solutions, accumulating over 100 active patents and many industry recognition awards. From PVC-Lock, Blu-Lock and Drip-Lock, which are an extraordinarily fast way to connect sprinkler pipe and drip tubing, to our technologically-advanced, best-selling B-hyve smart controllers, we have modernized the industry, set the standard for residential irrigation best practices, and made outdoor watering efficient for households around the world. Hydro-Rain is the cutting-edge commercial and agricultural counterpart of Orbit, featuring BUILT FOR SPEED offerings that are engineered specifically for professional contractors and growers. Together, Orbit and Hydro-Rain form a business unit within Husqvarna Group’s Gardena Division, collectively comprising the world’s largest residential watering manufacturer. Because securing access to safe fresh water for communities is a global priority, we are proud to affirm our commitment to delivering a comprehensive ecosystem of smart solutions, covering applications FROM FAUCET TO FARM, as we continuously pursue the vision of CHANGING THE WAY THE WORLD WATERS. 
862607
Tea Zone 7 lb Blueberry Popping Pearls
Product Description Originating in Asia, popping pearls (also known as “popping boba” or “bursting boba”) are a beverage sensation trending in mainstream Europe. With no prepping or cooking required, popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Serve these fruit juice-filled Tea Zone Blueberry Popping Pearls straight from the jar! Each popping pearl is about 3/8” in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Product Description Originating in Asia, popping pearls (also known as “popping boba” or “bursting boba”) are a beverage sensation trending in mainstream Europe. With no prepping or cooking required, popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Serve these fruit juice-filled Tea Zone Blueberry Popping Pearls straight from the jar! Each popping pearl is about 3/8” in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into.From the manufacturer Tea Zone Various Flavor Popping Pearls Tea Zone offers a variety flavor of popping pearl flavors! Our popping pearls will help your food look creative and trendy. The vibrant color of the popping pearls makes your recipe look more delicious. You can try add strawberry, blueberry, and green apple popping pearls to green tea to create a fruity green tea. Adding yogurt, mango, peach, and passion fruit popping pearls to frozen yogurts and ice cream to make them colorful. The lychee and peach popping pearls are also great choices for adding flavor to cocktails as well.Just scoop a spoonful of Tea Zone popping, add to your favorite dessert, and they’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience! You can even mix and match various flavors in one drink or dessert for an extra exciting mix of flavor! Culinary creations are never-ending when it comes to incorporating popping pearls! FAQS How do I store my Tea Zone Popping Pearls? Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. It’s highly advisable to refrigerate after opening the jar and consume within one week of opening. Never freeze this product. Is this product safe for children? Since popping pearls have a choking tendency, keep the jar out of the reach of children younger than 5 years. What Are Popping Pearls? Originating in Asia, Popping pearls are also known as bursting boba, or popping boba do to their fruit juice interior that burst when bitten into. Popping pearls look like tapioca boba, except they are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. They are different and distinct, but serve the same purpose for being a drink or beverage topping. Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Read more Tea Zone Popping Pearls Are Perfect To Pair With Dessert, Beverages And More Flavored Drinks Mixes If you’re looking to add freshness in your beverages, you must look at any other boba store but Tea Zone.The tea zone popping boba is rich in fruit extracts. Add our popping pearls to your drinks for a more funny bite that explodes with fruity flavors. What's more! Each popping pearls has a bright color that adds life to your drinks. Frozen Dessert Toppings Popping pearls have gained popularity because they are a fun and creative addition to desserts and more. They are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. And a little smaller in size than the regular tapioca boba, popping pearls when bitten leaves your customer’s taste buds satisfied. Fantastic Add-ons For Cocktail The Tea Zone popping pearls will highlight the natural taste of fruits when you add them to your cocktails or mocktails. You’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience and taste a fantastic flavor that you may ever imaged. Do not hesitate to have a try! Read more Tea Zone Blueberry Popping Pearls Tea Zone Kiwi Popping Pearls Tea Zone Green Apple Popping Pearls Tea Zone Lychee Popping Pearls Tea Zone Peach Popping Pearls Tea Zone Lemon Popping Pearls Weight/Jar(LBS) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Taste Blueberry Kiwi Green Apple Lychee Peach Lemon Cooking Required No No No No No No Suggested Serving Size 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g Servings Per Container 106 106 106 106 106 106 Sugar Per Serving 6g 5g 6g 5g 5g 5g Calories 25 25 25 25 25 25 Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
14166
Tea Zone Yogurt Popping Pearls (7 lbs)
From the manufacturer Tea Zone Various Flavor Popping Pearls Tea Zone offers a variety flavor of popping pearl flavors! Our popping pearls will help your food look creative and trendy. The vibrant color of the popping pearls makes your recipe look more delicious. You can try add strawberry, blueberry, and green apple popping pearls to green tea to create a fruity green tea. Adding yogurt, mango, peach, and passion fruit popping pearls to frozen yogurts and ice cream to make them colorful. The lychee and peach popping pearls are also great choices for adding flavor to cocktails as well.Just scoop a spoonful of Tea Zone popping, add to your favorite dessert, and they’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience! You can even mix and match various flavors in one drink or dessert for an extra exciting mix of flavor! Culinary creations are never-ending when it comes to incorporating popping pearls! FAQS How do I store my Tea Zone Popping Pearls? Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. It’s highly advisable to refrigerate after opening the jar and consume within one week of opening. Never freeze this product. Is this product safe for children? Since popping pearls have a choking tendency, keep the jar out of the reach of children younger than 5 years. What Are Popping Pearls? Originating in Asia, Popping pearls are also known as bursting boba, or popping boba do to their fruit juice interior that burst when bitten into. Popping pearls look like tapioca boba, except they are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. They are different and distinct, but serve the same purpose for being a drink or beverage topping. Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Read more Tea Zone Popping Pearls Are Perfect To Pair With Dessert, Beverages And More Flavored Drinks Mixes If you’re looking to add freshness in your beverages, you must look at any other boba store but Tea Zone.The tea zone popping boba is rich in fruit extracts. Add our popping pearls to your drinks for a more funny bite that explodes with fruity flavors. What's more! Each popping pearls has a bright color that adds life to your drinks. Frozen Dessert Toppings Popping pearls have gained popularity because they are a fun and creative addition to desserts and more. They are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. And a little smaller in size than the regular tapioca boba, popping pearls when bitten leaves your customer’s taste buds satisfied. Fantastic Add-ons For Cocktail The Tea Zone popping pearls will highlight the natural taste of fruits when you add them to your cocktails or mocktails. You’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience and taste a fantastic flavor that you may ever imaged. Do not hesitate to have a try! Read more Tea Zone Yogurt Popping Pearls Tea Zone Lemon Popping Pearls Tea Zone Rose Popping Pearls Tea Zone Mango Popping Pearls Tea Zone Lychee Popping Pearls Tea Zone Kiwi Popping Pearls Weight/Jar(LBS) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Taste Yogurt Lemon Rose Mango Lychee Kiwi Cooking Required No No No No No No Suggested Serving Size 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g Servings Per Container 106 106 106 106 106 106 Sugar Per Serving 6g 5g 5g 5g 5g 5g Calories 25 25 25 25 25 25 Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
158918
Tea Zone 7 lb Passion Fruit Popping Pearls
From the manufacturer Tea Zone Various Flavor Popping Pearls Tea Zone offers a variety flavor of popping pearl flavors! Our popping pearls will help your food look creative and trendy. The vibrant color of the popping pearls makes your recipe look more delicious. You can try add strawberry, blueberry, and green apple popping pearls to green tea to create a fruity green tea. Adding yogurt, mango, peach, and passion fruit popping pearls to frozen yogurts and ice cream to make them colorful. The lychee and peach popping pearls are also great choices for adding flavor to cocktails as well.Just scoop a spoonful of Tea Zone popping, add to your favorite dessert, and they’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience! You can even mix and match various flavors in one drink or dessert for an extra exciting mix of flavor! Culinary creations are never-ending when it comes to incorporating popping pearls! FAQS How do I store my Tea Zone Popping Pearls? Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. It’s highly advisable to refrigerate after opening the jar and consume within one week of opening. Never freeze this product. Is this product safe for children? Since popping pearls have a choking tendency, keep the jar out of the reach of children younger than 5 years. What Are Popping Pearls? Originating in Asia, Popping pearls are also known as bursting boba, or popping boba do to their fruit juice interior that burst when bitten into. Popping pearls look like tapioca boba, except they are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. They are different and distinct, but serve the same purpose for being a drink or beverage topping. Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Read more Tea Zone Popping Pearls Are Perfect To Pair With Dessert, Beverages And More Flavored Drinks Mixes If you’re looking to add freshness in your beverages, you must look at any other boba store but Tea Zone.The tea zone popping boba is rich in fruit extracts. Add our popping pearls to your drinks for a more funny bite that explodes with fruity flavors. What's more! Each popping pearls has a bright color that adds life to your drinks. Frozen Dessert Toppings Popping pearls have gained popularity because they are a fun and creative addition to desserts and more. They are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. And a little smaller in size than the regular tapioca boba, popping pearls when bitten leaves your customer’s taste buds satisfied. Fantastic Add-ons For Cocktail The Tea Zone popping pearls will highlight the natural taste of fruits when you add them to your cocktails or mocktails. You’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience and taste a fantastic flavor that you may ever imaged. Do not hesitate to have a try! Read more Tea Zone Passion Fruit Popping Pearls Tea Zone Mango Popping Pearls Tea Zone Yogurt Popping Pearls Tea Zone Strawberry Popping Pearls Tea Zone Blueberry Popping Pearls Tea Zone Kiwi Popping Pearls Weight/Jar(LBS) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Taste Passion Fruit Mango Yogurt Strawberry Blueberry Kiwi Cooking Required No No No No No No Suggested Serving Size 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g Servings Per Container 106 106 106 106 106 106 Sugar Per Serving 5g 5g 5g 6g 5g 6g Calories 25 25 25 25 25 25 Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
1201751
hOmeLabs 25 Bottles High-End Wine Cooler - Standalone Dual-Zone Mini Fridge and Chiller for Wines with Temperature Control Panel, Stainless Steel Reversible Door Swing and Removable Wood Shelves
Product Description Each zone gives a precise temperature that will add good condition to your wine. It scales from 41°F to 57°F for the upper zone and 50°F to 64°F for the lower zone. Dual-Zone Allows You To Keep Red and White Together This innovative Dual-Zone Wine Cooler will provide an absolute storing condition for your collections of wine. You can set the upper zone and lower zone to your desired temperature for your red and white wine. It gives an even cooling to your variations of wine to have a better and refreshing taste. Dimensions: 15 x 25.2 x 34.2 inches (38 x 64 x 87 cm) Weight: 77.5 lbs Cable length: 5.6 ft (1.70 m) Rated voltage/Frequency/Current: 115V 60Hz 0.95A Read more With its removable natural beech wood shelves, you can arrange your favorite bottle of wine easily. You can take and return the bottles without difficulty and clean them with ease. Aside from this, it can fit up to 5 standard-size bottles and the lower shelf up to 3 champagnes or 5 standard bottles. Built with an extraordinary design that will surely catch your eyes, the door and handle are made with high-quality stainless steel to make it durable, add elegance, and style. This well-designed wine cooler is built to last and will suit anywhere you place it. This mini wine cooler brings up a new unique feature, it has a door beeper that will remind you to close the door when it is left open. It also comes equipped with a child lock for you to keep your wines chilled and safe from children. Read more Dual-Zone Wine Cooler 25 Bottles Dual-Zone Wine Cooler 43 Bottles Capacity 25-bottle 43-bottle Dimensions 15 x 25.2 x 34.2 inches 23.4 x 25.2 x 34.4 inches Shelves 6 5 Temperature Range 41°F - 64°F 41°F - 64°F Weight 77.5 lbs 122 lbs Features Door alarm, Reversible door swing, Child safety lock Door alarm, Reversible door swing, Child safety lock 
875350
TEA ZONE Mango Popping Pearls (7 lbs)
Product Description Originating in Asia, popping pearls (also known as "popping boba" or "bursting boba") are a beverage sensation trending in mainstream Europe. With no prepping or cooking required, popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Serve these fruit juice-filled Tea Zone Mango Popping Pearls straight from the jar! Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Packaging design may differ from product photo. Specifications: Size: 3/8" in diameter Servings per jar: Approx 45-50 servings UPC Code:815812010945 Units Sold By: Jar (7 lbs) Product Description Originating in Asia, popping pearls (also known as "popping boba" or "bursting boba") are a beverage sensation trending in mainstream Europe. With no prepping or cooking required, popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Serve these fruit juice-filled Tea Zone Mango Popping Pearls straight from the jar! Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Packaging design may differ from product photo. Specifications: Size: 3/8" in diameter Servings per jar: Approx 45-50 servings UPC Code:815812010945 Units Sold By: Jar (7 lbs)From the manufacturer Tea Zone Various Flavor Popping Pearls Tea Zone offers a variety flavor of popping pearl flavors! Our popping pearls will help your food look creative and trendy. The vibrant color of the popping pearls makes your recipe look more delicious. You can try add strawberry, blueberry, and green apple popping pearls to green tea to create a fruity green tea. Adding yogurt, mango, peach, and passion fruit popping pearls to frozen yogurts and ice cream to make them colorful. The lychee and peach popping pearls are also great choices for adding flavor to cocktails as well.Just scoop a spoonful of Tea Zone popping, add to your favorite dessert, and they’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience! You can even mix and match various flavors in one drink or dessert for an extra exciting mix of flavor! Culinary creations are never-ending when it comes to incorporating popping pearls! FAQS How do I store my Tea Zone Popping Pearls? Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. It’s highly advisable to refrigerate after opening the jar and consume within one week of opening. Never freeze this product. Is this product safe for children? Since popping pearls have a choking tendency, keep the jar out of the reach of children younger than 5 years. What Are Popping Pearls? Originating in Asia, Popping pearls are also known as bursting boba, or popping boba do to their fruit juice interior that burst when bitten into. Popping pearls look like tapioca boba, except they are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. They are different and distinct, but serve the same purpose for being a drink or beverage topping. Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Read more Tea Zone Popping Pearls Are Perfect To Pair With Dessert, Beverages And More Flavored Drinks Mixes If you’re looking to add freshness in your beverages, you must look at any other boba store but Tea Zone.The tea zone popping boba is rich in fruit extracts. Add our popping pearls to your drinks for a more funny bite that explodes with fruity flavors. What's more! Each popping pearls has a bright color that adds life to your drinks. Frozen Dessert Toppings Popping pearls have gained popularity because they are a fun and creative addition to desserts and more. They are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. And a little smaller in size than the regular tapioca boba, popping pearls when bitten leaves your customer’s taste buds satisfied. Fantastic Add-ons For Cocktail The Tea Zone popping pearls will highlight the natural taste of fruits when you add them to your cocktails or mocktails. You’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience and taste a fantastic flavor that you may ever imaged. Do not hesitate to have a try! Read more Tea Zone Mango Popping Pearls Tea Zone Cantaloupe Popping Pearls Tea Zone Peach Popping Pearls Tea Zone Rose Popping Pearls Tea Zone Rainbow Popping Pearls Tea Zone Lychee Popping Pearls Weight/Jar(LBS) 7 7 7 7 6.8 7 Taste Mango Cantaloupe Peach Rose Rainbow Lychee Cooking Required No No No No No No Suggested Serving Size 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g Servings Per Container 106 106 106 106 106 106 Sugar Per Serving 5g 6g 5g 5g 12g 5g Calories 25 25 25 25 50 25 Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
243131
Home Zone Security Floodlight Camera – Smart 2.4 GHz Wireless 1080P Outdoor Security Flood Light Camera, No Subscription Required
Product Description Motion Detection Sensor Built-in PIR sensor with 270 degree range up to 32 ft. in distance for accurate motion detection and reduce false notifications. Adjustable Positioning Adjust lighting head and camera positions with locking knobs to cover desired areas for optimal performance. Crystal Clear Full HD Equipped with 150 degree viewing angle of crystal clear 1080P full HD camera to see more of every moment. Night vision ready with built-in IR LEDs. Local Storage Recording No cloud subscription required with built-in local Micro SD card slot up to 128GB capacity to save and download recordings straight to your mobile device. (128GB Micro SD card included) Read more Home Zone Security Smart Wireless Floodlight Camera Keep your home on alert with the all new Smart Wireless Floodlight Camera from Home Zone Security. Equipped with two ultra bright LED Floodlights with energy efficient 2600 lumen output and 1080P full HD smart camera with 150 degree wide viewing angle to see of more of every moment. The Home Zone Security Smart Floodlight Camera combines traditional LED flood lights with wireless IP camera to provide you with a robust all-in-one home security solution. Loaded with features you can control directly from the Home Zone Smart app, the Home Zone Security Floodlight Camera is a reliable, intuitive, and cost efficient solution to help you protect and defend your home wherever you are. Specifications Material: Aluminum Alloy and Plastic Voltage: AC100 - 240V, 50/60 Hz Memory Card: FAT32, Class 10 (10MB/s) Micro SD standard required Brightness: 2600 lumens Color Temperature: 4500K Requires Wiring Setup 2.4GHz Wireless Frequency (5GHz not suppored) Works with Home Zone Smart App (IOS and Android) Read more Works with Home Zone Smart App Download the 'Home Zone Smart' App to your Android or IOS mobile device and create a new account to begin setup of your smart camera. No payment or credit card information is needed to register. Pair Device to the App Select Add Device or click the top right '+' icon and follow the step by step instructions to pair device to the account (Compatible with 2.4 GHz frequency). Control Device from the App After pairing is complete, use the device menu to access all the features for the floodlight camera (Note: Please allow a few minutes for connection to stabilize) Enable Notifications and Receive Alerts Check your notification settings to ensure permissions are granted for the App to receive push notifications when activity is detected. (Micro SD card format: FAT32, Class 10 standard required for Local Storage) Please insert the memory card to your PC check and format to FAT32 if camera does not initially read the card. 128GB Micro SD Card Included Read more Works with Alexa Control with your voice using these convenient commands: "Alexa, show backyard camera" "Alexa, show the front door camera" "Alexa, show my video camera" Please Note: Amazon Echo Show, Spot or FireTV device required Read more About Home Zone Security Imagine the home of the future. As we move into a “smarter” world of connectivity with all things working in perfect harmony, the home of the future is limited only by our imagination. To avoid getting lost in the myriad of possibilities, we’ve narrowed down our purpose to a single attribute - home security. The definition of “home” may differ from person to person, but no matter what it is, we all want to keep it safe and secure. Our passion is to provide reliable, intuitive, and cost efficient home security solutions to uphold the symbol of safety every home should represent. With Home Zone Security, you can rest easy with peace of mind as your home stays alert and bright throughout the night. Read more Home Zone Security Smart Wireless Flood Light Camera Home Zone Security Smart Wireless Indoor Camera Home Zone Security Smart Wireless Garage Door Opener Home Zone Security Hardwired Doorbell Camera Power Hardwired Plug-in Plug-in Hardwired Ambient Light Sensor ✓ ✓ N/A ✓ Motion Detection ✓ ✓ N/A ✓ Brightness 2600 lumens N/A N/A NA Color Temperature 4500K N/A N/A NA Camera 1080p 1080p N/A 1080p Frequency 2.4 GHz 2.4 GHz 2.4 GHz 2.4 GHz Usage Type Home security, security camera, smart home camera, security floodlight, motion sensor light Home security, indoor camera, smart wireless camera, PTZ dome camera Smart garage door opener, remote garage door control, sectional garage door controller Home security, front door camera, doorbell camera for hardwired setup with mechanical chime 
443456
Aqua Joe AJ-ET2Z Easy 2-Zone Electronic Timer w/13 Program Presets, Max Frequency Control, LCD Display
Product Description WATER ON TIME! Customize your irrigation system with the 2-Zone Electronic Water Timer from AQUA JOE , by SUN JOE . Reach your front lawn and back lawn, both sides of your house, and all areas of your garden with the two hose connections! The 13 preset programs offer a variety of options, or you can set your own watering duration and frequency. The onboard control panel allows you to customize each zone with a separate watering schedule, for the perfectly watered yard + garden every time! Water for up to 60 minutes a cycle, for multiple hours of the day! Just connect the hose and accessories, and water away. So, give your lawn a cool drink of water on your schedule with the 2-Zone Electronic Water Time from AQUA JOE , by SUN JOE . GET EQUIPPED . Product Description WATER ON TIME! Customize your irrigation system with the 2-Zone Electronic Water Timer from AQUA JOE , by SUN JOE . Reach your front lawn and back lawn, both sides of your house, and all areas of your garden with the two hose connections! The 13 preset programs offer a variety of options, or you can set your own watering duration and frequency. The onboard control panel allows you to customize each zone with a separate watering schedule, for the perfectly watered yard + garden every time! Water for up to 60 minutes a cycle, for multiple hours of the day! Just connect the hose and accessories, and water away. So, give your lawn a cool drink of water on your schedule with the 2-Zone Electronic Water Time from AQUA JOE , by SUN JOE . GET EQUIPPED .From the manufacturer Read more Snow Joe + Sun Joe Snow Joe + Sun Joe specialize in developing innovative outdoor tools to keep your home looking beautiful throughout the year, whether the snow is falling or the sun is shining. Our expansive line of outdoor power equipment, which includes manual, cordless, and electric tools such as lawn mowers, trimmers, tillers, and snow blowers, aims to simplify your yard routine to make it quick and easy to get your outdoor chores done. WATER ON TIME! Customize your irrigation system with the 2-Zone Electronic Water Timer. Reach your front lawn and back lawn, both sides of your house, and all areas of your garden with the two hose connections! The 13 preset programs offer a variety of options, or you can set your own watering duration and frequency. The onboard control panel allows you to customize each zone with a separate watering schedule, for the perfectly watered yard + garden every time! Water for up to 60 minutes a cycle, for multiple hours of the day! Just connect the hose and accessories, and water away. Electronic watering timer — set an irrigation schedule for 2 zones directly from the tap Connect two hoses and accessories Waters up to 60 minutes each cycle Waters up to 12 times a day for 7 days Read more Key Features Programmable The onboard control panel allows you to customize each zone with a separate watering schedule, for the perfectly watered yard + garden every time! Connect two hoses and accessories at once. 13 Preset Programs Offers a variety of options, or you can set your own watering duration and frequency. Read more 
137530
Yamaha RX-A1050 7.2-Channel AVENTAGE Network AV Receiver
Product Description 7.2-channel AVENTAGE network AV receiver with Dolby Atmos and full 4K Ultra HD support. Enjoy an audiophile grade design that incorporates a rigid chassis and symmetrical amp layout with the latest ESS SABRE DACs. Enjoy high-resolution audio playback and access to online music services with built-in Wi-Fi or conveniently connect a smartphone or tablet with Bluetooth for quick access to your favorite music. Expand your entertainment reach with advanced multi-zone features like advanced HDMI video switching with a Compressed Music Enhancer and additional zone functionality. Product Description 7.2-channel AVENTAGE network AV receiver with Dolby Atmos and full 4K Ultra HD support. Enjoy an audiophile grade design that incorporates a rigid chassis and symmetrical amp layout with the latest ESS SABRE DACs. Enjoy high-resolution audio playback and access to online music services with built-in Wi-Fi or conveniently connect a smartphone or tablet with Bluetooth for quick access to your favorite music. Expand your entertainment reach with advanced multi-zone features like advanced HDMI video switching with a Compressed Music Enhancer and additional zone functionality.From the manufacturer Yamaha knows music As one of the world's largest musical instrument manufacturer and home theater innovator, Yamaha knows how to make your TV, movies and music their absolute best. Yamaha RX-A1050 7.2-ch AV Receiver with Built-in Wi-Fi and BLUETOOTH 7.2-channel AVENTAGE network AV receiver with Dolby Atmos and full 4K Ultra HD support. Enjoy an audiophile grade design that incorporates a rigid chassis and symmetrical amp layout with the latest ESS SABRE DACs. Enjoy high-resolution audio playback and access to online music services with built-in Wi-Fi or conveniently connect a smartphone or tablet with Bluetooth for quick access to your favorite music. Expand your entertainment reach with advanced multi-zone features like advanced HDMI video switching with a Compressed Music Enhancer and additional zone functionality. Read more AVENTAGE Build Standards AVENTAGE brings studio-grade sound and sophisticated video enhancements to your home with unparalleled attention to detail in design, engineering and fabrication. Every electrical path, every part, every piece, was rethought and redesigned if necessary to achieve total performance excellence throughout the series. Materials were tested thoroughly and the finest were selected to maximize audio / video playback performance. Wireless Connectivity Take advantage of Bluetooth functionality to let you easily enjoy wireless music playback from smartphones and other devices. Built-in Wi-Fi allows for a wireless connection with your wireless router, greatly simplifying system connections for enjoying networked audio (PC / NAS) and music streaming services. If a Wi-Fi router is not available, the unique Wireless Direct feature not only allows you to stream music directly from your smartphone or tablet via the AV Controller App, AirPlay etc., but also allows for control of the AV receiver as well. Network Streaming Services This AV receiver provides a variety of music streaming services such as Pandora, Spotify, Rhapsody, SiriusXM Internet radio and vTuner. Simply connect to the network with the built-in Wi-Fi, activate your account and listen to countless hours of your favorite music. MusicCast MusicCast makes it easy to bring music to every room in your home wirelessly with playback controlled by a simple app. Start with a MusicCast capable AV receiver in your main entertainment room for the ultimate home theater experience, then add MusicCast speakers, sound bars or Hi-Fi components in other rooms wirelessly. 4K Ultra HD with HDCP 2.2 and HDR Support Enjoy 4K video at 60 frames per second (pass-through and video upscaling) with HDCP 2.2 that fully complies with the latest copyright protection, a standard for 4K video transmission. It also supports HDR* video which provides enhanced picture quality by simultaneously enabling greater detail for both the dark and bright parts of an image. *A future firmware update will be required to enable HDR. High-resolution Audio This AV receiver is compatible with many audio formats such as Dolby True HD and DTS-HD Master Audio. It is also compatible with high-resolution audio codecs such as DSD / AIFF / FLAC / WAV / Apple Lossless. You will enjoy the excellent sound quality of these various high-resolution audio codecs from the USB input on the front panel or from network connected devices. High-resolution Music Enhancer When music is encoded into a digitally compressed format like MP3, the frequency response suffers. The Compressed Music Enhancer in this model has the capability to process and restore compressed music (up to 96 kHz / 24-bit) further heightening the musicality of the original content. Dolby Atmos and DTS:X Enter a new world of sound with Dolby Atmos. It transports you from an ordinary moment into an extraordinary experience with captivating, multidimensional sound that fills your room and flows all around you to move your mind, body, and soul. Additionally, enjoy DTS:X for the next generation object-based, multi-dimensional audio technology from DTS. Read more ESS Technology By incorporating the SABRE Premier Audio DAC from ESS Technology, an exceptional signal-to-noise ratio is achieved with up to 120 dB of dynamic range. Symmetrical Amp Layout This is just one of the many design details that all combine to create a superior receiver. The interior of the unit has been precisely planned, circuit-routed and built so that the left and right channels are physically and electrically isolated. This naturally maximizes channel separation but also greatly improves signal to noise ratio and also helps to achieve a wide open sound stage. Advanced HDMI Zone Switching While standard HDMI zone switching can only send HD video programs to the main and second zones, advanced HDMI zone switching from Yamaha adds the capability to choose from all audio and video sources for playback in either zone. An on-screen graphical user interface makes it easy to browse and select content to enjoy from the second zone no matter what is being played in the Main Zone. YPAO - R.S.C. with Multipoint Measurement YPAO - Reflected Sound Control analyzes room acoustics and measures various speaker characteristics, then calibrates audio parameters to achieve optimum sound in the listening area. It employs Reflected Sound Control to correct early reflections for studio-quality sound. Read more RX-A550 RX-A750 RX-A850 RX-A1050 RX-A2050 RX-A3050 Power (20 Hz - 20 kHz, 0.09%, 2-ch, 8 ohm) 80 W 90 W 100 W 110 W 140 W 150 W Channels 5.1-ch 7.2-ch 7.2-ch 7.2-ch 9.2-ch 9.2-ch 4K Ultra HD / HDCP 2.2 / HDR Yes / Yes / No Yes / Yes / Yes Yes / Yes / Yes Yes / Yes / Yes Yes / Yes / Yes Yes / Yes / Yes Wi-Fi / Bluetooth Yes / Yes Yes / Yes Yes / Yes Yes / Yes Yes / Yes Yes / Yes Network Sources Pandora, Spotify, vTuner Pandora, Spotify, Rhapsody, Sirius XM Internet Radio, vTuner Pandora, Spotify, Rhapsody, Sirius XM Internet Radio, vTuner Pandora, Spotify, Rhapsody, Sirius XM Internet Radio, vTuner Pandora, Spotify, Rhapsody, Sirius XM Internet Radio, vTuner Pandora, Spotify, Rhapsody, Sirius XM Internet Radio, vTuner Dolby Atmos / DTS:X No / No No / No Yes / No Yes / Yes Yes / Yes Yes / Yes YPAO sound optimization Yes YPAO - R.S.C. (Reflected Sound Control) YPAO - R.S.C. with multipoint measurement YPAO - R.S.C. with multipoint measurement YPAO - R.S.C. with multipoint measurement YPAO - R.S.C. with 3D, multipoint and angle measurement HDMI Zone No No Yes (Zone B) Yes (Advanced HDMI Zone Switching) Yes (Advanced HDMI Zone Switching) Yes (Advanced HDMI Zone Switching) Audio Zone No Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 / 3 Zone 2 / 3 Dimensions (W x H x D) 17-1/8" x 6-3/8" x 12-3/8", 17.9 lbs. 17-1/8" x 6-3/4" x 15", 23.2 lbs. 17-1/8" x 6-3/4" x 15", 23.4 lbs. 17-1/8" x 7-1/8" x 17-1/4", 32.8 lbs 17-1/8" x 7-1/2" x 18-6/8", 37.5 lbs. 17-1/8" x 7-1/2" x 18-5/8", 39.9 lbs. 
729686
Zone Tech All Weather Rubber Semi Pattern Cargo Liner Trunk Floor Mat – Premium Quality Black Heavy Duty Cargo Trunk Floor Mat
Product Description Zone Tech All Weather Rubber Semi Pattern Car Interior Floor Mats is a Great accessory for your car's interior. The Zone Tech mat is made with High Quality PVC Rubber with NBR and natural rubber material to ensure Durability and Longevity . The floor mat does not crack or deform under pressure or Extreme temperatures. The Heavy Duty construction allows the mat to Retain its shape overtime. The Zone Tech car floor mat is 100% Odorless , no more rubber smell that cause headache. The Zone Tech floor mat has also no overwhelming petrol odors, guaranteed Safe & Non-toxic for the whole family. All Weather Rubber Semi Pattern Cargo Liner Trunk Floor Mat The Zone Tech car floor mat is fully Customizable . The floor mats have Trimmable edges; you can easily cut it to make it fit your vehicle. The Zone tech floor car mat can fit on most heavy duty trucks, van, and SUV vehicles. The Zone Tech car floor mat is Waterproof , and Stain Resistant . With Zone Techs' carefully Engineered Design ridges and nibs, the floor mat prevents most of the dirt such as mud, snow, water, or debris from messing your car's interior floor. Just simply spray the mat with water and air dry, the Zone Tech car floor mat can be easily Cleaned and Maintained . Zone Tech Brand is known worldwide with superior product quality and service! 
633511
Zone - 365 Collagen Serum for Face with Hyaluronic Acid and Herbal Ingredients to Heal, Plump, and Reduces Wrinkles - 1 fl oz
Product Description Help Fight the Aging Process with Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum for Face When the skin ages, it loses its ability to produce rich nutrients, including collagen. Collagen is a binding factor that helps repair the connective tissue in your skin. When you age, fine lines and wrinkles start to appear and the skin loses its elasticity. However, with Zone - 365 Beauty, aging does not have to be a burden. Slow down the process of aging with the help of our products that are both skin-friendly and effective. Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum is a facial serum that contains the essential components needed by your skin to help fight the signs of aging. It helps lock in moisture on the skin to stop dryness and reduce both visible lines and wrinkles. Packed with a herbal infusion of nutrients and a potent collagen concentration that can be easily absorbed by your skin, you can be sure that our Collagen Serum can surely deliver positive results in just a few weeks. With Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum, you can be proud of your age while looking younger. 16% Hydrolyzed Collagen Others offer only small traces of collagen, but the Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum for Face contains 16% Hydrolyzed Collagen and 5% Collagen Peptides. To replenish the breakdown of collagen in your skin as you age, use our Collagen Serum to replenish your skin with the new collagen. 10% Hyaluronic Acid Collagen alone is not enough to provide complete skin care. Hyaluronic acid in combination with collagen is necessary to provide your skin with the ultimate hydration. Both substances are found in your skin, therefore supplementing more in the form of a serum will allow your aging skin to look healthier and younger than ever. Our anti-aging serum also contains 10% Sodium Hyaluronate to help further boost hydration and collagen formation. Herbal Infusion of Collagen Peptides and a Blend of Essential Oil Collagen peptides play a primary role in replenishing lost elasticity in the skin. Our special formulation includes Palmitoyl Tripeptide and essential oil with herbal blends to help increase efficacy and speed up cell turnover to restore your skin back to its glory. Skin-Friendly Collagen Facial Serum As a potent face serum, our collagen anti-aging serum has a pH Level of 5.5, made to match your skin’s ideal acidity. This ensures that our Collagen Serum is perfectly suited to all different skin types, even the most sensitive ones. This facial serum blends and absorbs into the skin well to help revitalize dry and damaged skin. After consistent application twice a day, once in the morning and once at night, you can see the positive effects in as little as two weeks. Read more Renew Skin Cells and Tissues Collagen is a silent worker, but you can see the effects on the skin almost instantly. No wonder it is one of the vital substances that are responsible for skin health. As a facial serum, Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum, revitalizes your skin cells by increasing collagen availability to help your skin look vibrant and healthy. Restore Elasticity and Hydration The body produces less collagen and elastin as you age. Dry and saggy skin are early indicators of entering the aging process. The combination of hyaluronic acid and sodium hyaluronate, two active ingredients in our facial Collagen Serum, doubles the action to provide maximum hydration and keep your face moisturized and less dry. Plumps the Skin Look years younger after adding our collagen serum to your skin. Collagen creates a lifting effect on saggy cheeks, neck, and droopy eyelids. When regularly used twice a day, the Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum helps plump and firm up the skin. The next time you see your friends, you’ll be sure to surprise them with your new radiant look. Reduce Wrinkles and Fine Lines Reduce and eliminate wrinkles and fine lines on the forehead, crow’s feet, cheeks, mouth, and neck by reintroducing collagen using the Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum. This anti-aging serum is specially formulated to slow down the signs of aging by filling up your wrinkles and fine lines to leave you with smooth and firm skin. Read more Collagen Serum Youth Booster Hyaluronic Acid Plumping Vitamin C Serum Glowing Skin C E Ferulic Brightening Serum Rejuvenate Rejuvenating Night Serum Retinol Serum Anti Aging Brand Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Perfect Serum Concentration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ % Formulation 16% Hydrolyzed Collagen, 10% Hyaluronic Acid, 5% Palmitoyl Tripeptide-5 20% Hyaluronic Acid Serum, 10% Vitamin C 25% Vitamin C Serum, 11% Hyaluronic Acid, 2% Vitamin E, 2.5% Retinol 0.5% Ferulic Acid, 15% Vitamin C, 2% Vitamin E, 12% Hyaluronic Acid with vitamin E, Hyaluronic Acid, Witch Hazel 2.5% Retinol Ingredients Safe for Skin? ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Hydration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Special Features (distinguishing benefits - click on product for a full list of benefits) Helps fill wrinkles and fine lines, and help regenerate skin cells and tissue Helps protect skin from harmful UV rays and restores moisture Helps minimize sun damage, skin oxidation and boosts collagen formation Helps protect skin from sun damage, make skin glow, reduce fine lines and wrinkles and reduce acne symptoms Maximum Skin Hydration, Face Lift Effect, Eliminate dark spots and alleviate acne symptoms Recovers aged and worn skin back to a youthful glow Normal PH 5.5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ How To Use? Using Zone - 365 is never complicated. We recommend using our Collagen Serum twice a day, in the morning and at night for the best results. Cleanse the face or area of the skin using your favorite facial wash. Pat dry the skin leaving it slightly wet to allow for the best absorption. Apply 1 to 2 drops of the Collagen Anti-Aging Serum and massage on the surface in a circular motion, starting inwards and moving outward. Leave the serum to dry and finish with moisturizer after it is fully absorbed. For full benefit, apply your favorite moisturizer at least 20 minutes after collagen application. Note: Collagen is an occurring substance inside the body with no harmful effects, but use in moderation is always recommended. From Our Manufacturer Zone - 365 Beauty continuously strives to make our products live up to all your expectations. We always aim to make it easy for you to improve your standard and quality of life by only offering top-quality products that are highly effective so your skin can reap all the benefits. With Zone - 365, you can be sure that our products are worth your investment. Why Choose Zone - 365 Beauty Collagen Serum for Face? It contains 16% potent Hydrolyzed Collagen with an additional 5% Collagen Peptide for optimal effect. Specially formulated with herbal infusions, 10% hyaluronic acid and sodium hyaluronate for the ultimate hydrating facial care. We take pride in our dedication to bring the best of what we can offer, which makes us confident in our products. Read more 
998432
Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit - Batería Electrónica Musical de 8 Piezas con Parches de Malla, Rack Aluminio, 385 Sonidos, 60 Pistas para tocar, Baquetas, Cableado y llave de batería incluidos
De la marca Previous page Establecida en 1984, Alesis se ha convertido en uno de los principales fabricantes de procesadores de señal, baterías electrónicas, sintetizadores y equipos de estudio. Ha revolucionado la industria de la música con sus innovadores equipos de grabación, percusión, teclados y equipos de sonido. Alesis se compromete a ofrecer el equipo de audio profesional más innovador e inspirador para músicos, productores e ingenieros de todos los niveles. Explora el universo de Alesis Visita la tienda Pianos eléctricos Visita la tienda Teclados MIDI Visita la tienda Next page Más información del producto Sensación perfecta, respuesta natural En Alesis Drums sabemos que la sensación perfecta y la respuesta natural son indispensables para una experiencia de percusión envolvente y expresiva. Presentamos el Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit, la última incorporación a nuestra lista de kits de malla aclamada por la crítica que ofrece la experiencia de interpretación más realista que exigen los bateristas modernos. Siente la diferencia de la malla Previous page Todo lo que necesitas Se incluye todo el cableado, una fuente de alimentación y una llave de batería para una configuración fácil y sin problemas; ¡incluso hay un par de baquetas incluido en el conjunto! El sonido importa Con 385 sonidos de percusión y platos cuidadosamente seleccionados en una colección de 40 kits listos para tocar, te brindamos todo lo que necesitas para mejorar tu interpretación. Mejora tus habilidades Con las 60 pistas de acompañamiento, un secuenciador, un metrónomo integrado y grabador de rendimiento, Nitro Mesh Kit garantiza mejorar tus habilidades con todas las herramientas esenciales. Conectividad cubierta ¡Con una entrada de auriculares de 1/8", entradas estéreo de ¼" TRS y una entrada auxiliar de 1/8", los ensayos, sesiones de práctica y grabación no podrían ser más sencillas! Control Creativo Los puertos USB-MIDI y la entrada/salida MIDI te permiten transmitir información MIDI directamente a un ordenador y une tu sintetizador, cajas de ritmos y más para mayor potencial de interpretación. 60 lecciones de batería de Melodics incluidas Melodics ofrece 60 lecciones de cortesía a los clientes al registrar su batería Alesis. Su interfaz divertida y atractiva te permitirá tocar y mejorar desde el primer momento. Next page Previous page Paquete con taburete y auriculares Añade el pack Drum Essentials de Alesis a la batería Nitro Mesh Kit y disfrutarás de un taburete ajustable de doble brazo y unos auriculares de primera calidad y diseño envolvente. Más detalles Nitro Mesh Kit configuración ampliada de 10 piezas ¡Saca el máximo partido a tu batería electrónica Nitro Mesh Kit! Añádele 2 parches adicionales y aprovecha lo máximo de la configuración ampliada de 10 piezas. Más detalles Paquete con amplificador Strike Amp 12 ¿Necesitas un amplificador para la batería Nitro Mesh? Añade 2000W de explosiva potencia biamplificada. El altavoz Strike Amp 12 de Alesis ofrece un sonido alto y claro en cualquier lugar y situación. Más detalles Paquete con Auriculares DRP100 ¿Quieres escuchar bien tus actuaciones con la batería? Los auriculares de referencia y monitoreo DRP100 de Alesis proporcionan una reproducción de sonido precisa y un increíble aislamiento sonoro. Más detalles Paquete con amplificador Strike Amp 8 ¿Necesitas un amplificador para la batería Nitro Mesh? Añade 2000 W de explosiva potencia biamplificada. El altavoz Strike Amp 8 de Alesis ofrece un sonido alto y claro en cualquier lugar y situación. Más detalles Paquete completo de batería electrónica Nitro Mesh Un paquete con todo lo que necesitas: Nitro Mesh Kit de configuración ampliada con 2 parches adicionales, un taburete ajustable de doble brazo y unos auriculares de primera calidad y diseño envolvente Más detalles Next page Descubre la Línea de Baterías de Alesis Nitro Mesh Kit Command Mesh SE Surge Mesh SE Turbo Mesh Kit Debut Kit Nivel Principiante / Intermedio Intermedio Principiante / Intermedio Principiante Principiante (niños) Tipo de bombo Pad de goma 6" Pad de malla 8" Pad de malla 8" Pedal (conmutador) Pedal (conmutador) Caja (de malla) 8" con doble zona 10" con doble zona 10" con doble zona 8" con una zona 6" con una zona Toms (de malla) 3 toms de 8" con una zona 3 toms de 8" con doble zona 3 toms de 8" con doble zona 3 toms de 8" con una zona 3 toms de 6" con una zona Platillo Crash 10" con función de atenuación 10" con función de atenuación 10" con función de atenuación 10" con una zona 10" con una zona Platillo Ride 10" con una zona 10" con función de atenuación 10" con función de atenuación 10" con una zona 10" con una zona Platillo Charles 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona Pedales Incluidos de bombo y charles de bombo y charles de bombo y charles de bombo y charles de bombo y charles Kits y sonidos incluidos 40 Kits, 385 Sonidos 70 Kits, 671 Sonidos 40 Kits, 385 Sonidos 10 Kits, 120 Sonidos 10 Kits, 120 Sonidos Pistas de acompañamiento 60 60 60 30 30 Conexiones USB MIDI USB y MIDI de 5 pines USB y MIDI de 5 pines USB y MIDI de 5 pines USB USB Cargar sonidos externos ✘ ✔ ✘ ✘ ✘ 
1498061
13" Ceramic Pizza Stone for Big Green Egg, Kamado Joe, Vision Grills, Weber and More!
Product Description Our ceramic pizza stone makes for the perfect surface in your kamado or kettle grill to bake your pie over indirect heat to get that scrumptious crispy-on-the-outside, fluffy-on-the-inside crust! Want even more cooking space? Combine our Pizza Stone with our PRO-Zone Cooking System for up to a whopping 660 square feet of grilling room! By creating different heat zones, you can cook directly or indirectly over your charcoal. Now you can cook ribs, steaks and vegetables, and bake your pizza all at once! This ceramic Pizza Stone easily attaches to our PRO-Zone Cooking System to create a second or third level cooking surface to your kamado or kettle. 154sq. in. of baking space Fits most large kamado grills Works with our PRO-Zone Cooking System or as a stand alone accessory Kiln-fired ceramic construction For best results, the pizza stone should be used with heat deflectors, the PRO-Zone Cooking System Base Rack or PRO-Zone Cooking System Stack Rack accessory (sold separately or try one of our PRO-Zone Cooking System kits). Product Description Our ceramic pizza stone makes for the perfect surface in your kamado or kettle grill to bake your pie over indirect heat to get that scrumptious crispy-on-the-outside, fluffy-on-the-inside crust! Want even more cooking space? Combine our Pizza Stone with our PRO-Zone Cooking System for up to a whopping 660 square feet of grilling room! By creating different heat zones, you can cook directly or indirectly over your charcoal. Now you can cook ribs, steaks and vegetables, and bake your pizza all at once! This ceramic Pizza Stone easily attaches to our PRO-Zone Cooking System to create a second or third level cooking surface to your kamado or kettle. 154sq. in. of baking space Fits most large kamado grills Works with our PRO-Zone Cooking System or as a stand alone accessory Kiln-fired ceramic construction For best results, the pizza stone should be used with heat deflectors, the PRO-Zone Cooking System Base Rack or PRO-Zone Cooking System Stack Rack accessory (sold separately or try one of our PRO-Zone Cooking System kits).
452863
Dr. Prepare Projection Alarm Clock, Digital Clock Projector with Indoor/Outdoor Thermometer Hygrometer, USB Charger and AC & Battery Operated, Dual Alarm Clocks for Bedroom with Weather Forecast
Product Description Dr. Prepare digital projection clock is compact, lightweight and multifunctional. It a perfect gift choice and an ideal travel companion. ◕ Projection: The optimum projection range is 3. 3 - 10 feet. This projection clock takes turns displaying indoor / outdoor temperature every 5 seconds. ◕ WWVB Signals: At 1: 00 a. m. / 2: 00 a. m. / 3: 00 a. m. the backlight and projection will automatically shut off to receive radio signals for time calibration. After the calibration, the backlight and projection will resume. ◕ Time Zone: Time zone setting: long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Press MODE button for 4 times until it comes to set time zone. Choose a time zone and press MODE button to confirm the setting. ◕ DST (Daylight Saving Time): DST setting (make sure you have chosen a correct time zone): long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Then, press MODE button for 5 times until it comes to set time zone. Press "+" or "-" to turn on / off DST. Press MODE button for another time to confirm the setting. ◕ Battery Backup: Backlight of the screen and projection will shut off when using batteries (not included) as power source. ◕ Wireless Remote Sensor: 433. 92 MHz RF transmitting frequency. 200 feet transmission range in an open area. ◕ Specifications: ▶ Indoor temperature measurement ranges: 14°F ~ 122°F ▶ Outdoor temperature measurement ranges: -40°F ~ 158°F ▶ Temperature alternatively in °F or °C. ▶ Screen display supports dimmer: 3 brightness levels off ▶ Adapter output: 5V/1. 5A - European USB charger plug ▶ Battery backup: 2 x AAA batteries (not included ◕ Notes: Please read the instructions carefully before using it and learn how to change the temperature unit, how to set the time zone, how to set the daylight saving time manually. Product Description Dr. Prepare digital projection clock is compact, lightweight and multifunctional. It a perfect gift choice and an ideal travel companion. ◕ Projection: The optimum projection range is 3. 3 - 10 feet. This projection clock takes turns displaying indoor / outdoor temperature every 5 seconds. ◕ WWVB Signals: At 1: 00 a. m. / 2: 00 a. m. / 3: 00 a. m. the backlight and projection will automatically shut off to receive radio signals for time calibration. After the calibration, the backlight and projection will resume. ◕ Time Zone: Time zone setting: long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Press MODE button for 4 times until it comes to set time zone. Choose a time zone and press MODE button to confirm the setting. ◕ DST (Daylight Saving Time): DST setting (make sure you have chosen a correct time zone): long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Then, press MODE button for 5 times until it comes to set time zone. Press "+" or "-" to turn on / off DST. Press MODE button for another time to confirm the setting. ◕ Battery Backup: Backlight of the screen and projection will shut off when using batteries (not included) as power source. ◕ Wireless Remote Sensor: 433. 92 MHz RF transmitting frequency. 200 feet transmission range in an open area. ◕ Specifications: ▶ Indoor temperature measurement ranges: 14°F ~ 122°F ▶ Outdoor temperature measurement ranges: -40°F ~ 158°F ▶ Temperature alternatively in °F or °C. ▶ Screen display supports dimmer: 3 brightness levels off ▶ Adapter output: 5V/1. 5A - European USB charger plug ▶ Battery backup: 2 x AAA batteries (not included ◕ Notes: Please read the instructions carefully before using it and learn how to change the temperature unit, how to set the time zone, how to set the daylight saving time manually.From the brand Dr.Prepare Projection Clock Wake up with full energy and evoke your passion for each new day. Enjoy every happy moment with Dr. Prepare. Previous page In 2019, Dr.Prepare started with the mission of providing cost-effective solutions without sacrificing quality and convenience to create a comfortable living space for you and your family, whether indoors or outdoors, in everyday life or in any emergency. Prepare for all you need. With our U.S. local warehouse and lifetime expert support, we are committed to offering a satisfying shopping experience for you all. Dr.Prepare Projection Clock Clock with Mirror Screen Adjustable Projection Clock Clock with Time Calibration Clock with Weather Forecast Take Care of Indoor Comfort Stylish Decor for Living Room Start A Brand New Day Perfect Festival Gift Choice How did we get our start? Dr.Prepare started with the mission of providing cost-effective solutions without sacrificing quality and convenience to create a comfortable living space for you. What problems are we solving? Dr.Prepare intends to help you live in a cozy living space, whether indoors or outdoors, in everyday life or in any emergency. What makes our products unique? We work passionately to offers projection clock with style and functionality. Our projection alarm clocks will make time at home easier and more enjoyable. Next page From the manufacturer Projects Time & Temperature on Your Ceiling or Wall: The optimum projection range is 3.3 - 10 feet. This projection clock takes turns displaying indoor/outdoor temperature every 5 seconds. WWVB Signals: At 1:00 a.m. / 2:00 a.m. / 3:00 a.m. the backlight and projection will automatically shut off to receive radio signals for time calibration. After the calibration, the backlight and projection will resume. Time Zone: Time zone setting: long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Press the MODE button for 4 times until it comes to set the time zone. Choose a time zone and press the MODE button to confirm the setting. DST (Daylight Saving Time): DST setting (make sure you have chosen a correct time zone): long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Then, press MODE button for 5 times until it comes to set time zone. Press "+" or "-" to turn on / off DST. Press MODE button for another time to confirm the setting. Wireless Remote Sensor: 433.92 MHz RF transmitting frequency, 200 feet transmission range in an open area. Dr. Prepare is devoted itself to bringing premium products with high quality, great portability, and wide application to help you prepare for the new day ahead. Specifications: Projetion Range: 3.3 - 10 feet Time Format: 12 / 24 Hour Brightness Levels of Screen: Off / Low / Medium / High USB Output: 5V / 1A RF Transmiting Frequency: 433.92MHz Temperature Units: °F / °C 180° Ultra-Clear Pojection Colorful Backlit LCD Screen Dual Alarms & Snooze Feature Backup Battery Weather Forecast Read more Product Details Projects Time & Temperature on your Ceiling or Wall 180° flipped projection: long press the minus button "-" to flip projection Optimum projection range: 3.3 - 10 feet Takes turns displaying indoor / outdoor temperature every 5 seconds Time Zone & DST EST (-5), CST (-6), MST (-7), PST (-8) Long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Press MODE button for 4 times until it comes to set time zone. Choose a time zone and press MODE button to confirm the setting. DST setting (make sure you have chosen a correct time zone): long press MODE button for over 2 seconds. Press MODE button for 5 times until it comes to set time zone. Press "+" or "-" to turn on / off DST. Press MODE button to confirm the setting. Backup Battery Backlight of the screen and projection will shut off when using batteries (not included) as power source. Please plug in the clock with the included wall adapter for full features. Read more Wireless Remote Sensor 200-foot transmission rane in an open area RF transmiting frequency: 433.92MHz IPX4 protection: avoid direct sunlight and rain Concrete walls, cellars, screens of electronic devices, metal doors, and other sources of signals will interfere with transmission Wall-mount design Read more Read more 
81032
Zone - 365 Vitamin C Topical Face Serum with Hyaluronic Acid, Vitamin E, and Retinol to Remove Dark Spot - 1fl oz
Product Description Bring Back the Young and Beautiful You with Zone - 365 Active Vitamin C Serum Did you know that dry, saggy, uneven, and dull skin can make you look older than your age? In today’s world, there are many stressors that can cause these imperfections. Stress can make even those in their 20's look like they are in their 30's. Fight the signs of aging with the power of the Vitamin C Serum by Zone - 365. Relieve your skin from dark spots, sagging, fine lines, wrinkles, open pores, and discoloration. Achieve uniform, bright, and radiant skin to look fresh and young. This powerhouse skincare formula is truly beneficial for every man and woman aiming to have healthy skin. 25% Vitamin C Serum Vitamin C is a powerful antioxidant that plays a vital role in skin health. It is famous for its ability to rejuvenate skin and restore skin health as it moisturizes and renews skin cells. Our Zone - 365 Active Vitamin C Serum comes with a 25% concentration using the mildest derivative that is gentle on even the most sensitive skin. 11% Hyaluronic Acid One of the active components of our vitamin C serum is hyaluronic acid, a component that makes up your skin. To this end, our Vitamin C Serum comes with 11% Hyaluronic Acid that helps retain water on your skin to maintain lubrication, thereby helping keep the skin hydrated. 2% Vitamin E Another powerful antioxidant and anti-aging ingredient included in our serum formulation is Vitamin E. Vitamin E helps fight free radicals protecting your skin from sun damage. Our Vitamin C Serum has 2% Vitamin E to not only protect you from the sun but also help your skin to remove dark spots and lightening scars. 2.5% Retinol Dramatically diminish visible fine lines and wrinkles with the added Retinol in our formulation. Furthermore, fight acne and breakouts with our Vitamin C Serum thanks to the 2.5% concentration of Retinol for the total anti-aging package. Read more Stimulate Collagen Formation Vitamin C and Collagen are a combination of powerful ingredients. They work together to ensure that you have the best skin health possible. Vitamin C provides the essential building elements such as hydrogen and oxygen to amino acids responsible for collagen formation. Zone - 365 Active Vitamin C Serum has 25% Vitamin C, powerful enough to boost collagen formation on the face and skin. Collagen complements the Vitamin C by keeping your skin firm and develops the skin’s resilience to wrinkles. Shield From Free Radicals Unhealthy free radicals are formed as your skin is exposed to the sun and battles its way through the day. Free radicals are responsible for oxidative stress in the body, leading to many skin conditions and a weakened immune system. Zone - 365 Active Vitamin C Serum helps fight free radicals from damaging cells, proteins, and DNA thereby preventing premature aging of the body and the skin. Fight Against UV Rays Zone - 365 Vitamin C Serum actively decreases the effects of harmful UV rays. Apply it in combination with your sunscreen, and you can confidently and safely carry on your outdoor activity. Please note that the Vitamin C serum should be applied together with sunscreen, the first layer being the Vitamin C serum and the second, top layer being the sunscreen. The order of application is critical to prevent a reverse effect such as burning of skin due to the Vitamin C serum’s potency. New Advanced Formula Our customers know our products the best. We are always open to feedback. We have heard your suggestion and therefore are releasing a brand-new formula for the Zone - 365 Beauty Vitamin C Serum to provide you with an effortless glow. The new serum is more viscous thereby making it thicker in consistency but runny enough to be quickly absorbed by the skin. Additionally, our formula contains apple stem cells and has been formulated to reduce breakouts so that individuals of all skin types can benefit from it. Read more Vitamin C Serum Glowing Skin Collagen Serum Youth Booster Hyaluronic Acid Plumping C E Ferulic Brightening Serum Rejuvenate Retinol Serum Anti Aging Rejuvenating Night Serum Brand Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Pure Serum Concentration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ % Concentration 25% Vitamin C Serum, 11% Hyaluronic Acid, 2% Vitamin E, 2.5% Retinol 16% Hydrolyzed Collagen, 10% Hyaluronic Acid, 5% Palmitoyl Tripeptide-5 20% Hyaluronic Acid Serum, 10% Vitamin C 0.5% Ferulic Acid, 15% Vitamin C, 2% Vitamin E, 12% Hyaluronic Acid 2.5% Retinol, 8% Hyaluronic Acid, 5% Vitamin C, 2% Vitamin E with vitamin E, Hyaluronic Acid, Witch Hazel Skin-Friendly Ingredients ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Hydration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Special Features (distinguishing benefits - click on product for a full list of benefits) Minimizes sun damage, skin oxidation and boosts collagen formation Fills wrinkles and fine lines, and regenerates skin cells and tissues Protection from harmful UV rays and restores moisture Helps protect skin from sun damage, make skin glow, reduce fine lines and wrinkles and reduce acne symptoms Promotes cell regeneration that heal and fight acne and sun-damaged skin, reduce fine lines and wrinkles, sun protection Maximum Skin Hydration, Face Lift Effect, Eliminate dark spots and alleviate acne symptoms Normal PH 5.5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ How To Use? Although topical Vitamin C Serum is generally well-tolerated, you should first perform a patch test: Select a small area of skin that’s easy to conceal, like your forearm, and apply a small amount of product and wait 24 hours. If no side effects occur, our serum is recommended to use in the morning for best results. As a rule of thumb, skincare products should typically be applied from “thinnest” to “thickest” in terms of consistency: 1. Wash face using your favorite facial wash. 2. Pat dry the area leaving skin a little damp because damp skin is 10 times more permeable than dry skin. 3. Apply 1 to 2 drops of Vitamin C Serum onto the skin. Pat any excess product onto the top of your hands, neck, and décolletage. 4. Apply a moisturizer, followed by your favorite eye cream if you use one. 5. Apply sunscreen, preferable SPF 30 or higher. The high concentration of Vitamin C may cause your skin to burn so do not wear Vitamin C Serum alone when going under the sun without sunscreen. For UV Protection: Note : Studies have shown that using sunscreen with Vitamin C protects the skin from further photo damage caused by ultra-violet rays. From Our Manufacturer Zone - 365 Beauty strives to make our products live up to your expectations. We always aim to make things easy for you to improve your standard and quality of life. We only offer top-quality products that are highly effective so your skin can reap all the benefits. With Zone - 365, you can be sure that our products are worth your investment. Why Choose Zone - 365 Active Vitamin C Serum? Has higher Vitamin C concentration for enhanced potency. Contains Hyaluronic Acid, Vitamin E and Retinol to offer your skin a powerhouse antioxidant solution We are dedicated to bring the best of what we can offer which makes us confident in our products. Read more 
1095708
Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness and Activity Tracker with Built-in GPS, Heart Rate, Sleep & Swim Tracking, Rosewood/Rosewood, One Size (S & L Bands Included) (Renewed)
Product Description Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness Tracker With Fitbit Charge 4, there’s no limit to how far you can go. This sleek, swimproof tracker is packed with features that help you know your workouts and your body better - like built-in GPS, Active Zone Minutes, a new exercise mode and sleep tracking. Plus, with Fitbit Pay and up to 7-day battery, you get more convenience on the go and more inspiration to reach your fitness goals.**Water resistant to 50M. Battery life varies with use and other factors; up to 5 hours with continuous GPS. Product Features: 24/7 HEART RATE - Use 24/7 heart rate to better track calorie burn, optimize workouts and uncover health trends that inspire you to make moves on your health and fitness goals. RESTING HEART RATE - Wear Fitbit Charge 4 all day and night to record and reveal your resting heart rate, track heart rate trends over time, and follow your health and fitness progress. HEART RATE ZONES - Now heart rate zones are personalized based on your age and resting heart rate, so when you’re exercising you get a more accurate understanding of how hard your body’s working. WORKOUT INTENSITY MAP - IN APP ONLY - After outdoor exercise, check your workout intensity map in the Fitbit app to see your heart rate zones throughout your route and learn where you put in the most effort. ACTIVE ZONE MINUTES - With new Active Zone Minutes, your tracker buzzes when you reach your target heart rate zones during exercise, and celebrates when you earn extra minutes outside of exercise. Product Description Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness Tracker With Fitbit Charge 4, there’s no limit to how far you can go. This sleek, swimproof tracker is packed with features that help you know your workouts and your body better - like built-in GPS, Active Zone Minutes, a new exercise mode and sleep tracking. Plus, with Fitbit Pay and up to 7-day battery, you get more convenience on the go and more inspiration to reach your fitness goals.**Water resistant to 50M. Battery life varies with use and other factors; up to 5 hours with continuous GPS. Product Features: 24/7 HEART RATE - Use 24/7 heart rate to better track calorie burn, optimize workouts and uncover health trends that inspire you to make moves on your health and fitness goals. RESTING HEART RATE - Wear Fitbit Charge 4 all day and night to record and reveal your resting heart rate, track heart rate trends over time, and follow your health and fitness progress. HEART RATE ZONES - Now heart rate zones are personalized based on your age and resting heart rate, so when you’re exercising you get a more accurate understanding of how hard your body’s working. WORKOUT INTENSITY MAP - IN APP ONLY - After outdoor exercise, check your workout intensity map in the Fitbit app to see your heart rate zones throughout your route and learn where you put in the most effort. ACTIVE ZONE MINUTES - With new Active Zone Minutes, your tracker buzzes when you reach your target heart rate zones during exercise, and celebrates when you earn extra minutes outside of exercise.
283673
Rejuvenation Concentrated Direct Absorption Secret Serum - 99.7% Natural Ingredients, Inner PH Balance, Promote Inner Health, Prevent Inner Odor, Internal Moisturizer(2ml, 3ea)
Product Description * Directly applied to my body… more cautious and strict! Good ingredients from nature ONLY The Rejuvenation Secret Serum is a product that cares for women's sensitive Y zone healthily. It can be safely used in sensitive Y zones with natural ingredients such as Coptis extracts and grapefruit seed extracts. It is a product that provides a soft and moist feeling and can be used conveniently and safely using a disposable syringe type. The Rejuvenation Secret Serum is a slightly acidic (pH 4.5) high-concentration serum specially designed for the Y-zone, keeping pH balance. It is helpful in caring for the Y-zone. Read more Features of Rejuvenation Secret Serum Natural ingredients Perfectly safe with 99.7% natural ingredients (including water) pH balancing Maintains slightly acidic balance at pH 4.5 and keeps the inside moist and smooth. Low irritation Tara gum and natural cellulose gum make skin soft with lubricating effects. Easing Y-zone Containing irritation-easing ingredients, it reduces irritation in the Y-zone and keeps it healthy. Y-zone care With the powerful effects, it eliminates unpleasant odor and keeps the Y-zone clean and sanitary. Highly concentrated serum The moist and firming highly-concentrated serum keeps skin soft and smooth. Disposable syringe-type serum Y-zone serum in a disposable syringe type which ensures cleanness, hygiene and convenience simultaneously. Recommended to those Frequently wearing tight pants Work long periods of time from a chair Needed to keep the Y-zone firm and elastic Needed to keep the Y-zone firm and elastic Read more * When moisturizing the y-zone Good tips to use the product, Remove the cover, gently insert the syringe into your Y-zone and squeeze it. Lie down for about 10 minutes for absorption. (Recommended to use one every 2-3 days) A mild stinging pain after first use is perfectly normal and safe, and it will soon disappear! Read more * When massaging the Y-zone Good tips to use the product, Take a small amount and apply it onto the Y-zone. Then, massage evenly. * Do NOT use the product during pregnancy or menstruation. Read more Carefully read the following FAQs before placing your order. Q1. There is a stinging or burning pain after first use. A1. Women’s Y-zone is comprised of sensitive mucous membranes. A stinging pain is perfectly normal and safe, which occurs while treating vaginitis known as the women’s cold. * The severity of pain can vary by users. Q2. How often do I need to use it? A2. We recommend you use it 2-3 times a week. In case inflammation or smell is too severe, it is okay to use daily or every 2 days. Q3. How should I store the product? A3. The Rejuvenation Secret Serum made of natural ingredients is very sensitive to temperature, compared to regular cosmetics. Avoid direct sunlight and store it in a cool place. * If left at high or low temperature too long, the serum can become stale and hard over time. Read more 
548788
TEA ZONE Apex Popping Pearls Jar, Strawberry, 112.9 Ounce
Product Description Popping pearls, also known as "Popping Boba" or "Bursting Boba", originated in Asia and are a beverage sensation trending in mainstream Europe. With no prepping or cooking required, popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Serve these fruit juice-filled spheres straight from the jar and into bubble tea, alcoholic cocktails, atop frozen yogurt and ice cream each popping pearl is about ⅜" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Product Description Popping pearls, also known as "Popping Boba" or "Bursting Boba", originated in Asia and are a beverage sensation trending in mainstream Europe. With no prepping or cooking required, popping pearls are a simple and easy addition to quick-service restaurants. Serve these fruit juice-filled spheres straight from the jar and into bubble tea, alcoholic cocktails, atop frozen yogurt and ice cream each popping pearl is about ⅜" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into.From the manufacturer Tea Zone Various Flavor Popping Pearls Tea Zone offers a variety flavor of popping pearl flavors! Our popping pearls will help your food look creative and trendy. The vibrant color of the popping pearls makes your recipe look more delicious. You can try add strawberry, blueberry, and green apple popping pearls to green tea to create a fruity green tea. Adding yogurt, mango, peach, and passion fruit popping pearls to frozen yogurts and ice cream to make them colorful. The lychee and peach popping pearls are also great choices for adding flavor to cocktails as well.Just scoop a spoonful of Tea Zone popping, add to your favorite dessert, and they’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience! You can even mix and match various flavors in one drink or dessert for an extra exciting mix of flavor! Culinary creations are never-ending when it comes to incorporating popping pearls! FAQS How do I store my Tea Zone Popping Pearls? Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. It’s highly advisable to refrigerate after opening the jar and consume within one week of opening. Never freeze this product. Is this product safe for children? Since popping pearls have a choking tendency, keep the jar out of the reach of children younger than 5 years. What Are Popping Pearls? Originating in Asia, Popping pearls are also known as bursting boba, or popping boba do to their fruit juice interior that burst when bitten into. Popping pearls look like tapioca boba, except they are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. They are different and distinct, but serve the same purpose for being a drink or beverage topping. Each popping pearl is about 3/8" in diameter and bursts with flavorful fruit juices when bitten into. Read more Tea Zone Popping Pearls Are Perfect To Pair With Dessert, Beverages And More Flavored Drinks Mixes If you’re looking to add freshness in your beverages, you must look at any other boba store but Tea Zone.The tea zone popping boba is rich in fruit extracts. Add our popping pearls to your drinks for a more funny bite that explodes with fruity flavors. What's more! Each popping pearls has a bright color that adds life to your drinks. Frozen Dessert Toppings Popping pearls have gained popularity because they are a fun and creative addition to desserts and more. They are colorful, made of seaweed extract, and filled with fruit juice. And a little smaller in size than the regular tapioca boba, popping pearls when bitten leaves your customer’s taste buds satisfied. Fantastic Add-ons For Cocktail The Tea Zone popping pearls will highlight the natural taste of fruits when you add them to your cocktails or mocktails. You’ll have an awesome flavorsome experience and taste a fantastic flavor that you may ever imaged. Do not hesitate to have a try! Read more Tea zone strawberry popping pearls Tea Zone Rainbow Popping Pearls Tea Zone Yogurt Popping Pearls Tea Zone Bluberry Popping Pearls Tea Zone Orange Popping Pearls Tea Zone Peach Popping Pearls Weight/Jar(LBS) 7 6.8 7 7 7 7 Taste Strawberry Rainbow Yogurt Blueberry Orange Peach Cooking Required No No No No No No Suggested Serving Size 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g 30g Servings Per Container 106 106 106 106 106 106 Sugar Per Serving 5g 12g 6g 6g 5g 5g Calories 25 50 25 25 25 25 Discover Tea Zone’s extensive line of unique flavored syrups, drink powders and tea leaves. We want customers to get creative in the kitchen with high quality drink and dessert ingredients. Top off desserts or add some fun to drinks with delicious add-ons. Tea Zone products cater to all. Read more 
1235081
Lanbo 30 Inch Built-in Dual Zone Wine and Beverage Cooler, 33 Bottle and 70 Can
Product Description LANBO APPLIANCE A professional wine and beverage cooler manufacturer you can trust. With pioneering innovation, user-first engineering and highest-quality materials, LANBO products are your first choice. LW3370B Compressor Wine and Beverage Cooler Store beer, sodas and wine all in one convenient unit with the LANBO wine and beverage cooler. The wine and beverage fridge is perfect for you to keep a variety of beverages on hand for guests. Dual zone offers a more precise and suitable environment for divided beverages and wines. 33 Bottle and 70 Can Capacity 29.5" Wx23.6" Dx34.5" H Dual Temperature Zone for 41-64℉ Left Zone and 39-50℉ Right Zone Undercounter Built-in or Freestanding Versatile ETL Certificate Approved Read more Removable Shelves The dual zone wine and beverage cooler comes with 4 durable iron shelves and 7 beech wooden shelves, which can hold up to 70 cans and 33 bottles of 750ml standard Bordeaux. Please note that want to load large bottles or cans, 1 or 2 shelves should be removed. Dual Zone Design Set separating temperature for wines and beverage is good for storing with 2 digital control panels. It is easily to set the beverage side with a lower temperature and wine side with a higher temperature with the 2 digital control panels. The temperature range of the left zone is 41-64℉,and the temperature range of the right zone is 39-50℉. Adjustable Feet Want to put the wine and beverage fridge in the cabinet, under counter or freestanding, it is convenient to fit your desire height with the adjustable feet. Raise the cooler up or down becomes easily. Enjoy Your Collection With the advanced fan cooling system and quality compressor, the running noise of the built-in wine refrigerator has become quiet enough. After finishing the cooling process the cooler will be quiet like other household appliances. Read more Warm Tips 1. Any shipping damages found when receiving the cooler, please contact Lanbo service team and we will try our best to solve it for you. 2. It is strongly recommended that put the beverage refrigerator on the ground for at least 24 hours without power supply after receiving to make the compressor liquid return to a smooth state. LW3370B Compressor Wine and Beverage Cooler Read more LW3370B LB36BD LB148BC LW28D LW46D Type Wine&Beverage Cooler Wine&Beverage Cooler Beverage Cooler Wine Cooler Wine Cooler Capacity 70 Cans + 33 Bottles 55 Cans + 18 Bottles 110 Cans + 6 Bottles 28 Bottles 44 Bottles Temperature 41-64℉ Left Zone, 39-50℉ Right Zone 41-64℉ Left Zone, 39-50℉ Right Zone 38℉to 64℉ 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone Door Reversible ✓ ✓ Installation Type Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Dimensions 29.5" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 15" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 
1321492
Alesis Drums Turbo Mesh Kit – Electric Drum Set With 100+ Sounds, Mesh Drum Pads, Drum Sticks, Connection Cables and 60 Melodics Lessons
Product Description ALESIS 7 PC DRUM KIT 120 SOUNDS Product Description ALESIS 7 PC DRUM KIT 120 SOUNDSFrom the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer The Ultimate Kit for Supercharged Performances Don't settle for anything less – at Alesis we know modern drummers demand the ultimate in natural response for an expressive drumming experience. Introducing the Alesis Turbo Mesh Kit, a complete 7-piece electronic drum kit and the latest addition to our critically acclaimed all-mesh kit roster that delivers the most realistic playing experience modern drummers demand! Discover the Turbo Mesh Kit 60 Drum Lessons from Melodics Alesis & Melodics have teamed up to bring Alesis customers 60 additional lessons when you register your Alesis drum kit. With Melodics, choose a genre you love, or even a technique you want to master - whatever your skill level, there’s something there for everyone. Fusing an engaging, fun interface and instant feedback on our selected lesson, Melodics gets you playing – and playing better – right from the get-go! Previous page Feel the Difference Mesh Makes Perfect feel and genuine skin-like rebound, our exclusive mesh heads are the undisputed preference of modern drummers, providing a natural feel and ultra-quiet response. Sound Matters Turbo Mesh Kit features 100+ drum and cymbal sounds, expertly curated into a collection of 10 ready-to-play kits, giving you everything you need to supercharge your performance. Sharpen Your Skills With 30 built-in play-along tracks, a drum coach and metronome, Turbo Mesh Kit has everything you need to nail that all-important drum fill and lock down the perfect groove. Connectivity Covered Pump up the volume or practice in silence with a 1/8-inch headphone output and stereo ¼-inch TRS outputs. There's even a 1/8-inch aux input to jam along with your favorite tracks. Creative Control Capture your creativity by sending and recording MIDI information directly to a computer and experience the power of virtual instruments and modern recording technology. Everything You Need Right out-the-box, Turbo Mesh Kit doesn’t disappoint. All the cabling, a power supply, and a drum key are included for easy, hassle-free setup; we even include a pair of drumsticks! Next page Turbo Mesh Kit Debut Kit Nitro Mesh Kit Surge Mesh SE Command Mesh SE DM10 MKII Pro Kit Level Beginner Beginner (Kids) Beginner / Intermediate Beginner / Intermediate Intermediate Pro Kick Type Pedal (Switch) Pedal (Switch) 6" Rubber Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad 8" Mesh Pad Snare (all Mesh) 8” Single-Zone 6” Single-Zone 8” Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 10” Dual-Zone 12” Dual-Zone Toms (all Mesh) (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 6” Single-Zone (3) 8” Single-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (3) 8” Dual-Zone (2) 10" + (2) 12" Dual-Zone Crash Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke (2) 14" Dual-Zone Ride Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" w/Choke 10" w/Choke 16" Triple-Zone Hi-Hat Cymbal 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 10" Single-Zone 12" Single-Zone Pedals Included Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Kick & Hi-Hat Continuous Hi-Hat Only Kits & Sounds Included 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 10 Kits, 120 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 40 Kits, 385 Sounds 70 Kits, 671 Sounds 80 Kits, 700 Sounds Play-along Tracks 30 30 60 60 60 100 USB MIDI Connections USB USB USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI USB & 5-Pin MIDI Upload Your Own Sounds ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✔ ✔ 
105144
Zone - 365 Hyaluronic Acid Serum for Face with Vitamin C, E, and Aloe for Intense Moisture and Hydration Formula - 1 fl oz
Product Description Look Years Younger with Hyaluronic Serum for Face Having problems with dry, dull, and wrinkly skin? Even a few lines starting to form may be an indication of the aging process despite your young age. Be proactive and fight the effects of aging by using a potent serum that helps alleviate skin marks, fine lines, and dry skin. The Zone - 365 Hyaluronic Serum for Face is the latest addition to the Zone - 365 facial and skincare product line where our goal is to delay the signs of aging. Our serum comes with 20% hyaluronic acid serum that has 4-times the potency compared to our competitors' products. To protect your skin, our hyaluronic acid serum for the face has a special blend of safe botanical ingredients that are friendly to all skin types and help nurture it to keep it looking hydrated and fresh. Stop signs of aging and start looking young with Zone - 365 Hyaluronic Serum for Face! Be Bold and Beautiful 20% Hyaluronic Acid Serum Zone - 365 Hyaluronic Serum for Face offers a formulation with 20% hyaluronic acid to provide your skin with more hydration and increase the positive effects of hyaluronic acid on your skin. Simple, moderate and frequent usage provides a positive effect on the face. Perfect Viscosity Our Hyaluronic Acid is not too sticky nor too watery. We purposely blended skin-friendly ingredients together to create the perfect viscosity for fast and easy application and absorption. Water Binder Hyaluronic acid is a substance that is produced on its own by the body. It helps with retaining water in the skin to prevent dry skin by ensuring that it stays moisturized and hydrated. As the skin ages, the levels of hyaluronic acid decreases, however, our Hyaluronic Serum for the face can help add more moisture to your skin to keep it plump and supple. Easy Application This anti-aging serum is made ready for easy application in a glass dropper, tincture bottle. It is suitable for any skin type on both men and women. Read more Hyaluronic Acid Moisturizer Being an active substance in the body, this hyaluronic acid for the face acts as a moisturizer because of its water-binding ability that helps draw water from the air towards the skin. This keeps the skin well-hydrated and keeps the dryness at bay. Wrinkle Reducer Fine lines and wrinkles are an indicator of aging. However, the good news is that with the help of Zone - 365 Hyaluronic Acid for Face, the signs of aging can be slowed down. It can revitalize the skin through hydration thereby creating a professional lifting effect as it fills in the deep lines and wrinkles. Continued use can reduce about 90% of wrinkles. Improves Collagen and Skin Elasticity What’s the secret to young and fresh looking skin? Hyaluronic acid promotes production of collagen thereby helping keep the skin lubricated and ensuring tissue elasticity. Hyaluronic serum for face from Zone - 365 stimulates collagen formation that can fill in fine lines and wrinkles to reduce saggy skin. Evens Out Skin Tone Dehydrated skin can negatively affect the appearance of your skin by causing discoloration. Applying our hyaluronic acid serum for face moisturizes the skin and can help even out skin tone. Read more Hyaluronic Acid Plumping Vitamin C Serum Glowing Skin Collagen Serum Youth Booster C E Ferulic Brightening Serum Rejuvenate Rejuvenating Night Serum Retinol Serum Anti Aging Brand Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Zone - 365 Potent Serum Concentration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ % Concentration 20% Hyaluronic Acid Serum, 10% Vitamin C 25% Vitamin C Serum, 11% Hyaluronic Acid, 2% Vitamin E, 2.5% Retinol 16% Hydrolyzed Collagen, 10% Hyaluronic Acid, 5% Palmitoyl Tripeptide-5 0.5% Ferulic Acid, 15% Vitamin C, 2% Vitamin E, 12% Hyaluronic Acid with vitamin E, Hyaluronic Acid, Witch Hazel 2.5% Retinol, 8% Hyaluronic Acid, 5% Vitamin C, 2% Vitamin E Skin-Friendly Ingredients ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Hydration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Special Features (distinguishing benefits - click on product for a full list of benefits) Protection from harmful UV rays and restores moisture Minimizes sun damage, skin oxidation and boosts collagen formation Fills wrinkles and fine lines, and regenerates skin cells and tissues Helps protect skin from sun damage, make skin glow, reduce fine Maximum Skin Hydration, Face Lift Effect, Eliminate dark spots Promotes cell regeneration that heal and fight acne and sun-damage Normal PH 5.5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ How To Use? Although our topical Hyaluronic Acid Serum is generally well-tolerated, you should first perform a patch test to assess your risk for allergic reaction: Select a small area of skin that’s easy to conceal, like your forearm, and apply a small amount of product and wait 24 hours. If no side effects occur, our HA Serum is recommended to use twice a day, once in the morning and again in the evening as part of your skin care routine. As a rule of thumb, skincare products should typically be applied from “thinnest” to “thickest” in terms of consistency: 1. Wash the face or the area of the skin using your favorite facial wash. 2. Pat dry the area leaving skin a little damp because damp skin is 10 times more permeable than dry skin 3. Apply 1 to 2 drops of the Hyaluronic Acid Serum onto the skin. Pat any excess product onto the top of your hands, neck, and décolletage. 4. Apply a moisturizer, followed by your favourite eye cream if you use one 5. For full benefit, apply your favorite sunscreen From Our Manufacturer Zone - 365 Beauty strives to make our products live up to your expectations. We always aim to make things easy for you to improve your standard and quality of life . We only offer top-quality products that are highly effective so your skin can reap all the benefits. With Zone - 365, you can be sure that our products are worth your investment. Why Choose Zone - 365 Beauty Hyaluronic Acid Serum? It comes with 20% hyaluronic acid serum that has 4-times the potency compared to our competitors. Zone - 365 uses only all safe and botanical ingredients with no harsh additives. To protect your skin, it's specially formulated with herbal infusions for ultimate facial care. Our Hyaluronic Serum has moisturizer with the perfect viscosity which keeps your skin well-hydrated. Read more 
714962
23 Bottle Dual Zone Built-In Wine Refrigerator
Product Description If you're looking for a slim wine cooler that can simultaneously store both your favorite red and white wines, or store your wines at both storage and serving temperature, check out the 23 Bottle Dual Zone Built-In Wine Cooler from Avallon (AWC151DZRH). This dual zone model is only 15" wide, allowing it to fit almost anywhere. This unit has a right hinged door. Double-paned Low-E glass, complemented by a layer of Argon gas between, helps insulate and preserve your collection. Comes equipped with five sturdy wood shelves with stainless steel trim that smoothly roll out as far as 95 percent. You'll never have to worry about hot spots or uneven cooling with this unit due to its powerful circulation fans, which work with the compressor to evenly distribute cool air throughout. You can store multiple wine varietals at their perfect storing or serving temperature due to this unit's upper zone temperature range of 54 - 65 °F and its lower zone temperature range of 40 - 54 °F. Includes a true-key lock so you needn't worry about who's accessing your collection. Because of its slim width, this cooler is perfect for replacing an old trash compactor or outdated beverage cooler. Alternate your lighting between a bright, white LED or a soft, blue LED - the choice is yours. A top LED light bar, along with two LED lights on the right side and two on the left, provides soft illumination. Efficiently keeps both zones at the proper and desired temperatures. Setting, viewing, and maintaining your temperature specifications is easy as can be using the touch control digital display panel. Fan-forced front exhausting allows for built-in and undercounter installation, but this unit functions as a freestanding appliance as well. PLEASE READ: Bottle Capacity Disclaimer Bottle capacity claims are based off of standard sized 750ml 2.75" Bordeaux bottles ONLY Stocking Avallon coolers with varied bottle sizes will decrease the stated bottle capacity Also Note: Delivery will be curbside, inside delivery is not available. A valid phone number is required for delivery purposes, please ensure the correct phone number is provided in your shipping information when placing this order All Avallon Beverage and wine coolers are available in left and right hinge orientation Read more About Avallon: Avallon has established themselves as the leader in luxury beverage and wine centers. With units designed to hold any amount of cans and bottles; you can be sure Avallon makes a unit that's perfect for your home. Find out why everyone says Avallon Wine Centers are so much fun to own. Read more Avallon AWBV2386 Avallon AWC500TZ Avallon AWC241SZRH Avallon AWC241DZRH Avallon AWC151SZRH Avallon AWC151DZRH Capacity 23 Bottle / 86 Can 50 Bottle 54 Bottles 46 Bottle 27 Bottle 23 Bottle Temperature / Zones 34 - 65 °F / Triple zone 40 - 65 °F / Triple zone 40 - 65 °F / Single zone 40 - 65°F / Dual zone 40 - 65 °F / Single zone 40 - 65°F / Dual zone Hinge Direction French Door French Door Right Right Right Right Opposite Hinge Available Not Available Not Available Avallon AWC241SZLH Avallon AWC241DZLH Avallon AWC151SZLH Avallon AWC151DZLH Number of Shelves 5 Bottle / 3 Can 5 (left unit) / 6 (right unit) 6 5 6 5 LED Lighting White & Blue White & Blue White & Blue White & Blue White & Blue White & Blue Touch Controls ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Installation Type Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Compressor Powered Cooling ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Dimensions 34.2" H x 30" W x 23.7" D 34.2" H x 30" W x 23.7" D 34.5" H x 23.9" W x 23.7" D 34.5" H x 23.9" W x 23.7" D 34.2" H x 15" W x 23.7" D 34.2" H x 15" W x 23.7" D Staggered Bottle Storage Save space while still including your entire collection. Avallon wine coolers feature a staggered bottle storage design allowing you to fit the maximum amount of bottles in the smallest space. Wooden Shelves w/ Stainless Steel Faces Easily support and access your wines with sturdy smooth operating wooden shelves complimented with stainless steel faces. Beautiful Control Panel With wide temperature ranges and multiple temperature zones on most units, the control panel on Avallon wine coolers makes it easy to set and monitor all your selections. Locking Double Pane Front Door All Avallon units feature a locking front door with double pane low-E glass filled with argon to help insulate temperatures and prevent UV light exposure. Read more 
387243
Lanbo 15 Inch Wide Dual Zone Wine Refrigerator, 28 Bottles Built In Compressor Wine Cooler
Product Description LANBO APPLIANCE A professional wine and beverage cooler manufacturer you can trust. With pioneering innovation, user-first engineering and highest-quality materials, LANBO products are your first choice. LW28D 28 Bottles Dual Zone Wine Cooler Whether you want a built in or freestanding wine refrigerator in your home, kitchen or entertainment area, Lanbo under counter compressor wine cooler is the best choice for you to store all of your favorite wine collection. The compact wine fridge offers capacity for storage 33 bottles of 750 ml standard Bordeaux bottles. Versatile design allows 15 inch wide dual zone wine cooler fridges to be installed as built-in or freestanding. 28 Bottles Capacity 15" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H Dual Temperature Zone for 41-54℉Upper Zone and 54-64℉ Lower Zone Undercounter Built-in or Freestanding Versatile ETL Approved Read more Smart Digital Control The under counter wine cooler is equipped with a smart temperature control panel that can be controlled two zones temperature easily, making it easier and more convenient to use. Front-Venting This wine cellar has vented heat dissipation system which allows this wine chiller to be built-in to cabinetry or place it anywhere you like in your home. Carbon Filter System The under counter high quality carbon filtration system ensures air purity, cooling efficiency, and maintains a odor-free storage cabinet, helping to maintain the quality and taste of the wine. Removable Smooth Wooden Shelves This compressor wine fridge equipped with 6 beech wooden shelves ( 4 big wooden shelves and 2 small wooden shelves ). You can load up to 28 bottles of 750 ml standard Bordeaux with these 6 roll-out shelves. Please note that wants to load large bottles like Champagne or Pinot, 1 or 2 shelves should be removed. Read more LW28D LW46D LB36BD LW177S LW165D Type Wine Cooler Wine Cooler Wine&Beverage Cooler Wine Cooler Wine Cooler Capacity 28 Bottles 46 Bottles 55 Cans + 18 Bottles 171 Bottles 160 Bottles Temperature 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone 41-64℉ Left Zone, 39-50℉ Right Zone 41-64℉ 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone Door Reversible ✓ ✓ ✓ Installation Type Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Dimensions 15" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx26.8" Dx71.3" H 23.4" Wx26.8" Dx71.3" H Warm Tips 1. Any shipping damages found when receiving the cooler, please contact Lanbo team and we will try our best to solve it for you. 2. It is strongly recommended that sets the wine refrigerator on the ground for at least 24 hours without power supply after receiving to make the compressor liquid return to a smooth state. The bottle capacity is for standard bordeaux 750ml bottles which are approximatedly 2.75" in diameter. Storing large and/or oddy shaped bottles (in cluding champagne and sparkling wine bottles) should remove at least 1 shelves(shelves is removable) and will decrease the number of bottles you are able to store in your wine cooler. 
988345
AAOBOSI 【Upgraded】 15 Inch Wine Cooler, 28 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Refrigerator with Stainless Steel Tempered Glass Door,Memory Function, Fit Champagne Bottles, Wine Fridge Freestanding and Built-in
From the brand AAOBOSI Home Appliances Beverage and Wine Cooler Previous page AAOBOSI - A home appliance brand that has been focusing on High-Quality and Service for many years, While pursuing higher quality products, we hope that every one of you who loves our brand products will get a satisfied smile during shopping and use. If you have any questions, please find us via the platform entrance in time, Thank you so much. AAOBOSI Beverage Wine Cooler AAOBOSI Wine Cooler AAOBOSI 15 Inch Wine Fridge AAOBOSI CL Car Refrigerator AAOBOSI EA Car Refrigerator AAOBOSI EB Car Refrigerator Next page Product Description Technical Specs Voltage: 110-120V/60H Item Dimension: 14.96” x 22.95” x 34.1” (WxDxH) Bottle Capacity: Up to 28 bottles Temperature of Upper Zone: 5-12℃(41-54℉) Temperature of Lower Zone:12-20℃(54-68℉) Stated capacity dependent on the size and shape of standard Bordeaux bottle AAOBOSI 28 Bottle Wine Cooler,Free-Standing or Built-In Are you still struggling to find a right cooler for your wine collections? Want to get one cooler to simultaneously keep both your red and white wine? It is time to go --finding a comfortable HOME for your wine collections. AAOBOSI dual zone wine cooler combines technology and tradition all in one.Imitating the traditional wine cellar, this wine cooler creates a superior environment for your wines to mature,with constant temperature and constant humidity. The cellar can hold 28 bottles, which is dependent on the size and shape of standard Bordeaux bottle. For Larger bottle,such as Champagne, Pinot...you may need to take out one or two shelves to fit it.This will reduce the stated bottle capacity. The unique design of ventilation allows the wine cellar to be built-in under counter ETL CERTIFICATED Read more Powerful Compressor, Fast Cooling! Unlike other semiconductor electronic wine cabinets, our built in wine cooler utilizes high quality compressors, which provides more stable performance, cools your drinks much faster! It runs quietly with a low operating noise of 42 dB. Large Space- Can Hold Big Bottles Large space design, it can accommodate large bottles of different standards. 2-Layer Tempered Glass Door With Double-Layer tempered glass door.Safe and reliable to use. Sturdy Sealing Strip Install the door handle，remove the gasket at the inner side of the door to expose the screw holes.install the door handle with screws. Read more Advanced Circulation System The inside fan helps to evenly keep the consistent temperature.The three-dimensional cooling cycle system ensures that each corner of the wine cabinet maintains a constant temperature of ±1 °C. Give your top wines a stable and natural environment. Movable Shelves The unit is designed with notches on both sides of the shelf rail to prevent bottles from falling. If you need to remove any shelf, please follow the instructions in the manual. When pulling the shelf out of the rail compartment, please make sure that the door is fully opened. Care For Your Wine The wine cooler freestanding also features a safety lock, avoiding the door is opened frequently by children or others.This will effectively protect your wine and keep good taste. Seamless Stainless Steel Door Frame Finished with a Sleek Look.This wine cooler will be a focal point while displayed in kitchen, home bar or entertainment area. With a length of 45cm, the handle provides you the ultra convenient to open and close the door. Read more Dual zone wine cooler You can set the temperature independently by touching the control panel.The upper zone is good for semi-sweet wine, sparking/Champagne,dry wine,semi-dry white wine... While the lower one is perfectly for storing sweet wine, semi-dry red wine ,brandy, dry red wine. Panel lock Press‘’+‘’and‘’ -‘’at the same time for 3 seconds to lock the control panel except Light function, there need to press this combination button again once want to unlock the control panel. Hold Up To 28 Bottles(standard Bordeaux bottle) The stated capacity is dependent on the size and shape of a standard Bordeaux bottle (width: 2.75 inches, height: 11.8 inches). You can place three bottles facing inside and other two facing outside. Each of 5 shelves can store 5 bottles in this order. Bottle capacity: 5X5+3 (Bottom shelve) = 28 (bottles). Removable Beech Wood Shelves Wood Shelves Size Length：17.32 inch Width: 10.55 inch The removable beech wood shelves are nice looking and strong enough to hold your bottles without scratches. They easily slide out with smooth ball bearing tracks and disassemble. Read more wine cooler wine cooler beverage cooler beverage cooler wine cooler wine cooler Size 15 inch 24 inch 15 inch 24 inch 15 inch 24 inch Temperature range Upper Zone: (41-54℉) Lower Zone:(54-68℉) Upper Zone:(41-54℉) Lower Zone:(54-68℉) 36-50 ℉ 36-50 ℉ Upper Zone 41-55.4℉, Lower Zone 55.4-66.4℉ Upper Zone 41-55.4℉, Lower Zone 55.4-66.4℉ Storage capacity 28 bottles 46 bottles 120 cans 164 cans 30 bottles 51 bottles compressor cooling ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Low noise&No vibration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Installation Built in and Freestanding Built in and Freestanding Built in and Freestanding Built in and Freestanding Built in and Freestanding Built in and Freestanding Removable shelves ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Double layer glass door ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless steel handle ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 
1132876
Alesis CompactKit 7 - Batería Electrónica de Sobremesa de 7 Pads Sensibles a la Velocidad, 265 Sonidos y Melodías de Percusión, Salida USB-MIDI, Pedales y Baquetas incluidas
De la marca Previous page Establecida en 1984, Alesis se ha convertido en uno de los principales fabricantes de procesadores de señal, baterías electrónicas, sintetizadores y equipos de estudio. Ha revolucionado la industria de la música con sus innovadores equipos de grabación, percusión, teclados y equipos de sonido. Alesis se compromete a ofrecer el equipo de audio profesional más innovador e inspirador para músicos, productores e ingenieros de todos los niveles. Explora el universo de Alesis Visita la tienda Pianos eléctricos Visita la tienda Teclados MIDI Visita la tienda Next page Más información del producto Leer más Empieza a Tocar la Batería Hoy Presentamos el Alesis CompactKit 7, un kit de batería electrónica de sobremesa con siete pads de batería sensibles a la velocidad de pulsación que proporcionan unos sonidos de batería realistas y sensación de tacto y respuesta de una batería real. Pero esto no es todo. CompactKit 7 también incluye dos pedales para charles y bombo, así que te sentirás como si estuvieses sentado en una batería real. Todo lo que un batería con aspiraciones puede necesitar está aquí: cientos de voces de percusión, una función de autograbación, kits de batería predeterminados, salida USB-MIDI para integración con software DAW, alimentación por pilas o adaptador de corriente y canciones de acompañamiento para tocar con ellas. Con todo esto, puedes empezar con tu propio sonido personalizado desde el primer instante. Leer más Contenido de Sonidos Premium Sea cual sea el sonido que estés buscando, te garantizamos que el CompactKit 7 tiene la solución. Con nada menos que 45 impresionantes kits de batería predeterminados, 5 ubicaciones para kits de batería de usuario, 265 voces de percusión y más de 100 canciones de acompañamiento para tocar con ellas, con nuestras voces de batería premium no puede ser más fácil encontrar tu sonido personal. Tacto Natural La sensación al tacto y la respuesta son como en un kit de batería tradicional. Con los siete pads de batería sensibles a la velocidad de pulsación que proporcionan sonidos de batería realistas con un tacto y una respuesta de batería real, puedes estar seguro de que hasta el más mínimo matiz de tu interpretación será capturado. Además, hasta hemos incluido baquetas para mayor autenticidad. Conectividad con Software Si buscas el controlador definitivo para tu software DAW, CompactKit 7 es la solución. Gracias a su salida USB-MIDI, cómodamente ubicada, puedes conectar el CompactKit 7 a tu Mac o PC y utilizar los pads sensibles a la velocidad de pulsación para controlar tus plug-ins favoritos. Leer más Toca con las Manos Si quieres tocar de forma más tradicional "con las manos", nada mejor que el CompactKit 7. Con una función específica para percusión manual, el CompactKit 7 es la solución de batería electrónica manual, perfecta para kits de percusión étnica con bongos, tablas, congas y muchos instrumentos más. Mayor Control Siéntete como si estuvieses sentado en un kit de batería tradicional con los dos pedales que vienen incluidos con el CompactKit 7. Con entradas dedicadas para sonidos de bombo y charles, los baterías con aspiraciones pueden explorar ritmos más complejos y perfeccionar su técnica y habilidades. Hecho para Moverse Toca la batería allí donde vayas. El CompactKit 7 se puede alimentar con el adaptador de corriente incluido para mayor comodidad, pero si quieres tocar la batería donde te pille, lleva contigo 6 pilas C y tu kit y podrás tocar donde quieras. Leer más Leer más 
614088
Alesis Debut Kit - Batería electrónica infantil con 4 parches de malla, 120 sonidos, 60 lecciones, taburete, baquetas, llave de batería y auriculares
De la marca Previous page Establecida en 1984, Alesis se ha convertido en uno de los principales fabricantes de procesadores de señal, baterías electrónicas, sintetizadores y equipos de estudio. Ha revolucionado la industria de la música con sus innovadores equipos de grabación, percusión, teclados y equipos de sonido. Alesis se compromete a ofrecer el equipo de audio profesional más innovador e inspirador para músicos, productores e ingenieros de todos los niveles. Explora el universo de Alesis Visita la tienda Pianos eléctricos Visita la tienda Teclados MIDI Visita la tienda Next page Más información del producto Presentamos Debut Kit de Alesis ¡Batería electrónica junior completa con todo lo necesario! Tal vez sea una minibatería, ¡pero sus prestaciones no tienen nada de minúsculas! Presentamos Debut Kit de Alesis, una batería electrónica completa para niños cargada de grandes sonidos, prestaciones inspiradoras y educativas ¡y todo lo necesario para llevar el ritmo desde el principio! Previous page Actúa ante el gran público o practica en privado Con Debut Kit, conéctate a un amplificador de batería con las salidas estéreo de 6,35 mm y demuestra tus dotes a tus amigo, ¡o conecta tus auriculares para perfeccionar tus virtudes en privado! Una experiencia rítmica integral Toca la batería al completo: el bombo y el charles de Debut Kit se controlan con pedales que, junto con el resto del instrumento, se guardan fácilmente De cero a batería experto en poco tiempo Debut Kit está cargado de detalles calculados para ayudar al aprendiz de batería a alcanzar sus objetivos, como un trío de platillos con una amplia superficie de 25 cm para no fallar ni un golpe Todos y cada uno de los accesorios incluidos Con 4 parches de malla, 3 platillos, pedales de bombo y charles, módulo de batería, taburete, auriculares y baquetas, tienes todo lo necesario para iniciarte en el apasionante mundo de la batería El módulo Debut da la talla con cualquier estilo El módulo de Debut viene cargado de funciones, presenta 10 ajustes excelentes, más de 100 sonidos de caja, un asistente, 30 pistas de fondo y ejercicios para que desarrolles y mejores tus destrezas Ofréceles el mejor inicio Los parches de malla de Debut Kit ofrecen una respuesta magnífica, en la que confían los profesionales por su sensación realista y natural; son de bajo ruido, ¡ideal para baterías en ciernes! Next page 60 lecciones de batería de Melodics incluidas Con Debut Kit, puedes acceder a 60 lecciones divertidas y participativas de batería con Melodics para PC o tableta. Melodics es una aplicación que te ayuda a mejorar tu ritmo, a ampliar tu repertorio de batería y a practicar con tu Alesis Drums de forma divertida y eficaz. Con las lecciones de Melodics, tocarás de inmediato y recibirás comentarios al instante para que sepas exactamente qué debes practicar la próxima vez Descubre la Línea de Baterías de Alesis Debut Kit Turbo Mesh Kit Nitro Mesh Kit Surge Mesh SE Command Mesh SE Nivel Principiante (niños) Principiante Principiante / Intermedio Principiante / Intermedio Intermedio Tipo de bombo Pedal (conmutador) Pedal (conmutador) Pad de goma 6" Pad de malla 8" Pad de malla 8" Caja (de malla) 6" con una zona 8" con una zona 8" con doble zona 10" con doble zona 10" con doble zona Toms (de malla) 3 toms de 6" con una zona 3 toms de 8" con una zona 3 toms de 8" con una zona 3 toms de 8" con doble zona 3 toms de 8" con doble zona Platillo Crash 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con función de atenuación 10" con función de atenuación 10" con función de atenuación Platillo Ride 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con función de atenuación 10" con función de atenuación Platillo Charles 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona 10" con una zona Pedales Incluidos de bombo y charles de bombo y charles de bombo y charles de bombo y charles de bombo y charles Kits y sonidos incluidos 10 Kits, 120 Sonidos 10 Kits, 120 Sonidos 40 Kits, 385 Sonidos 40 Kits, 385 Sonidos 70 Kits, 671 Sonidos Pistas de acompañamiento 30 30 60 60 60 Conexiones USB MIDI USB USB USB y MIDI de 5 pines USB y MIDI de 5 pines USB y MIDI de 5 pines Cargar sonidos externos ✘ ✘ ✘ ✘ ✔ 
239299
Comfort Zone Triple Gel Insoles for Women, Sizes 6-10, 1 Pair
Product Description Comfort Zone Triple Gel Insoles for Women, Sizes 6-10, 1 Pair Comfort Zone's Triple Gel Insoles for Women are designed to provide targeted cushioning for lasting full-foot comfort. The innovative multi-gel design combines a softer gel that cushions and absorbs shock and a firmer gel that maximizes support where your foot needs it most. When it comes to comfort give your feet the advantage with Comfort Zone's Triple Gel Insoles. DIRECTIONS: Separate left and right insoles. With sharp scissors, carefully trim along guide that matches your shoe size. Insert into shoes gel side down. Insole must lie flat. Trim-to-Fit Women's Sizes 6-10 Product Description Comfort Zone Triple Gel Insoles for Women, Sizes 6-10, 1 Pair Comfort Zone's Triple Gel Insoles for Women are designed to provide targeted cushioning for lasting full-foot comfort. The innovative multi-gel design combines a softer gel that cushions and absorbs shock and a firmer gel that maximizes support where your foot needs it most. When it comes to comfort give your feet the advantage with Comfort Zone's Triple Gel Insoles. DIRECTIONS: Separate left and right insoles. With sharp scissors, carefully trim along guide that matches your shoe size. Insert into shoes gel side down. Insole must lie flat. Trim-to-Fit Women's Sizes 6-10From the manufacturer Read more Read more Comfort Zone Triple Gel Insoles Comfort Zone Clear Gel Insoles Comfort Zone Plantar Fasciitis Insoles Comfort Zone Heel Pain Relief Inserts Comfort Zone Tri-Balance Insoles Comfort Zone Gel Sport Insoles Provides comfort at ball of foot, heel & arch ✓ ✓ Cushions & absorbs shock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Invisible, clear, cushioning gel ✓ Provides arch support ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Deep heel cup provides stability & support ✓ ✓ Proven to relieve heel pain from plantar fasciitis & heel spurs ✓ ✓ Reduces fatigue ✓ ✓ ✓ 3/4 length lets toes move freely ✓ ✓ Helps wick moisture & control odor ✓ For any type of athletic activity or active lifestyle ✓ Read more 
1298316
Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness Tracker Yours & Mine Bundle
Product Description Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness Tracker With Fitbit Charge 4, there’s no limit to how far you can go. This sleek, swimproof tracker is packed with features that help you know your workouts and your body better - like built-in GPS, Active Zone Minutes, a new exercise mode and sleep tracking. Plus, with Fitbit Pay and up to 7-day battery, you get more convenience on the go and more inspiration to reach your fitness goals.**Water resistant to 50M. Battery life varies with use and other factors; up to 5 hours with continuous GPS. Product Features: 24/7 HEART RATE - Use 24/7 heart rate to better track calorie burn, optimize workouts and uncover health trends that inspire you to make moves on your health and fitness goals. RESTING HEART RATE - Wear Fitbit Charge 4 all day and night to record and reveal your resting heart rate, track heart rate trends over time, and follow your health and fitness progress. HEART RATE ZONES - Now heart rate zones are personalized based on your age and resting heart rate, so when you’re exercising you get a more accurate understanding of how hard your body’s working. WORKOUT INTENSITY MAP - IN APP ONLY - After outdoor exercise, check your workout intensity map in the Fitbit app to see your heart rate zones throughout your route and learn where you put in the most effort. ACTIVE ZONE MINUTES - With new Active Zone Minutes, your tracker buzzes when you reach your target heart rate zones during exercise, and celebrates when you earn extra minutes outside of exercise. Product Description Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness Tracker With Fitbit Charge 4, there’s no limit to how far you can go. This sleek, swimproof tracker is packed with features that help you know your workouts and your body better - like built-in GPS, Active Zone Minutes, a new exercise mode and sleep tracking. Plus, with Fitbit Pay and up to 7-day battery, you get more convenience on the go and more inspiration to reach your fitness goals.**Water resistant to 50M. Battery life varies with use and other factors; up to 5 hours with continuous GPS. Product Features: 24/7 HEART RATE - Use 24/7 heart rate to better track calorie burn, optimize workouts and uncover health trends that inspire you to make moves on your health and fitness goals. RESTING HEART RATE - Wear Fitbit Charge 4 all day and night to record and reveal your resting heart rate, track heart rate trends over time, and follow your health and fitness progress. HEART RATE ZONES - Now heart rate zones are personalized based on your age and resting heart rate, so when you’re exercising you get a more accurate understanding of how hard your body’s working. WORKOUT INTENSITY MAP - IN APP ONLY - After outdoor exercise, check your workout intensity map in the Fitbit app to see your heart rate zones throughout your route and learn where you put in the most effort. ACTIVE ZONE MINUTES - With new Active Zone Minutes, your tracker buzzes when you reach your target heart rate zones during exercise, and celebrates when you earn extra minutes outside of exercise.
1324584
Double Induction Cooktop - Portable 120V Portable Digital Ceramic Dual Burner w/ Kids Safety Lock - Works with Flat Cast Iron Pan,1800 Watt,Touch Sensor Control, 12 Controls - NutriChef PKSTIND48
Product Description NutriChef Model : PKSTIND48 Dual Zone Induction Ceramic Cooktop Electric Induction Cooktop - Digital Kitchen Countertop Hot Plate Burners with Adjustable Temperature Control, Ceramic Glass (Dual Zone) Features: Ceramic Tempered Glass Induction Cooktop Simple Electric Plug-in Flameless Burner Design (2) Circular Top Panel Heating Zones Independent Configurable Temperature Zone Setting High-Powered Heating Elements Quickly Heats for Instant Food Prep Digital LCD Display Screens Sensor Touch Controls Countdown Timer Setting Stain-Resistant & Easy-to-Clean Compact & Space-Saving Style Energy Efficient: Low Power Consumption Safety Certified & Approved For Use with All of Your Steel Kitchen Cookware, Pots & Pans Technical Specs: Dual Heating Element Power: 1800 Watt x 2 Circular Heat Zone Diameter: 6.7’’ -inches (-Each) Max. Timer Setting: Up to 4 Hours Construction Materials: Tempered Ceramic Glass, Engineered ABS Power Cord Length: 4.9’ ft. Power: 120V Unit Size (L x W x H): 14.2’’ x 23.6’’ x 2.6’’ -inches The NutriChef Dual Induction Cooktop - Double Countertop Burner with Digital Display - Ceramic Tempered Glass Induction Cooktop - Simple Electric Plug-in Flameless Burner Design - (2) Circular Top Panel Heating Zones - Independent Configurable Temperature Zone Setting - High-Powered Heating Elements - Quickly Heats for Instant Food Prep - Digital LCD Display Screens - Sensor Touch Controls - Countdown Timer Setting - Stain-Resistant & Easy-to-Clean - Compact & Space-Saving Style - Energy Efficient: Low Power Consumption - Safety Certified & Approved - For Use with All of Your Steel Kitchen Cookware, Pots & Pans - Technical Specs: - Dual Heating Element Power: 1800 Watt x 2. Product Description NutriChef Model : PKSTIND48 Dual Zone Induction Ceramic Cooktop Electric Induction Cooktop - Digital Kitchen Countertop Hot Plate Burners with Adjustable Temperature Control, Ceramic Glass (Dual Zone) Features: Ceramic Tempered Glass Induction Cooktop Simple Electric Plug-in Flameless Burner Design (2) Circular Top Panel Heating Zones Independent Configurable Temperature Zone Setting High-Powered Heating Elements Quickly Heats for Instant Food Prep Digital LCD Display Screens Sensor Touch Controls Countdown Timer Setting Stain-Resistant & Easy-to-Clean Compact & Space-Saving Style Energy Efficient: Low Power Consumption Safety Certified & Approved For Use with All of Your Steel Kitchen Cookware, Pots & Pans Technical Specs: Dual Heating Element Power: 1800 Watt x 2 Circular Heat Zone Diameter: 6.7’’ -inches (-Each) Max. Timer Setting: Up to 4 Hours Construction Materials: Tempered Ceramic Glass, Engineered ABS Power Cord Length: 4.9’ ft. Power: 120V Unit Size (L x W x H): 14.2’’ x 23.6’’ x 2.6’’ -inches The NutriChef Dual Induction Cooktop - Double Countertop Burner with Digital Display - Ceramic Tempered Glass Induction Cooktop - Simple Electric Plug-in Flameless Burner Design - (2) Circular Top Panel Heating Zones - Independent Configurable Temperature Zone Setting - High-Powered Heating Elements - Quickly Heats for Instant Food Prep - Digital LCD Display Screens - Sensor Touch Controls - Countdown Timer Setting - Stain-Resistant & Easy-to-Clean - Compact & Space-Saving Style - Energy Efficient: Low Power Consumption - Safety Certified & Approved - For Use with All of Your Steel Kitchen Cookware, Pots & Pans - Technical Specs: - Dual Heating Element Power: 1800 Watt x 2.From the manufacturer Read more Dual Induction Cooktop Double Countertop Burner with Digital Display The NutriChef Ceramic Cooktop provides convenient & hassle-free food prep. The tempered ceramic glass cooker features a simple plug-in design that is safe for table or countertop placement. High-powered heating element quickly heats and adjustable temperature controls will help you prepare all of your favorite foods. The ceramic glass burner cooker also features the unique Ready-to-Serve “Keep Warm” function to plate warm food - perfect for any meal of the day. Additional system features include the front panel touch button controls, LCD digital display, nonstick & stain-resistant cooking surface, along with an energy efficient low power consuming design. Enjoy compact cooking convenience with the NutriChef Ceramic Glass Cooktop. Features: Ceramic Tempered Glass Induction Cooktop Simple Electronic Plug-in Flameless Burner Design (2) Circular Top Panel Heating Zones Independent Configurable Temperature Zone Setting High-Powered Heating Elements Quickly Heats for Instant Food Prep Safety Certified & Approved Read more Two Heating Zones This Professional Digital Countertop Dual Induction Cooker by NutriChef is equipped with 2 Circular Top Panel Heating Zones with Independent Configurable Temperature Zone Setting & a Digital LCD Display Screen. Multiple Cooking Mode Switch from one cooking mode to another with just one press. This kitchen tabletop burner has a manual cooking function with fry, steam, & water mode for easy cooking, & an automatic warm function which keeps the food warm for later serving. Lock Function This product is also equipped with a Built in Child Safety Lock which locks all the operating buttons of the cooktop to protect the little ones from injuries such as scalding. Energy Efficient This heavy duty 120v Electric Induction cooktop cooks food by using electromagnets so no heat is lost between the cooking surface & the pot which makes it highly energy-efficient & it also makes cooking a lot easier & faster. Read more PKSTIND48 PKSTIND24 PKSTIND26 Heating Element Power 1800 Watt 1500 Watt 1500 Watt Heat Zone Size 6.7’’ -inches 5.9’’ -inch Diameter 6.3’’ -inch Diameter Adjustable Temperature 140° - 460°Degrees Fahrenheit 176° - 518° Degrees Fahrenheit Max. Timer Setting Up to 4 Hours Up to 4 Hours Up to 4 Hours Power Cord Length 4.9’ ft. 4.9’ ft. 4.9’ ft. Read more 
467505
6 Refills | Comfort Zone Cat Calming Pheromone Diffuser Refills for a Calm Home | Veterinarian Recommended | De-Stress Your Cat and Reduce Spraying, Scratching, & Other Problematic Behaviors
Product Description Is your cat peeing on the bed and carpet or scratching the furniture and door frames? These behaviors can be signs that your cat is stressed. Comfort Zone diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cat's destructive behaviors. The pheromones are diffused into the air which Signal to the cat that the area is safe and familiar, making your cat feel more comfortable. Use The Comfort Zone calming diffuser kit if you see your cat urine spraying or scratching in the home. You can also use the diffuser if you've just adopted a new cat, moving to a new home or even when rearranging your furniture which can be stressful events for cats that can trigger These destructive behaviors. Plug in a diffuser into each room your cat roams or spends the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit Every 12 months. Our products are SAFE and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team. Product Description Is your cat peeing on the bed and carpet or scratching the furniture and door frames? These behaviors can be signs that your cat is stressed. Comfort Zone diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cat's destructive behaviors. The pheromones are diffused into the air which Signal to the cat that the area is safe and familiar, making your cat feel more comfortable. Use The Comfort Zone calming diffuser kit if you see your cat urine spraying or scratching in the home. You can also use the diffuser if you've just adopted a new cat, moving to a new home or even when rearranging your furniture which can be stressful events for cats that can trigger These destructive behaviors. Plug in a diffuser into each room your cat roams or spends the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit Every 12 months. Our products are SAFE and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team.From the manufacturer Read more Help Restore Harmony in Your Home A calm pet is a happy pet. Comfort Zone products communicate safety and comfort to support pets’ emotional well-being using signals they understand. Comfort Zone drug-free calming solutions are effective in and around the home, and on the go, with a wide range of products proven to help pets feel safe and relaxed. Our goal is to enhance pet parents’ connections with their furry family members, by helping pets feel calm, happy and healthy. What are Pheromones and How Do They Calm My Cat? Comfort Zone products release an odorless vapor that mimics a cat’s natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat that an area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching or urine spraying. Are Your Cats Struggling to Get Along? Multi-Cat Conflict? Try the Comfort Zone Opticalm Multi-Cat diffuser to help reduce multi-cat tension and conflict in the home. Read more How Comfort Zone Pheromones Products Work Comfort Zone products release a drug-free, odorless vapor that mimics a cat's natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat the area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching and urine spraying. Drug Free Solution Calms stressed cats Reduces urine marking and scratching Encourages positive behavior Helps cats feel safe, happy and relaxed Try the whole family of calming of products for all of your needs Calming collars for the "on the go" CZ calming spray for immediate calming solution for surfaces and furniture Calming diffusers for consistent calming environment Easy To Use, just plug it in! Modern design Refills last up to 30 days Covers 650 Sq. Ft. Rotatable plug Read more Diffuser Kit for Cat Calming | Cat Calming Formula Diffuser Kit for Multi-Cat Calming | Multi-Cat Calming Formula Comfort Zone Scratch Deterrent and Cat Calming Spray Calming Pheromone Collar for Cats, Anxiety & Stress Relief Aid Reduce Urine Marking Preferred Preferred Additional Support Additional Support Reduce Destructive Scratching Additional Support Additional Support Preferred Additional Support Travel or Moving Stress Additional Support Preferred Reduce Cat Fighting Preferred Adding a Single Cat to a Home Preferred Additional Support Adding Another Cat Into a Multi-Cat Home Preferred 
1558636
Sprinkl Control - The Smart Sprinkler Hub - 16 Zone WiFi Smart Irrigation Controller - Weather Intelligence, Remote Access, Built-in Fault Detection, Wireless Moisture Sensors, Compatible with Alexa
Product Description Control by Sprinkl is the first yard hub with a built in 16 zone smart controller that brings total control of your sprinkler system directly to your smartphone, while saving up to 50% off your water bill. Once connected to Sprinkl's moisture sensors, Control will remove the need for scheduling altogether through Sprinkl's Autonomous Watering which will utilize moisture sensors in each zone to determine if watering is required, based on actual conditions. The Smart Sprinkler Hub - 16 Zones Simple Installation It takes about 30 minutes to replace almost any existing sprinkler controller/irrigation timer with Control. Once installed, you will be able to access the following features of Control's 16 zone smart controller in addition to being able to connect Control to numerous accessories that will add functionality to your sprinkler, lighting, and other connected home systems. Save Money & Water Control by Sprinkl disables the system based on current, forecast, and past rainfall. It uses up to seven days of historic accumulation. Use our freeze alert option to turn off the system when the temperature drops. All settings on the app are fully customizable. Features & Specifications Will integrate with Alexa and other home hub systems Designed for indoor installation Requires Wifi Works with Apple and Android Smartphones No Batteries Required Read more Read more Automate Your Sprinkler System Add new schedules and change existing ones Customize sprinkler run time for each zone Monitor integrated sensors View issues with your sprinkler system and troubleshoot directly from your phone Fully Integrated with our iOS and Android App Sprinkl's product line can be fully managed through our intuitive mobile application. Control your sprinkler system directly from your smartphone. Turn on push notifications to be informed when your system is watering or restricted. Use your phone to manually run watering zones for testing and repairs. Read more Watering Made Easy Control Control by Sprinkl provides full zone-level control and scheduling for up to 16 zones. Like Conserve, Control offers the same extensive set of conservation features and access to Sprinkl's nation-wide network of weather stations. Sense Sense by Sprinkl is an in-ground moisture sensor that measures water where your plants care about it most. This data is communicated to Control on a real time basis, and Sprinkl does yard the work for you. Conserve Conserve by Sprinkl is a smart sensor that works with all sprinkler systems by adding smartphone control to the existing device while reducing the water bill by up to 30%. Read more About Sprinkl Sprinkl is a startup company based in Texas that develops innovative connected products focused on the conservation of water in both residential and commercial applications. This four man team has set out to make watering yards easier by fully automating the process of caring for your yard, and building tools that will work with any sprinkler system regardless of its age, make, or model. Sprinkl also gives back to its local communities by helping them save water through its platform’s built-in conservation settings, water district portals, and by designing and assembling all of its devices in the USA. Awards: SXSW Eco Startup Showcase Finalist SXSW Eco Innovation Award Innovation & Tech Today Editors Choice Award Read more 
768733
Ring Retrofit Alarm Kit - existing wired security system and Ring Alarm required, professional installation recommended
785168
Hit Zone Deluxe Tennis Air Tee Ball Machine | Ball Floats in Air | Excellent Coach's Training Aid | Players Can Practice Solo | Portable | T3-HZBV | Includes Bonus 14.5 Inch Sleeve | Made in The USA
Product Description The Hit Zone Deluxe air tee is a great tennis swing trainer for teams, camps, and training facilities for their youth tennis programs. At the same time, a lot of parents buy the Hit Zone Deluxe model for the added power and flexibility the air volume control gives them. The Deluxe unit has a 4 HP motor with a control knob that allows you to adjust the power of the air flow. This feature allows you to adjust the height of the ball. A lot of tennis coaches and teaching pros use the oversized foam balls when working with young kids. You can turn the unit way down so it runs quieter. The Gamma foam tennis ball and the oversized balls are the recommended ball for use on the Hit Zone as they provide consistent results. When using a real tennis ball, it is important that you use tennis balls that are slightly worn as fuzz is not very aerodynamic! Your Hit Zone Deluxe comes with 12 Gamma foam balls, a 8” and 14.5” fabric sleeve, and a extender kit so you can raise the ball up to practice shots at the net, etc. Great for players of all ages! IMPORTANT: Use 120V only - Not for use with 220V. Product Description The Hit Zone Deluxe air tee is a great tennis swing trainer for teams, camps, and training facilities for their youth tennis programs. At the same time, a lot of parents buy the Hit Zone Deluxe model for the added power and flexibility the air volume control gives them. The Deluxe unit has a 4 HP motor with a control knob that allows you to adjust the power of the air flow. This feature allows you to adjust the height of the ball. A lot of tennis coaches and teaching pros use the oversized foam balls when working with young kids. You can turn the unit way down so it runs quieter. The Gamma foam tennis ball and the oversized balls are the recommended ball for use on the Hit Zone as they provide consistent results. When using a real tennis ball, it is important that you use tennis balls that are slightly worn as fuzz is not very aerodynamic! Your Hit Zone Deluxe comes with 12 Gamma foam balls, a 8” and 14.5” fabric sleeve, and a extender kit so you can raise the ball up to practice shots at the net, etc. Great for players of all ages! IMPORTANT: Use 120V only - Not for use with 220V.
132281
Zone Meals in Seconds: 150 Fast and Delicious Recipes for Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner (The Zone)
108901
POLAR FT4 Heart Rate Monitor
Product Description FEATURES of the FT4 Heart Rate Monitor by Polar Shows when you're improving fitness based on your heart rate Displays calories burned Comes with comfortable textile transmitter and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Basic Features Automatic age-based target zone (% / bpm) - %/bpm Automatic/Manual target zone (% / bpm / HRR%) Backlight Graphical target zone indicator Heart rate (displayed as % of maximum heart rate) Heart rate (displayed as bpm) Visual and audible alarm in target zones Manual target zone (% / bpm) - %/bpm KeyLock Backlight Polar Exercise Features Average and maximum heart rate of training HR-based target zones with visual and audible alarm Polar OwnCode (5kHz) - coded transmission Polar OwnCal - calorie expenditure Wireless ECG accurate heart rate Recording Features Average heart rate Calorie expenditure Exercise Time (total) Exercise file info page with date and time Maximum heart rate Number of exercise files (with summaries) Target zone limits Time in target zone Totals Transmitter Belt WearLink 31 coded transmitter (changeable battery) Training Features Training files (with summaries) - 10 HeartTouch - button-free operation of wrist unit Watch Features Alarm with snooze Date and weekday indicator Dual time zone Low battery indicator Stop Watch Time of day (12/24h) with alarm User replaceable battery Language Features Display text in English, German, Finnish, Swedish, French, Portuguese, Spanish, and Italian Includes Polar FT4 training computer Polar WearLink transmitter Quick Guide Product Description FEATURES of the FT4 Heart Rate Monitor by Polar Shows when you're improving fitness based on your heart rate Displays calories burned Comes with comfortable textile transmitter and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Basic Features Automatic age-based target zone (% / bpm) - %/bpm Automatic/Manual target zone (% / bpm / HRR%) Backlight Graphical target zone indicator Heart rate (displayed as % of maximum heart rate) Heart rate (displayed as bpm) Visual and audible alarm in target zones Manual target zone (% / bpm) - %/bpm KeyLock Backlight Polar Exercise Features Average and maximum heart rate of training HR-based target zones with visual and audible alarm Polar OwnCode (5kHz) - coded transmission Polar OwnCal - calorie expenditure Wireless ECG accurate heart rate Recording Features Average heart rate Calorie expenditure Exercise Time (total) Exercise file info page with date and time Maximum heart rate Number of exercise files (with summaries) Target zone limits Time in target zone Totals Transmitter Belt WearLink 31 coded transmitter (changeable battery) Training Features Training files (with summaries) - 10 HeartTouch - button-free operation of wrist unit Watch Features Alarm with snooze Date and weekday indicator Dual time zone Low battery indicator Stop Watch Time of day (12/24h) with alarm User replaceable battery Language Features Display text in English, German, Finnish, Swedish, French, Portuguese, Spanish, and Italian Includes Polar FT4 training computer Polar WearLink transmitter Quick GuideFrom the manufacturer Read more Polar FT4 Fitness And Cross-Training Heart Rate Monitor Polar FT4 is designed for fitness and cross-training enthusiasts who want basic heart rate-based features to keep their training simple. Polar FT4 shows when you’re improving fitness based on your heart rate, and it also lets you know exactly how many calories you’ve burned. Training smarter has never been this easy. Train to your own beat with Polar FT4 heart rate monitor and make sure your every move is counted for. Heart rate in beats per minute or % of maximum Manual or age-based heart rate target zone with indicator during training Heart rate analysis after training (average and maximum heart rate) Smart Calories Heart rate also in water with included H1 heart rate sensor Totals for long-term follow-up 12 months battery life (30 minutes of training a day) Read more Heart rate With compatible fitness app or Polar Watch With H1/H7 sensor, also in water With H7 sensor With H7 sensor, also in water Wrist based Smart calories With compatible fitness app or Polar watch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 24/7 Activity ✓ ✓ ✓ Polar Flow web service and app ✓ ✓ ✓ Color touchscreen display ✓ Smartphone notifications ✓ ✓ Sport Profiles ✓ ✓ 
367088
STAIGIS Wine Fridge, 24 inch Wine and Beverage Refrigerator Under Counter, Dual Zone w/ 60 Cans and 20 Bottles Capacity, Digital Touch Control
From the brand Previous page What makes our products unique? STAIGIS is here to offer products that redefine the way you think about relaxation, and deliver stimulating experiences that will allow you create memorable times. Why do we love what we do? It’s our aim to pursue excellence at what we do, in order to build long-term and trust-based relationships with our strong base of loyal customers. What problem are we solving? We are committed to provide sleek, modern, and affordable wine cooling solutions, for individuals who enjoy gourmet wine experiences in the comfort of their own home. Built in Wine Cooler Freestanding Wine Cooler Beverage Refrigerator Next page Product Description Read more Here’s How You Can Take Your Vintage Wine Collection To Whole Other Level! Looking for an under counter beverage cooler that can fit up to 60 cans of fancy drink and 20 bottles of your favorite reds and white? Need a practical and stylish under counter wine cooler that will tie the whole room together? Want to preserve your creamy whites and silky reds at the ideal temperature for longer Introducing The STAIGIS Ultimate 24-Inch High-End Wine and Beverage Cooler For Every Serious Wine Lover! Now you don't have to settle for all those bulky wine coolers, low-quality wine refrigerators or cheaply-made wine chillers with ugly handles that ruin your room decor. The STAIGIS small beverage wine fridge is here to act like your own personal high-tech wine cellar and make sure that your bottles of Cabernet Sauvignon, Syrah, Zinfandel, Pinot Noir, Chardonnay, Sauvignon Blanc, or Riesling are kept at the optimal temperature in order to preserve their aroma, flavor, and body. What Are You Waiting For? AT Staigis, we put your happiness above all else. Designed for real wine connoisseurs, our wine cooler is a must-have for a fine wine collection. Easy to use, modern, and minimalist, this wine cellar is a premium accessory that allows you to keep your bottles safe and at the perfect temperature without a big investment. STAIGIS Under Counter Wine and Beverage Refrigerator As the perfect complement to the recreation room, home bar, and kitchen island, this STAIGIS wine beverage cooler offers space-saving, intuitive storage of all your drinks. Whether it's a cool fall night or a hot summer day, the Wine Fridge ensures that your favorite wines, beers and sodas are stored under precise conditions. Dual Zone Circulation Cooling Holds Up To 60 Cans & 20 Bottles Atmospheric Blue LED Lighting Whisper-Quiet & Low-Vibration Function 6 Wire Shelves & 7 Wooden Shelves French Tempered Glass Door Dimensiton: D 22.4" x W 23.4" x H 33.9" Free Standing & Under Counter Options Read more 2-IN-1 Wine and Beverage Wine Refrigerator Featuring advanced temperature control system, you can control the dual zones independently. Temperature Range: 38-50°F for the Left Zone and 40-66°F for the Right Zone. Just want the wine cooler zone to work? turn it on and go. No effect on the beverage cooler area. Chill your wines and drinks at the perfect temperature and provide you with best taste. Built in or Freestanding AS YOU LIKE! Thanks to the stainless steel front vent, You do not need to leave much space for heat dissipation when built in under your counter. With its fashion look, it would catch your eye easily while it is freestanding in your living room, office etc. Adjustable feet help you to make the unit stand horizontally. Removable Shelves The under counter beverage refrigerator can hold 20 bottles of 750 ml standard Bordeaux bottles in the left zone and 60 cans of 330 ml coke cans in the right zone. Want to place some larger size bottles like Pinot, Champagne on the left zone and beer bottles vertically on the right, all you need is removing 1 or 2 shelves and it may decrease the number of bottles you can store correspondingly. Read more Concealed Pull Design Take all the fuss out of removing your bottles from your wine refrigerator without putting up with bulky handles. The sleek, hidden pull design will fit right into your kitchen décor and impress everyone. Front-Vending Design and Safety Lock The built-in lock guarding your wine cooler preventing children from playing with your wine refrigerator or frequent opening with temperature changing and affect your wines tastes.The front vending design do not need to leave much space for heat dissipation, make it for under counter use. Digital Temperature Control Easily adjust the temperature using the handy digital LCD touch panel. The intelligent temperature memory function will protect your vintages from being affected. Read more 24" Under Counter Wine and Beverage Refrigerator 15" Under Counter Wine Refrigerator 24" Under Counter Wine Refrigerator 28 Bottle Mini Wine Refrigerator 120 Can Mine Beverage Refrigerator Model No. ST-20060 ST-15030 ST-24046 ST-47028 ST-40130 Size 24-Inch 15-Inch 24-Inch 3.2 Cu.ft 3.2 Cu.ft Capacity 60 Cans and 20 Bottles 30 Bottles 46 Bottles 28 Bottles 120 Cans Temperage Range Left zone: 38-50°F / Right zone: 40-66°F 40-66°F Upper zone: 40-50°F / Lower zone: 50-66°F 40- 66°F 38- 66°F Product Size W23.4 x D22.4 x H33.9 W14.9 x D22.4 x H33.9 W23.4 x D22.4 x H33 W17.3 x D18.3 x H33.8 W17.3 x D18.3 x H33.8 Net Weight 106.9 lbs 72.8 lbs 88.2 lbs 61.73lbs 61.73lbs Application Built-in & Freestanding Built-in & Freestanding Built-in & Freestanding Freestanding Freestanding Voltage 110-120V 110-120V 110-120V 110-120V 110-120V Rated Current 1.2A 1.2A 1.2A 1.2A 1.2A Frequency 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 
123513
GoSports Baseball & Softball Pitching Kit - Practice Accuracy Training with Strike Zone & XTRAMAN Dummy Batter
Product Description The GoSports XTRAMAN & Strike Zone help pitchers visualize six partitioned areas of the strike zone with a ‚Äòplayer‚Äô in the batter‚Äôs box. These game changing training aids take seconds to attach, adjust and detach. Use the XTRAMAN & Strike Zone at home, at practice, or in the bullpen on game day. Made of durable nylon webbing with hook-and-loop attachments, these pitching aids are a must have for any training regimen. The XTRAMAN & Strike Zone attachments are great for baseball or softball training so you can fine tune your pitching practice and build confidence on the mound Product Description The GoSports XTRAMAN & Strike Zone help pitchers visualize six partitioned areas of the strike zone with a ‚Äòplayer‚Äô in the batter‚Äôs box. These game changing training aids take seconds to attach, adjust and detach. Use the XTRAMAN & Strike Zone at home, at practice, or in the bullpen on game day. Made of durable nylon webbing with hook-and-loop attachments, these pitching aids are a must have for any training regimen. The XTRAMAN & Strike Zone attachments are great for baseball or softball training so you can fine tune your pitching practice and build confidence on the moundFrom the manufacturer GoSports Baseball & Softball Pitching Kit OPTIMIZE PITCHING PRACTICE: Includes 1 Strike Zone with six partitioned areas of the strike zone and 1 Xtraman batter so players can fine tune pitching with a ‘player’ and build confidence! Baseball net not included. IMPROVES ACCURACY AND SAFETY: The strike zone attachment helps players visualize key areas when pitching and the Xtraman simulates a live batter for safe and effective pitching drills ATTACH TO NETS OR FENCES: No need to risk player safety in the batter’s box - simply attach the Strike Zone & Xtraman onto any 7’x7’ bow frame net (not included) or fence for instant practice sessions! BUILT FOR PRACTICE: Features durable nylon webbing construction that withstands pitching drills and is easily transportable in equipment bags to and from practice Shop Other GoSports Products Find More Baseball and Softball Training Aids! 7’x7’ Hitting and Pitching Pro Net Pitching and Fielding Rebounder Baseball and Softball Pro Batting Tee Baseball and Softball Caddy Mini Foam Baseballs Key Features The GoSports 7'x7' PRO net builds upon our #1 selling GoSports 7'x7' baseball net and takes it to the next level with 2x stronger netting to make for the ultimate training net. Collapsible/adjustable baseball rebounder net, perfect for fielding ground balls, imitating pop flies, live drives, and more. A professional grade training aid for coaches and players looking to take their batting to the next level. Features a pro grade 10.5 lb. over-molded rubber base and adjustable telescoping tee for maximum stability and performance. Lightweight pop-up ball caddy. Forget bending over to retrieve balls from a bucket during long practices. Great for precision training and batting practice. Each ball measures 4 cm in diameter to encourage advanced players to improve accuracy. Use with mini ball pitching machines or by hand. 
742671
3 Diffusers Plus 6 Refills | Comfort Zone Cat Calming Diffuser Kit (Value Pack) for a Calm Home | Veterinarian Recommended | Reduce Spraying, Scratching, & Other Problematic Behaviors
Product Description Is your cat peeing on the bed and carpet or scratching the furniture and door frames? These behaviors can be signs that your cat is stressed. Comfort Zone diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cat's destructive behaviors. The pheromones are diffused into the air which signal to the cat that the area is safe and familiar, making your cat feel more comfortable. Use the Comfort Zone Calming Diffuser Kit if you see your cat urine spraying or scratching in the home. You can also use the diffuser if you've just adopted a new cat, moving to a new home or even when rearranging your furniture which can be stressful events for cats that can trigger these destructive behaviors. Plug in a diffuser into each room your cat roams or spends the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit every 12 months. Our products are safe and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team. Product Description Is your cat peeing on the bed and carpet or scratching the furniture and door frames? These behaviors can be signs that your cat is stressed. Comfort Zone diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cat's destructive behaviors. The pheromones are diffused into the air which signal to the cat that the area is safe and familiar, making your cat feel more comfortable. Use the Comfort Zone Calming Diffuser Kit if you see your cat urine spraying or scratching in the home. You can also use the diffuser if you've just adopted a new cat, moving to a new home or even when rearranging your furniture which can be stressful events for cats that can trigger these destructive behaviors. Plug in a diffuser into each room your cat roams or spends the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit every 12 months. Our products are safe and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team.From the manufacturer Read more Help Restore Harmony in Your Home A calm pet is a happy pet. Comfort Zone products communicate safety and comfort to support pets’ emotional well-being using signals they understand. Comfort Zone drug-free calming solutions are effective in and around the home, and on the go, with a wide range of products proven to help pets feel safe and relaxed. Our goal is to enhance pet parents’ connections with their furry family members, by helping pets feel calm, happy and healthy. What are Pheromones and How Do They Calm My Cat? Comfort Zone products release an odorless vapor that mimics a cat’s natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat that an area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching or urine spraying. Are Your Cats Struggling to Get Along? Multi-Cat Conflict? Try the Comfort Zone Opticalm Multi-Cat diffuser to help reduce multi-cat tension and conflict in the home. Read more How Comfort Zone Pheromones Products Work Comfort Zone products release a drug-free, odorless vapor that mimics a cat's natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat the area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching and urine spraying. Drug Free Solution Calms stressed cats Reduces urine marking and scratching Encourages positive behavior Helps cats feel safe, happy and relaxed Try the whole family of calming of products for all of your needs Calming collars for the "on the go" CZ calming spray for immediate calming solution for surfaces and furniture Calming diffusers for consistent calming environment Easy To Use, just plug it in! Modern design Refills last up to 30 days Covers 650 Sq. Ft. Rotatable plug Read more Diffuser Kit for Cat Calming | Cat Calming Formula Diffuser Kit for Multi-Cat Calming | Multi-Cat Calming Formula Comfort Zone Scratch Deterrent and Cat Calming Spray Calming Pheromone Collar for Cats, Anxiety & Stress Relief Aid Reduce Urine Marking Preferred Preferred Additional Support Additional Support Reduce Destructive Scratching Additional Support Additional Support Preferred Additional Support Travel or Moving Stress Additional Support Preferred Reduce Cat Fighting Preferred Adding a Single Cat to a Home Preferred Additional Support Adding Another Cat Into a Multi-Cat Home Preferred 
640168
Blast Zone Magic Castle - Inflatable Bounce House with Blower - Premium Quality - Indoor/Outdoor - Portable - Sets Up in Seconds
Product Description It comes as no surprise that the Blast Zone Magic Castle Bounce House is our all-time bestseller. Bigger and better than ever, this inflatable blows up in just seconds and accommodates three little princes and princesses at once. It features a safe slope slide, safety netting, and a Velcro entrance so that you can sit back and relax while the kids party. Eye-catching in bold shades of red, blue, and yellow, this bounce house is better described as a palace, complete with turrets and flags. It features a commercial-grade vinyl floor for extra durability and reinforced seams to ensure that every bounce is a satisfying one. Designed for use both outdoors and in, the Magic Castle is perfect for parties, sleepovers, and backyard fun. The extra-high walls and netting reach a full 60 inches from the bounce platform, but are low enough to clear standard ceilings. It's easy to set up, store, and transport. Features: Overall Dimensions: 8.5W x 11D x 8H feet Bounce Floor: 6.5W x 6.33D feet Maximum Occupancy: 3 Recommended Ages: 3 to 8 Inflate Time: 1 minute This incredible set comes complete with the inflatable unit, UL-approved blower, storage straps, and stakes for both the blower and bouncer. When not in use, the inflatable conveniently rolls up, requiring about as much space as a medium to large sleeping bag. To set up your bouncer, simply unroll it. Hook the inflation tube to the blower, turn the latter on, and stake the inflatable down. The blower is designed to run continuously while children play. Air escapes through the seams and fabric. This bouncer is suitable for residential use. Lead-free products: A note from Blast Zone Recent allegations by the state of California against producers and distributors of inflatable bounce products concerning illegal lead concentrations are of great concern to us and our customers. Blast Zone products are not included in these allegations. Product Description It comes as no surprise that the Blast Zone Magic Castle Bounce House is our all-time bestseller. Bigger and better than ever, this inflatable blows up in just seconds and accommodates three little princes and princesses at once. It features a safe slope slide, safety netting, and a Velcro entrance so that you can sit back and relax while the kids party. Eye-catching in bold shades of red, blue, and yellow, this bounce house is better described as a palace, complete with turrets and flags. It features a commercial-grade vinyl floor for extra durability and reinforced seams to ensure that every bounce is a satisfying one. Designed for use both outdoors and in, the Magic Castle is perfect for parties, sleepovers, and backyard fun. The extra-high walls and netting reach a full 60 inches from the bounce platform, but are low enough to clear standard ceilings. It's easy to set up, store, and transport. Features: Overall Dimensions: 8.5W x 11D x 8H feet Bounce Floor: 6.5W x 6.33D feet Maximum Occupancy: 3 Recommended Ages: 3 to 8 Inflate Time: 1 minute This incredible set comes complete with the inflatable unit, UL-approved blower, storage straps, and stakes for both the blower and bouncer. When not in use, the inflatable conveniently rolls up, requiring about as much space as a medium to large sleeping bag. To set up your bouncer, simply unroll it. Hook the inflation tube to the blower, turn the latter on, and stake the inflatable down. The blower is designed to run continuously while children play. Air escapes through the seams and fabric. This bouncer is suitable for residential use. Lead-free products: A note from Blast Zone Recent allegations by the state of California against producers and distributors of inflatable bounce products concerning illegal lead concentrations are of great concern to us and our customers. Blast Zone products are not included in these allegations.From the manufacturer Never Rent Again! Supreme Quality Top Seller Worldwide Excellent Value Commercial Grade Bounce Surface Easy to use, Indoors and Out Inflates in Just Seconds! With fast, easy setup taking just a couple minutes, up to 3 Kids will be bouncing quickly and gleefully, on a bounce floor made of reinforced, commercial-grade vinyl. Low enough to clear standard ceilings but tall enough to keep the kids safely inside, this bouncer is ideal for almost anywhere in or around the house. In the backyard or the living room, your kids will bounce freely while you take comfort knowing they're well protected by safety netting. Includes Inflatable, Blower, Storage Straps, Instructions. Read more Why Blast Zone? Premium Materials Exclusive high-strength x-Weave and Commercial Vinyl for ultimate durability. Worldwide Trust Millions of kids across the globe play with our toys. Premier Quality Guarantee Leading warranty and US-based live support. Laser Focus on Safety Designed with safety features and comply with manufacturing laws. Read more Features and Specs Fun Castle Theme Top-Selling Bouncer Commercial Vinyl Impact Surfaces Double and Quadruple Stitching Inflated Dimensions: Approx 11'L x 8.5'W x 8'H Interior Bouncer Dimensions: 84" x 84" Max Gross Weight on Inflated Structure: 300 Lbs Max User Weight: 100 Lbs The Magic Castle is Our Most Popular Bounce House! Safety and quality are of the utmost importance. These fun inflatables meet or exceed applicable safety standards. Blast Zone's Durable Inflatables include a number a specialized features, that are important to the Safety of your Children, and the Durability of the Inflatable. Construction features Include: Commercial Grade Impact Surfaces, Double and Quadruple-Stitched Reinforced Assembly, Multi-Stage Quality Control and Exclusive X-Weave material for added durability. Safety features include: Safe Slide Heights, Soft Safety Netting to prevent abrasion, numerous anchor points and more. Read more Your Purchase Includes Inflatable Unit The actual Inflatable Bouncer, Water Park or Inflatable Combo itself. UL Listed Blower Blast Zone Inflatables operate using a constant flow of air fed from the included blower. Manual/DVD Step-by-step setup and safety rules and video walkthrough. Accessories Carrying Straps, Anchor Stakes, Sprayer system (included with water parks only). Read more How it Works (Various products shown) What to expect from your Inflatable Blast Zone Inflatables use a constant flow of air, fed from the included blower. As air is pumped in, some escapes through the seams in the material. This creates a stronger inflatable with ideal air pressure, so your Bouncer or Water Park supports as much playing as your kids want to do. Escaping air is all a part of the process. Fast, Frustration-Free Setup Blast Zone inflatables are up and ready for play in a matter of minutes - with most taking less than 2 minutes to inflate. To set up your bouncer or water park, simply unroll it, hook the inflation tube to the blower, stake it down and turn the blower on. To take your inflatable down, just turn off the motor and it deflates on its own. Units roll up to the size of a medium to large sleeping bag. Durable, Safe Products Blast Zone takes pride in manufacturing the highest quality inflatables in the industry. Home inflatables use commercial grade vinyl on all the bounce and slide surfaces. In addition, they are assembled with up to quadruple heavy duty stitching. By providing fully enclosed bouncers with safety netting and climbing surfaces with plenty of foot holes and safety handles, feel confident that your children will enjoy safe and fun play. Blast Zone Promise Blast Zone provides stellar customer service and backs all products with an industry leading warranty. Choose Blast Zone when you want an inflatable that is durable, safe, and designed for fun. Read more 
983895
Koldfront 18 Bottle Dual Zone Thermoelectric Wine Cooler - Silver/Black
Product Description Keep your wines chilled with the Koldfront 18 Bottle Dual Zone Thermoelectric Wine Cooler ( TWR181ES-KF ). This wine fridge uses thermoelectric cooling to store both red and white wine at optimum temperatures in two (2) separate compartments. The Koldfront wine cooler holds six (6) bottles of white wine in the upper zone and twelve (12) bottles of red wine in the lower zone. The soft interior LED lighting helps to illuminate your wine bottles while not ruining them, so you can be sure to see your collection. The four (4) chrome racks help to keep your collection looking great, while the internal fan evenly distributes the air to keep your whole collection chilled. Perfect for amateur and professional wine enthusiasts, as well as collectors, this wine refrigerator is designed for use in a room temperature environment. Dual Zone Wine Storage: Two (2) independently controlled zones ensure wine is stored at optimum temperatures Quiet and Vibration Free Cooling: Thermoelectric cooling eliminates movement caused by compressor-based units, protecting your aging wine collection against sediment agitation Energy Efficiency: The eco-friendly, compressor-less cooling from this Koldfront wine cooler provides quiet cooling without the use of freon Electronic Controls with Digital Display: Temperatures within the wine cooler is easily monitored through electronic controls and digital display Product Description Keep your wines chilled with the Koldfront 18 Bottle Dual Zone Thermoelectric Wine Cooler ( TWR181ES-KF ). This wine fridge uses thermoelectric cooling to store both red and white wine at optimum temperatures in two (2) separate compartments. The Koldfront wine cooler holds six (6) bottles of white wine in the upper zone and twelve (12) bottles of red wine in the lower zone. The soft interior LED lighting helps to illuminate your wine bottles while not ruining them, so you can be sure to see your collection. The four (4) chrome racks help to keep your collection looking great, while the internal fan evenly distributes the air to keep your whole collection chilled. Perfect for amateur and professional wine enthusiasts, as well as collectors, this wine refrigerator is designed for use in a room temperature environment. Dual Zone Wine Storage: Two (2) independently controlled zones ensure wine is stored at optimum temperatures Quiet and Vibration Free Cooling: Thermoelectric cooling eliminates movement caused by compressor-based units, protecting your aging wine collection against sediment agitation Energy Efficiency: The eco-friendly, compressor-less cooling from this Koldfront wine cooler provides quiet cooling without the use of freon Electronic Controls with Digital Display: Temperatures within the wine cooler is easily monitored through electronic controls and digital display
1394316
Lanbo Wine and Beverage Refrigerator, Dual Zone Built-in Wine and Drink Center, 18 Bottle and 55 Can
Product Description LANBO APPLIANCE A professional wine and beverage cooler manufacturer you can trust. With pioneering innovation, user-first engineering and highest-quality materials, LANBO products are your first choice. LB36BD Compact Wine and Beverage Fridge As the perfect addition to entertainment rooms, home bars and kitchen islands, this Lanbo wine and beverage cooler offers space-saving, intuitive storage for all your drink essentials. Whether it's a cool autumn night or hot summer day, the wine refrigerator will make sure your favorite wines, beers, sodas and snacks are stored under precise conditions. Separate Temperature and Storage Zones Powerful Compressor Cooling Front Vent with Dark Color Toe Kick Design Luxurious Curved Handlebars ETL Certificate Approved Read more Removable Shelves The under counter beverage center can hold 18 bottles of 750 ml standard Bordeaux bottles in the left zone and 55 cans of 330 ml pop cans in the right zone. Want to place some larger size bottles like Pinot, Champagne on the left zone and beer bottles vertically on the right, all you need is removing 1 or 2 shelves and it may decrease the number of bottles you can store correspondingly. Placing & Door Opening This beverage refrigerator can place in the corner or under the cabinet because of the large vents. To completely remove the shelf, the minimum angle for the door opens is 90 degrees, which can save more space for enjoying delicious drinks. Enjoy Collection It is normal to hear some noise when the compressor fan cooling wine and beverage refrigerator is working, and after cooling process it will be as quiet as other household appliances. Then feel free to enjoy your great collections. Read more Secure and Safe To protect the integrity of the machine and the quality of your drinks, two safty lock help you avoid unwanted hands. Built-in or Freestanding Front ventilation allows for flush-with-cabinetry or undercounter installation while the fully finished black cabinet allows for freestanding use as well. Carbon Filter Active carbon filter helps to maintain cleaner air conditions ensuring odors do not negatively effect your drinks. Read more Specs & Details Product Dimensions: 23.6 Depth x 23.4 Width x 33.9 Height inches Noise: 42 dB Installation Type: Built-in & freestanding Door: Double-paned tempered and anti-UV glass door Usages: Gift; Home; Kitchen; Entertainment Shelf: Made of quality metal and removable Handle: Sleek stainless steel handle Feet: Adjustable and removable feet Lock: With a lock could protect your collections better Lighting: White LED LANBO Wine and Beverage Cooler Read more LB36BD LW3370B LB148BC LW28D LW46D Type Wine&Beverage Cooler Wine&Beverage Cooler Beverage Cooler Wine Cooler Wine Cooler Capacity 55 Cans + 18 Bottles 70 Cans + 33 Bottles 110 Cans + 6 Bottles 28 Bottles 44 Bottles Temperature 41-64℉ Left Zone, 39-50℉ Right Zone 41-64℉ Left Zone, 39-50℉ Right Zone 34℉to 64℉ 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone 41-54℉Upper Zone, 54-64℉ Lower Zone Door Reversible ✓ ✓ Installation Type Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Dimensions 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx33.9" H 29.5" Wx23.6" Dx34.5" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 15" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 23.4" Wx23.6" Dx34.4" H 
112936
Zone Tech Siphon Fuel Liquid Transfer Pump Kit – Multi-Use Hand Gasoline, Oil, Liquid and Air Pump – Red Travel Emergency Manual Vehicle Car Tool
From the brand Previous page Car Tray Visit the Store Car Tray Visit the Store Car Organizer Visit the Store Car Hanger Visit the Store Car Fans & Visor Visit the Store Car Sun Visor & Sunshade Visit the Store Car Sunshade Visit the Store Car Sunshade Visit the Store Car Steering Wheel Cover Visit the Store Car Seat Belt Pad Visit the Store Car Roof Bag & Net Organizer Visit the Store Car Other Accessories Visit the Store Next page Product Description Feel the Convenience during gas emergencies with Zone Tech 3-in-1 Hand Siphon Pump. The Zone Tech pump is one of the most Important and Practical accessories to always have in your car. This can save you on emergencies especially during long drives. Be responsible and reliable driver by keeping this tool, a Perfect Must-Have for your car. The Zone Tech pump has a 200cc Cylinder capacity. It Pumps gas oil or any liquid into your car as well as air into inflatable objects such as rafts, tires, swimming pools, balloons etc. The Zone Tech pump can be used on any occasions. Instead of having to blow by mouth into your air mattress kid's swimming pool, tube, rafts or even tires the Zone Tech Pump will do the job instead of you. Not only will it do your job but it will do it much faster. The Zone Tech pump is constructed out of Premium Quality material to provide you with the Strongest most Durable pump available. It has rubber hoses that can withstand chemical reaction brought about the varying fluids introduced to them. This item will last superbly year after year. The Zone Tech pump is best for emergencies. When you're stuck with an empty tank the Zone Tech Siphon Pump enables you to Quickly and Easily pump the gas from the carry on container to the gas tank. That will comfortably take you to the nearest gas station where you can refuel once again. 
241879
Comfort Zone CZ9BWT Portable 9-inch 3-Speed Quiet Box Fan for Home in White
Product Description Convenient Tabletop Design Keep small spaces comfortable with the targeted cooling power of this 9" table fan from Comfort Zone. This portable box fan has a lightweight and compact design, weighing less than 3 lb. and featuring a built-in handle for convenient transport from surface to surface. The neutral white color blends easily into any decor scheme, making this a versatile quiet indoor fan for use in a kitchen, bedroom, office or dorm room. 2-Speed Fan Operation Help create a cool and comfortable environment at your desk or in your bedroom by optimizing air circulation and airflow with this portable box fan. An easy-to-use rotary dial on the front of this fan offers you a choice of two speeds to suit your space and your comfort level. This fan comes fully assembled right out of the box, so you just need to plug it in and choose a speed to start enjoying its portable cooling power. Safe and Quiet Operation Whether you’re using this table fan for home or office use, you’ll appreciate how its quiet and efficient operation prevents unnecessary disruption in your environment. Safe as well as quiet, this compact fan is equipped with a safety grill to protect fingers and other objects from the blades while they’re in motion. Product Description Convenient Tabletop Design Keep small spaces comfortable with the targeted cooling power of this 9" table fan from Comfort Zone. This portable box fan has a lightweight and compact design, weighing less than 3 lb. and featuring a built-in handle for convenient transport from surface to surface. The neutral white color blends easily into any decor scheme, making this a versatile quiet indoor fan for use in a kitchen, bedroom, office or dorm room. 2-Speed Fan Operation Help create a cool and comfortable environment at your desk or in your bedroom by optimizing air circulation and airflow with this portable box fan. An easy-to-use rotary dial on the front of this fan offers you a choice of two speeds to suit your space and your comfort level. This fan comes fully assembled right out of the box, so you just need to plug it in and choose a speed to start enjoying its portable cooling power. Safe and Quiet Operation Whether you’re using this table fan for home or office use, you’ll appreciate how its quiet and efficient operation prevents unnecessary disruption in your environment. Safe as well as quiet, this compact fan is equipped with a safety grill to protect fingers and other objects from the blades while they’re in motion.From the manufacturer Read more Comfort Zone Comfort Zone is a brand in the home environment category. With dedicated Engineering and Quality teams to ensure our products meet strict quality standards such as UL, ETL, SAA, CE, CSA and NOM, Comfort Zone heaters, fans and humidifiers provide safe performance with value and innovation. Comfort Zone is America's Heating and Cooling Choice. 9" Portable 3-speed Box Fan, White CZ9BWT 3-speed control 9" table fan for versatile cooling option in smaller spaces Quiet operation Lightweight convenience at less than 3 lbs. Great for kitchen, bedroom, or dorm room White finish for a universal look Read more Additional Features Personalized Comfort Our heaters offer options to keep you warm and comfortable when you need it. Each heater is designed to bring you performance in a wide variety of styles and features. Trusted Performance With over 20 years of success, Comfort Zone is a national brand, that provides quality products. A Brand You Can Trust Dedicated to safety and reliability, our product meet strict global standards and provide a safe and reliable performance. We Stand Behind our Products Comfort Zone stands behind the quality and performance of our products. Read more Read more 
157649
6 Refills | Comfort Zone Multi-Cat Diffuser Refills (Value Pack) for a Peaceful Home | Veterinarian Recommend | Stop Cat Fighting and Reduce Spraying, Scratching, & Other Problematic Behaviors
Product Description Are your cats Fighting, hissing or showing signs of tension and conflict? These behaviors can be signs that your cats are stressed or anxious. Cats are very territorial and adding another cat into a multi-cat home can cause the cats to feel threatened and stressed. Comfort Zone multi-cat diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cats' Tension and conflict. These pheromones are diffused into the air which Signal to your cats that the area is safe, making your cats feel more comfortable. Use The Comfort Zone multi-cat diffuser kit if you see your cats Fighting or showing signs of tension and conflict. Plug in a diffuser into each room where your cats roam or spend the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit Every 12 months. Our products are SAFE and certified to U. L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team. Product Description Are your cats Fighting, hissing or showing signs of tension and conflict? These behaviors can be signs that your cats are stressed or anxious. Cats are very territorial and adding another cat into a multi-cat home can cause the cats to feel threatened and stressed. Comfort Zone multi-cat diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cats' Tension and conflict. These pheromones are diffused into the air which Signal to your cats that the area is safe, making your cats feel more comfortable. Use The Comfort Zone multi-cat diffuser kit if you see your cats Fighting or showing signs of tension and conflict. Plug in a diffuser into each room where your cats roam or spend the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit Every 12 months. Our products are SAFE and certified to U. L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team.From the manufacturer Read more Help Restore Harmony in Your Home A calm pet is a happy pet. Comfort Zone products communicate safety and comfort to support pets’ emotional well-being using signals they understand. Comfort Zone drug-free calming solutions are effective in and around the home, and on the go, with a wide range of products proven to help pets feel safe and relaxed. Our goal is to enhance pet parents’ connections with their furry family members, by helping pets feel calm, happy and healthy. What are Pheromones and How Do They Calm My Cat? Comfort Zone products release an odorless vapor that mimics a cat’s natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat that an area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching or urine spraying. Are Your Cats Struggling to Get Along? Multi-Cat Conflict? Try the Comfort Zone Opticalm Multi-Cat diffuser to help reduce multi-cat tension and conflict in the home. Read more How Comfort Zone Pheromones Products Work Comfort Zone products release a drug-free, odorless vapor that mimics a cat's natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat the area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching and urine spraying. Drug Free Solution Calms stressed cats Reduces urine marking and scratching Encourages positive behavior Helps cats feel safe, happy and relaxed Try the whole family of calming of products for all of your needs Calming collars for the "on the go" CZ calming spray for immediate calming solution for surfaces and furniture Calming diffusers for consistent calming environment Easy To Use, just plug it in! Modern design Refills last up to 30 days Covers 650 Sq. Ft. Rotatable plug Read more Diffuser Kit for Cat Calming | Cat Calming Formula Diffuser Kit for Multi-Cat Calming | Multi-Cat Calming Formula Comfort Zone Scratch Deterrent and Cat Calming Spray Calming Pheromone Collar for Cats, Anxiety & Stress Relief Aid Reduce Urine Marking Preferred Preferred Additional Support Additional Support Reduce Destructive Scratching Additional Support Additional Support Preferred Additional Support Travel or Moving Stress Additional Support Preferred Reduce Cat Fighting Preferred Adding a Single Cat to a Home Preferred Additional Support Adding Another Cat Into a Multi-Cat Home Preferred 
389197
Comfort Zone 1 Diffuser Plus 2 Refills, Multi-Cat Calming Diffuser Kit (60-Day Supply) for a Peaceful Home, Veterinarian Recommended, Reduce Cat Fighting, Spraying, & Other Problematic Behaviors
Product Description Are your cats fighting, hissing or showing signs of tension and conflict? These behaviors can be signs that your cats are stressed or anxious. Cats are very territorial and adding another cat into a multi-cat home can cause the cats to feel threatened and stressed. Comfort Zone Multi-Cat Diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cats' tension and conflict. These pheromones are diffused into the air which signal to your cats that the area is safe, making your cats feel more comfortable. Use the Comfort Zone Multi-Cat Diffuser Kit if you see your cats fighting or showing signs of tension and conflict. Plug in a diffuser into each room where your cats roam or spend the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit every 12 months. Our products are safe and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team. Product Description Are your cats fighting, hissing or showing signs of tension and conflict? These behaviors can be signs that your cats are stressed or anxious. Cats are very territorial and adding another cat into a multi-cat home can cause the cats to feel threatened and stressed. Comfort Zone Multi-Cat Diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cats' tension and conflict. These pheromones are diffused into the air which signal to your cats that the area is safe, making your cats feel more comfortable. Use the Comfort Zone Multi-Cat Diffuser Kit if you see your cats fighting or showing signs of tension and conflict. Plug in a diffuser into each room where your cats roam or spend the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit every 12 months. Our products are safe and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team.From the manufacturer Read more Help Restore Harmony in Your Home A calm pet is a happy pet. Comfort Zone products communicate safety and comfort to support pets’ emotional well-being using signals they understand. Comfort Zone drug-free calming solutions are effective in and around the home, and on the go, with a wide range of products proven to help pets feel safe and relaxed. Our goal is to enhance pet parents’ connections with their furry family members, by helping pets feel calm, happy and healthy. What are Pheromones and How Do They Calm My Cat? Comfort Zone products release an odorless vapor that mimics a cat’s natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat that an area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching or urine spraying. Are Your Cats Struggling to Get Along? Multi-Cat Conflict? Try the Comfort Zone Opticalm Multi-Cat diffuser to help reduce multi-cat tension and conflict in the home. Read more How Comfort Zone Pheromones Products Work Comfort Zone products release a drug-free, odorless vapor that mimics a cat's natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat the area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching and urine spraying. Drug Free Solution Calms stressed cats Reduces urine marking and scratching Encourages positive behavior Helps cats feel safe, happy and relaxed Try the whole family of calming of products for all of your needs Calming collars for the "on the go" CZ calming spray for immediate calming solution for surfaces and furniture Calming diffusers for consistent calming environment Easy To Use, just plug it in! Modern design Refills last up to 30 days Covers 650 Sq. Ft. Rotatable plug Read more Diffuser Kit for Cat Calming | Cat Calming Formula Diffuser Kit for Multi-Cat Calming | Multi-Cat Calming Formula Comfort Zone Scratch Deterrent and Cat Calming Spray Calming Pheromone Collar for Cats, Anxiety & Stress Relief Aid Reduce Urine Marking Preferred Preferred Additional Support Additional Support Reduce Destructive Scratching Additional Support Additional Support Preferred Additional Support Travel or Moving Stress Additional Support Preferred Reduce Cat Fighting Preferred Adding a Single Cat to a Home Preferred Additional Support Adding Another Cat Into a Multi-Cat Home Preferred 
212061
Koolatron 24 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler, Black Thermoelectric Wine Fridge, 2.4 cu. ft (68L), Freestanding Wine Refrigerator, Wine Storage for Home Bar, Kitchen, Apartment, Condo
From the brand Previous page Thermoelectric Wine Cellars Visit the Store Compressor Wine Cellars Visit the Store Next page Product Description Koolatron Urban Series 12 Bottle Wine Cooler Koolatron Deluxe 12 Bottle Wine Cooler Koolatron 29 Bottle Dual Zone Wine Cooler Koolatron Elite Series 33 Bottle Wine Cooler Koolatron Elite Series Built-In Dual Zone Wine Cooler and Beverage Refrigerator Koolatron Grand Series 173-Bottle Dual Zone Compressor Wine Fridge Capacity 12 Bottle 12 Bottle 29 Bottle 33 Bottle 18 bottles & 56 cans 173 Bottle Cooling Technology Thermoelectric Cooling Thermoelectric Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Compressor Cooling Weight 26.3 lbs 11.75 lbs 20.50 lbs 21.80 lbs 101 lbs 198 lbs Applications Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Door, Interior Lighting Touchscreen Controls, Beechwood Sliding Shelves, UV Protective Door Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, UV Protective Dual opening Doors Automatic defrost, Scratch-resistant top, Tempered glass door, One touch digital control Built-in or Freestanding, One touch digital control, Beechwood and tempered glass sliding shelves. Automatic Frost Free, Dual Zone Cooling, Freestanding, Touchscreen Controls, Rolling beech wood shelves 24 BOTTLE CAPACITY With room for up to 12 standard bottles in each zone, this dual zone wine cellar can hold two full cases of wine DUAL ZONE COOLING Choose your ideal temperature from a range of 54-66°F (12-18°C) in the upper zone and 46-66°F (8-18°C) in the lower zone EFFICIENT COOLING Quiet, vibration-free thermoelectric cooling keeps your wine at at an optimal temperature with the sediment undisturbed REMOVABLE RACKS This elegant wine cellar features six wire racks that can be removed to fit various bottle shapes and sizes Read more DIGITAL CONTROLS External touch screen controls let you adjust the temperature or turn the interior light on or off without opening the door INTERIOR LIGHTING Soft, energy-efficient LED interior lighting subtly highlights your wine collection without producing excess heat UV PROTECTION The double-paned door glass with an elegant mirrored finish protects your wine from damage by harmful UV rays FREESTANDING Place this attractive, compact unit anywhere there is a power source so your favourite wines are always close at hand Read more 
1634198
S-ZONE Women Genuine Leather Backpack Purse Travel Handbag College Bookbag
Product Description S-ZONE Women's Casual Real Genuine Leather Backpack Purse Travel Bag Daypack Brand: S-ZONE Large Size (L*W*H) : 11.8" *3.94"*15.35"/30*10*39CM(Fit up to 14" laptop) Weight: 1.7pounds/ 0.81KG Style: Casual Style / Fashion style/ Vintage style About the cowhide leather: Cowhide is made of top layer leather which is seems more shiny or glossy. It is a fashion craftwork of leather with vintage artistic effect. The handbag made of top layer cowhide, which has many irregular wrinkles, and clear texture. This is natural leather texture formation, also is the characteristics of top layer cowhide. The longer the better, the leather will be more soft, the more likely they were to have lasting appeal. Remarks: 1. Cowhide material has natural leather smell, but it will be disappear after using in a few days. 2. Please allow little color difference due to different camera or light environment. About Us: S-ZONE is a brand that specialized in simple but utility, classical but fashionable bags' ZONE since 2012. High-quality materials, elaborate craftsmanship and multipurpose design, this is the most important pursuit of S-ZONE. Every bag you received has been through hundreds of procedures to ensure its excellent quality. If you are a bag zealot, S-ZONE bags will definitely be your first choice. Product Description S-ZONE Women's Casual Real Genuine Leather Backpack Purse Travel Bag Daypack Brand: S-ZONE Large Size (L*W*H) : 11.8" *3.94"*15.35"/30*10*39CM(Fit up to 14" laptop) Weight: 1.7pounds/ 0.81KG Style: Casual Style / Fashion style/ Vintage style About the cowhide leather: Cowhide is made of top layer leather which is seems more shiny or glossy. It is a fashion craftwork of leather with vintage artistic effect. The handbag made of top layer cowhide, which has many irregular wrinkles, and clear texture. This is natural leather texture formation, also is the characteristics of top layer cowhide. The longer the better, the leather will be more soft, the more likely they were to have lasting appeal. Remarks: 1. Cowhide material has natural leather smell, but it will be disappear after using in a few days. 2. Please allow little color difference due to different camera or light environment. About Us: S-ZONE is a brand that specialized in simple but utility, classical but fashionable bags' ZONE since 2012. High-quality materials, elaborate craftsmanship and multipurpose design, this is the most important pursuit of S-ZONE. Every bag you received has been through hundreds of procedures to ensure its excellent quality. If you are a bag zealot, S-ZONE bags will definitely be your first choice.From the brand Previous page Fashion Backpack for Women Visit the Store About US S-ZONE is a brand that specialized in simple but utility, classical but fashionable bags' ZONE since 2012. High-quality materials, elaborate craftsmanship and multipurpose design, this is the most important pursuit of S-ZONE; providing bags varied from casual to professional, from leather backpack purse to laptop tote bag, from crossbody phone purse to duffel bag. If you are a bag zealot, S-ZONE bags will definitely be your first choice. What makes our products unique? High-quality materials, elaborate craftsmanship, and multipurpose design, this is the most important pursuit of S-ZONE; Perfect customer shopping experience, strict QC quality control systems and cost-effective is the basic rules for winning the trust of customers. Why do we love what we do? We received lots of compliments from customers, which is our motivation to keep moving forward. We hope that each of our customers can feel that the bag is not only an accessory of a season, but also a companion of life-- just like the witness of your life and experiences. Next page Product Description First Layer Cowhide Genuine Leather Cowhide is made of top layer leather which seems more shiny or glossy. Naturally soft, clear pores and durability are the major characteristics. It would be a little heavy since all the materials have been strengthened. Please note it before you bid. The longer you use, the more retrospective it will be.That's also the reason why it is chosen as advanced material by brand manufacturers. What makes us outstanding: - Time tells the superiority : keep active in the market with lots of loyal fans and a steady flow of repeat customers - Upgraded 3.0 version: made of top grain leather that repels moisture and stains, high-quality zippers to ensure the everyday durability - Reinforced and adjustable strap : a meticulous consideration with the overall design of the bag -Neat &Organized: thoughtfully designed pockets, compact stitching around the strap and the bottom to avoid fray issues, remaining the artistic look S-ZONE concentrates on the durability and the convenience of every bag that is sold. This backpack should be a must-have item in your closet. Read more Fit in THIN 13-inch Laptop ATTENTION: No laptop compartment inside the bag. Laptop has different thicknesses, and a THIN 13 inch laptop would be fine for this backpack. But we don’t suggest putting so many things into the bag for a better sense of use once the laptop is inside. Structure: 1 main generous pocket, 1 invisible zipper pocket, 1 cell phone holder and 1 wallet holder, 2 exterior zipper pockets. We also pay more attention to the PRACTICALITY of every leather bag. Sufficient bearing capacity is the necessary point every woman should take into account. This soft leather purse is exactly the one you’re waiting for! Read more Read more backpack purse for women Zipper Protection S-ZONE takes every problem that women can meet in daily life into great consideration. We have UPGRADED the bag with gun metal zipper, which is thicker and more durable than the original version. Solid Hardware All the hardware has been reinforced, but the life of the bag depends on the owner’s use method. We suggest not carrying too much heavy stuff, else it will bring great pressure to the shoulder straps. Functional Pocket Easy to be stolen when shopping or traveling?The back zipper pocket is specially designed for the phone,keys and cards. Put them into the back pocket and rest assure to go wherever you want! Detail Makes Perfect Double stitching around the zipper for better protection, smooth oil polished around the edge make it more premium and not easy to fray. If smelly, air the bag out for several days and the odor will disappear. Read more Genuine Leather Backpack Genuine Leather Backpack Genuine Leather Backpack Genuine Leather Backpack Genuine Leather Backpack Genuine Leather Backpack Dimensions(L*W*H) 11.4’’x 3.9’’x 13.9’’ 11.9'' x 5.8'' x 12.6'' 12.8"x 6.3" x 13.2" 11'' x 4.7'' x 11.4'' 13.38"x 5.7" x 12.99" 12.2" x 3.9" x 14" Closure Type Top Zipper Back Zipper Back Zipper Top Zipper Back Zipper Top Zipper Strap Type Adjustable Removable and Adjustable Removable and Adjustable Removable and Adjustable Removable and Adjustable Adjustable Special Features Tablet Compartment, Luggage Sleeve Antitheft, Top Grain Leather, Convertible Strap Antitheft, Top Grain Leather, Convertible Strap Top Grain Leather, Convertible Strap Antitheft, Top Grain Leather, Convertible Strap Convertible Strap, Water-Resistant Carrying Options Single Shoulder, Double Shoulder, Handle Hand Carry Single Shoulder, Double Shoulder, Handle Hand Carry Single Shoulder, Double Shoulder, Handle Hand Carry Single Shoulder, Double Shoulder, Handle Hand Carry Single Shoulder, Double Shoulder, Handle Hand Carry Single Shoulder, Double Shoulder 
619853
Rain Bird SST900I Simple to Set Indoor Timer, 9-Zone (Discontinued by Manufacturer; replaced by SST900IN)
Product Description Rain Bird SST900IN 9 Valve Indoor Mounting Simple To Set Timer Product Description Rain Bird SST900IN 9 Valve Indoor Mounting Simple To Set Timer
978801
Comfort Zone 1 Diffuser Plus 2 Refills Cat Calming Diffuser Kit (60-Day Supply) for a Calm Home | Veterinarian Recommended | Reduce Spraying, Scratching, & Other Problematic Behaviors
Product Description Is your cat peeing on the bed and carpet or scratching the furniture and door frames? These behaviors can be signs that your cat is stressed. Comfort Zone diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cat's destructive behaviors. The pheromones are diffused into the air which signal to the cat that the area is safe and familiar, making your cat feel more comfortable. Use the Comfort Zone Calming Diffuser Kit if you see your cat urine spraying or scratching in the home. You can also use the diffuser if you've just adopted a new cat, moving to a new home or even when rearranging your furniture which can be stressful events for cats that can trigger these destructive behaviors. Plug in a diffuser into each room your cat roams or spends the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit every 12 months. Our products are safe and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team. Product Description Is your cat peeing on the bed and carpet or scratching the furniture and door frames? These behaviors can be signs that your cat is stressed. Comfort Zone diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cat's destructive behaviors. The pheromones are diffused into the air which signal to the cat that the area is safe and familiar, making your cat feel more comfortable. Use the Comfort Zone Calming Diffuser Kit if you see your cat urine spraying or scratching in the home. You can also use the diffuser if you've just adopted a new cat, moving to a new home or even when rearranging your furniture which can be stressful events for cats that can trigger these destructive behaviors. Plug in a diffuser into each room your cat roams or spends the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit every 12 months. Our products are safe and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. We are so confident your pets will find stress relief from our products that we offer a satisfaction guaranteed or your money back. Results may vary by each individual cat. We value our consumer feedback and questions. Visit our website to contact the Comfort Zone customer care team.From the manufacturer Read more Help Restore Harmony in Your Home A calm pet is a happy pet. Comfort Zone products communicate safety and comfort to support pets’ emotional well-being using signals they understand. Comfort Zone drug-free calming solutions are effective in and around the home, and on the go, with a wide range of products proven to help pets feel safe and relaxed. Our goal is to enhance pet parents’ connections with their furry family members, by helping pets feel calm, happy and healthy. What are Pheromones and How Do They Calm My Cat? Comfort Zone products release an odorless vapor that mimics a cat’s natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat that an area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching or urine spraying. Are Your Cats Struggling to Get Along? Multi-Cat Conflict? Try the Comfort Zone Opticalm Multi-Cat diffuser to help reduce multi-cat tension and conflict in the home. Read more How Comfort Zone Pheromones Products Work Comfort Zone products release a drug-free, odorless vapor that mimics a cat's natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat the area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching and urine spraying. Drug Free Solution Calms stressed cats Reduces urine marking and scratching Encourages positive behavior Helps cats feel safe, happy and relaxed Try the whole family of calming of products for all of your needs Calming collars for the "on the go" CZ calming spray for immediate calming solution for surfaces and furniture Calming diffusers for consistent calming environment Easy To Use, just plug it in! Modern design Refills last up to 30 days Covers 650 Sq. Ft. Rotatable plug Read more Diffuser Kit for Cat Calming | Cat Calming Formula Diffuser Kit for Multi-Cat Calming | Multi-Cat Calming Formula Comfort Zone Scratch Deterrent and Cat Calming Spray Calming Pheromone Collar for Cats, Anxiety & Stress Relief Aid Reduce Urine Marking Preferred Preferred Additional Support Additional Support Reduce Destructive Scratching Additional Support Additional Support Preferred Additional Support Travel or Moving Stress Additional Support Preferred Reduce Cat Fighting Preferred Adding a Single Cat to a Home Preferred Additional Support Adding Another Cat Into a Multi-Cat Home Preferred 
493668
Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness Tracker Rosewood NFC
Product Description Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness TrackerWith Fitbit Charge 4, there’s no limit to how far you can go. This sleek, swimproof tracker is packed with features that help you know your workouts and your body better—like built-in GPS, Active Zone Minutes, a new exercise mode and sleep tracking. Plus, with Fitbit Pay and up to 7-day battery, you get more convenience on the go and more inspiration to reach your fitness goals.**Water resistant to 50M. Battery life varies with use and other factors; up to 5 hours with continuous GPS.Product Features:24/7 HEART RATE - Use 24/7 heart rate to better track calorie burn, optimize workouts and uncover health trends that inspire you to make moves on your health and fitness goals.RESTING HEART RATE - Wear Fitbit Charge 4 all day and night to record and reveal your resting heart rate, track heart rate trends over time, and follow your health and fitness progress.HEART RATE ZONES - Now heart rate zones are personalized based on your age and resting heart rate, so when you’re exercising you get a more accurate understanding of how hard your body’s working.WORKOUT INTENSITY MAP - IN APP ONLY - After outdoor exercise, check your workout intensity map in the Fitbit app to see your heart rate zones throughout your route and learn where you put in the most effort.ACTIVE ZONE MINUTES - With new Active Zone Minutes, your tracker buzzes when you reach your target heart rate zones during exercise, and celebrates when you earn extra minutes outside of exercise. Product Description Fitbit Charge 4 Fitness TrackerWith Fitbit Charge 4, there’s no limit to how far you can go. This sleek, swimproof tracker is packed with features that help you know your workouts and your body better—like built-in GPS, Active Zone Minutes, a new exercise mode and sleep tracking. Plus, with Fitbit Pay and up to 7-day battery, you get more convenience on the go and more inspiration to reach your fitness goals.**Water resistant to 50M. Battery life varies with use and other factors; up to 5 hours with continuous GPS.Product Features:24/7 HEART RATE - Use 24/7 heart rate to better track calorie burn, optimize workouts and uncover health trends that inspire you to make moves on your health and fitness goals.RESTING HEART RATE - Wear Fitbit Charge 4 all day and night to record and reveal your resting heart rate, track heart rate trends over time, and follow your health and fitness progress.HEART RATE ZONES - Now heart rate zones are personalized based on your age and resting heart rate, so when you’re exercising you get a more accurate understanding of how hard your body’s working.WORKOUT INTENSITY MAP - IN APP ONLY - After outdoor exercise, check your workout intensity map in the Fitbit app to see your heart rate zones throughout your route and learn where you put in the most effort.ACTIVE ZONE MINUTES - With new Active Zone Minutes, your tracker buzzes when you reach your target heart rate zones during exercise, and celebrates when you earn extra minutes outside of exercise.
908473
Wireless Driveway Alarm, Motion Detector, Outdoor Motion Sensor Weather Resistant (1 Black Sensor Only)
Product Description Motion Sensor 1000FT Operating Range, 36 Melodies, Home Security Alert System Driveway Alarm 1000 FT Range Extra Loud Chimes Home Security Alarm System Wireless Driveway Alarm, Motion Detector, Outdoor Motion Sensor Weather Resist Solar Driveway Alarm with Solar LED Lights IP67 Waterproof Outdoor Motion Sensor Driveway Alarm - Wireless PIR Motion Sensor & Outdoor Weather Resistant Detector Door Stop Security Alarm with Built-in Alert System Home Security Door Sensor Model 2 Motion Sensor with 1 Plug-in Receiver 2 Motion Sensor with 1 Plug-in Receiver 1 Motion Sensor Only 1 Motion Sensor Light with 1 Receiver 2 Motion Sensor with 1 Receiver 1 Door Stopper Alarm Alarm Mode 36 Tunes Alarm ring/door ring 36 Tunes 36 Tunes 36 Tunes Push notification Expandability Up to 5 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 5 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 16 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 16 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 16 Total Sensors Per Receiver / Power for Sensor 3 x AAA Batteries 3 x AAA Batteries 3 x AAA Batteries Solar Panel 3 x AAA Batteries 3 x AAA Batteries EXPANDABLE - Create up to 4 detection zones with 4 sensors each, meaning up to 16 total sensors per receiver protecting your property. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 1 For zone 1, its fixed ringtone is an alarm sound, suitable for installing the detector in the window to avoid intruders. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "1" has detected movement. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 2 For zone 2, its fixed ringtone is a scary sound, suitable for installing the detector in the area where beasts and animals infest. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "2" has detected movement. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 3 For zone 3, its fixed ringtone is a water droplets sound, suitable for installing the detector in the doorway, driveway, or garage. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "3" has detected movement. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 4 For zone 4, choose from 36 available melodies to customize the alarm sound. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "4" has detected movement. Read more IP65 WATERPROOF / WEATHERPROOF The PIR sensor is made of double waterproof/weatherproof design material, IP65 waterproof, extensively tested in extreme weather, and the waterproof seal is designed at the power source, it can effectively prevent water, suitable for outdoor/indoor use. 36 CHIMES TO CHOOSE FROM LED lights on the Receiver indicate which sensor zone has detected movement. Choose from 36 available melodies to customize the alarm sound of zone 4. The receiver can be plugged in using a power adaptor. It can also run on (3) AAA batteries as a backup in case of a power outage. (BATTERIES AND ADAPTER NOT INCLUDED) EASY TO INSTALL AND CUSTOMIZE Takes only a few minutes to set up. Simply place your sensor/or multiple sensors (expandable up to 16 sensors) anywhere on your property and when a person, vehicle or large animal moves within 24 feet of the sensor’s angled eye, a signal will be sent to the receiver that will chime in your home just like a long-range doorbell. Read more Read more Operating Range 300m/1000ft (without obstacles) Detecting Distance up to 6 meters/ 24ft Detecting Angle 30-60 degrees (Adjustable) Receiver Power supply DC 4.5V (3 x AA batteries or by an adapter) PIR Sensor Power supply DC 4.5V (3 x AAA batteries) Working Temperature -4℉ - 113℉ Volume Levels LOUD & 6 adjustable volume levels Expandable Up to 16 sensors Please Note For this modle, you'll get Only 1 Black Motion Sensor Package Includes: ●1 x PIR sensor ●1 x Base for PIR sensor installation ●2 x Wall plugs ●2 x Screws ●1 x Screwdriver ●1 x Instruction manual Read more 
317953
Rachio Smart Sprinkler Controller, 8 Zone 1st Generation, Works with Alexa
Product Description Iro is the smart irrigation controller that makes it easy and affordable for homeowners to have beautiful, sustainable landscapes. It seamlessly integrates with your home's Wi-Fi, giving you complete control right from your smartphone or laptop. Rachio automatically adjusts your watering schedule based on weather, seasonality, zone-type and regional characteristics. Product Description Iro is the smart irrigation controller that makes it easy and affordable for homeowners to have beautiful, sustainable landscapes. It seamlessly integrates with your home's Wi-Fi, giving you complete control right from your smartphone or laptop. Rachio automatically adjusts your watering schedule based on weather, seasonality, zone-type and regional characteristics.From the manufacturer Read more Water when you need it. Watering is automatic based on real time weather and seasonal adjustments. Flex Schedules keep your yard healthy while saving serious water. Use it anywhere, on any device. Android, iOS and laptop versions of the app give you complete control at home or across the globe. You can even give your landscaping professional access. A dashboard for your yard. Everything you need to know all in one place. Monitor your Iro’s status, schedule changes, watering zones, and more. See what you save with real-time reporting. Read more Read more Read more 
253847
Melnor 65036-AMZ AquaTimer 4-Zone Digital Timer with 5 Stainless Steel Filter Washers Watering Set
Product Description Get the flexibility to water multiple areas with a 4-Zone digital watering timer. Simply set how often and how long you want to water and let the timer do the work for you. Use a sprinkler to frequently water a newly seeded lawn, or soaker hose to run every other day in a flower bed, and keep the vegetable garden from getting to dry all controlled by one easy to set timer. Need to fill a bucket up or spray off the deck? Just use the manual watering option. If rain is in the forecast, use a rain delay to pause the watering for up to 7 days and it will automatically start again when the delay is over. Whether you are home or away, make sure you never forget to water again! Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 5 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us. NOTE: Timer has a separate sku. Product Description Get the flexibility to water multiple areas with a 4-Zone digital watering timer. Simply set how often and how long you want to water and let the timer do the work for you. Use a sprinkler to frequently water a newly seeded lawn, or soaker hose to run every other day in a flower bed, and keep the vegetable garden from getting to dry all controlled by one easy to set timer. Need to fill a bucket up or spray off the deck? Just use the manual watering option. If rain is in the forecast, use a rain delay to pause the watering for up to 7 days and it will automatically start again when the delay is over. Whether you are home or away, make sure you never forget to water again! Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 5 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us. NOTE: Timer has a separate sku.From the manufacturer Read more Sprinklers Melnor introduced the first successful oscillating sprinkler in 1946, and the company continues to build on that quality with sprinklers that cover a wide variety of watering needs. Nozzles and Wands A beautiful lawn or garden is in the palm of your hand. With these durable watering nozzles and wands, you can tackle all your watering chores. Water Timers Prevent over or under watering with Melnor water timers. They offer an easy solution for keeping your yard and garden healthy while conserving water. Read more Read more Melnor 65034-AMZ AquaTimer Digital Water Timer w. Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65035-AMZ AquaTimer 2-Zone Ditigal Water Timer w. Stainless Steel Washers Melnor 65036-AMZ AquaTimer 4-Zone Digital Water Timer w. Stainless Steel Washers Zones 1 2 4 Melnor AquaTimer Digital Water Timers Separate Scheduling for Each Zone Each zone has its own schedule, so you can water your newly planted petunias twice a day while the lawn gets a good soaking twice a week. Easy to Set Up and Program Easy installation and simple, intuitive programming make watering your lawn and garden easy and automatic. The large LCD screen makes scheduling easy, so you can water your lawn every other day and your flowers every other hour. Works with Sprinklers, Soaker Hoses, and Drip Systems Different plants require different watering tools. Cover all your watering needs – from basic lawn maintenance to caring for delicate flower beds – with the ability to schedule watering and be able to use sprinklers, drip systems, and other tools. What if it Rains? If rain is in the forecast or the ground is already wet, the easy to set Rain Delay feature will skip watering for up to 7 days. The timer will automatically resume watering after the delay, helping you conserve resources while protecting the health of your lawn and garden. Read more 
1113977
2 Refills, Comfort Zone Multi-Cat Pheromone Diffuser Refills (60 Days) For A Peaceful Home, Veterinarian Recommended, Stop Cat Fighting, Reduce Spraying, Scratching, & Other Problematic Behaviors
Product Description Are your cats Fighting, hissing or showing signs of tension and conflict? These behaviors can be signs that your cats are stressed or anxious. Cats are very territorial and adding another cat into a multi-cat home can cause the cats to feel threatened and stressed. Comfort Zone multi-cat diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cats' Tension and conflict. These pheromones are diffused into the air which Signal to your cats that the area is safe, making your cats feel more comfortable. Use The Comfort Zone multi-cat diffuser kit if you see your cats Fighting or showing signs of tension and conflict. Plug in a diffuser into each room where your cats roam or spend the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit Every 12 months. Our products are SAFE and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets. Product Description Are your cats Fighting, hissing or showing signs of tension and conflict? These behaviors can be signs that your cats are stressed or anxious. Cats are very territorial and adding another cat into a multi-cat home can cause the cats to feel threatened and stressed. Comfort Zone multi-cat diffusers dispense a drug-free vapor that mimics a cat's natural calming pheromones to create a calming environment which helps reduce your cats' Tension and conflict. These pheromones are diffused into the air which Signal to your cats that the area is safe, making your cats feel more comfortable. Use The Comfort Zone multi-cat diffuser kit if you see your cats Fighting or showing signs of tension and conflict. Plug in a diffuser into each room where your cats roam or spend the most time. Replace the refill every 30 days and the diffuser unit Every 12 months. Our products are SAFE and certified to U.L standards. Use only in properly functioning 120-volt electrical outlets.From the manufacturer Read more Help Restore Harmony in Your Home A calm pet is a happy pet. Comfort Zone products communicate safety and comfort to support pets’ emotional well-being using signals they understand. Comfort Zone drug-free calming solutions are effective in and around the home, and on the go, with a wide range of products proven to help pets feel safe and relaxed. Our goal is to enhance pet parents’ connections with their furry family members, by helping pets feel calm, happy and healthy. What are Pheromones and How Do They Calm My Cat? Comfort Zone products release an odorless vapor that mimics a cat’s natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat that an area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching or urine spraying. Are Your Cats Struggling to Get Along? Multi-Cat Conflict? Try the Comfort Zone Opticalm Multi-Cat diffuser to help reduce multi-cat tension and conflict in the home. Read more How Comfort Zone Pheromones Products Work Comfort Zone products release a drug-free, odorless vapor that mimics a cat's natural, calming pheromones to signal to your cat the area is familiar and safe. When your cat feels less stressed, he or she is more likely to reduce stress response behaviors like scratching and urine spraying. Drug Free Solution Calms stressed cats Reduces urine marking and scratching Encourages positive behavior Helps cats feel safe, happy and relaxed Try the whole family of calming of products for all of your needs Calming collars for the "on the go" CZ calming spray for immediate calming solution for surfaces and furniture Calming diffusers for consistent calming environment Easy To Use, just plug it in! Modern design Refills last up to 30 days Covers 650 Sq. Ft. Rotatable plug Read more Diffuser Kit for Cat Calming | Cat Calming Formula Diffuser Kit for Multi-Cat Calming | Multi-Cat Calming Formula Comfort Zone Scratch Deterrent and Cat Calming Spray Calming Pheromone Collar for Cats, Anxiety & Stress Relief Aid Reduce Urine Marking Preferred Preferred Additional Support Additional Support Reduce Destructive Scratching Additional Support Additional Support Preferred Additional Support Travel or Moving Stress Additional Support Preferred Reduce Cat Fighting Preferred Adding a Single Cat to a Home Preferred Additional Support Adding Another Cat Into a Multi-Cat Home Preferred 
1202927
Comfort Zone PowrCurve CZHV101BS 9" 3-Speed Wall-Mountable Floor Fan with 180-Degree Adjustable Tilt, 6-Blades, (Bracket Included), Black/Silver
Product Description Experience total relaxation and comfort with the Comfort Zone Powr Curve 9 In. Turbo Floor Fan. Now you can feel cool as you watch television or read your favorite books and with less noise than some other small fans, thanks to its triple-zone, tri-curve grille that effectively eliminates turbulence. Take advantage of its 180° tilt adjustment to point it to where you’re seated or lying down. Boasting a contemporary design, it also makes a stylish addition to any space. Equipped with a 100% all-copper, high-efficiency motor, this household cooling fan will help foster a relaxing and soothing atmosphere in your home. With a power draw of only 45 watts, this turbo fan will keep you cool without increasing your utility bills. Another thing to love about this reliable electric fan is that it’s fitted with a 5 ft. cord which lets you plug and move it with ease. For your peace of mind, it’s also polarized with a safety fuse. Product Description Experience total relaxation and comfort with the Comfort Zone Powr Curve 9 In. Turbo Floor Fan. Now you can feel cool as you watch television or read your favorite books and with less noise than some other small fans, thanks to its triple-zone, tri-curve grille that effectively eliminates turbulence. Take advantage of its 180° tilt adjustment to point it to where you’re seated or lying down. Boasting a contemporary design, it also makes a stylish addition to any space. Equipped with a 100% all-copper, high-efficiency motor, this household cooling fan will help foster a relaxing and soothing atmosphere in your home. With a power draw of only 45 watts, this turbo fan will keep you cool without increasing your utility bills. Another thing to love about this reliable electric fan is that it’s fitted with a 5 ft. cord which lets you plug and move it with ease. For your peace of mind, it’s also polarized with a safety fuse.From the manufacturer Read more Comfort Zone Powr Curve Comfort Zone is a brand in the home environment category. With dedicated Engineering and Quality teams to ensure our products meet strict quality standards such as UL, ETL, SAA, CE, CSA and NOM, Comfort Zone heaters, fans and humidifiers provide safe performance with value and innovation. Comfort Zone is America's Heating and Cooling Choice. Powr Curve 9" Turbo Fan, Black/Silver CZHV101BS-EU Jet Stream 6-blade fan design provides 30% more air flow Tri-curve reduces noise levels by up to 20% 100% Copper wire motor that dishes out up to 1.7 m/s of air speed 3 speed rotary control Adjustable tilt up to 180-degrees 2-in-1 design - Wall mountable (bracket included) Read more Additional Features Personalized Comfort Our heaters offer options to keep you warm and comfortable when you need it. Each heater is designed to bring you performance in a wide variety of styles and features. Trusted Performance With over 20 years of success, Comfort Zone is a national brand, that provides quality products. A Brand You Can Trust Dedicated to safety and reliability, our product meet strict global standards and provide a safe and reliable performance. We Stand Behind our Products Comfort Zone stands behind the quality and performance of our products. Read more Read more 
309130
Wireless Driveway Alarm, Motion Detector, 1000FT Long Range, 36 Melodies, Outdoor Motion Sensor Alarm Weather Resistant-Home Security Alert System Monitor & Protect Indoor/Outside Property
Product Description Motion Sensor 1000FT Operating Range, 36 Melodies, Home Security Alert System Driveway Alarm 1000 FT Range Extra Loud Chimes Home Security Alarm System Wireless Driveway Alarm, Motion Detector, Outdoor Motion Sensor Weather Resist Solar Driveway Alarm with Solar LED Lights IP67 Waterproof Outdoor Motion Sensor Driveway Alarm - Wireless PIR Motion Sensor & Outdoor Weather Resistant Detector Door Stop Security Alarm with Built-in Alert System Home Security Door Sensor Model 2 Motion Sensor with 1 Plug-in Receiver 2 Motion Sensor with 1 Plug-in Receiver 1 Motion Sensor Only 1 Motion Sensor Light with 1 Receiver 2 Motion Sensor with 1 Receiver 1 Door Stopper Alarm Alarm Mode 36 Tunes Alarm ring/door ring 36 Tunes 36 Tunes 36 Tunes Push notification Expandability Up to 5 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 5 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 16 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 16 Total Sensors Per Receiver Up to 16 Total Sensors Per Receiver / Power for Sensor 3 x AAA Batteries 3 x AAA Batteries 3 x AAA Batteries Solar Panel 3 x AAA Batteries 3 x AAA Batteries EXPANDABLE - Create up to 4 detection zones with 4 sensors each, meaning up to 16 total sensors per receiver protecting your property. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 1 For zone 1, its fixed ringtone is an alarm sound, suitable for installing the detector in the window to avoid intruders. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "1" has detected movement. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 2 For zone 2, its fixed ringtone is a scary sound, suitable for installing the detector in the area where beasts and animals infest. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "2" has detected movement. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 3 For zone 3, its fixed ringtone is a water droplets sound, suitable for installing the detector in the doorway, driveway, or garage. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "3" has detected movement. CUSTOMIZABLE & ZONE 4 For zone 4, choose from 36 available melodies to customize the alarm sound. LED lights on the Receiver indicate number "4" has detected movement. Read more IP65 WATERPROOF / WEATHERPROOF The PIR sensor is made of double waterproof/weatherproof design material, IP65 waterproof, extensively tested in extreme weather, and the waterproof seal is designed at the power source, it can effectively prevent water, suitable for outdoor/indoor use. 36 CHIMES TO CHOOSE FROM LED lights on the Receiver indicate which sensor zone has detected movement. Choose from 36 available melodies to customize the alarm sound of zone 4. The receiver can be plugged in using a power adaptor. It can also run on (3) AAA batteries as a backup in case of a power outage. (BATTERIES AND ADAPTER NOT INCLUDED) EASY TO INSTALL AND CUSTOMIZE Takes only a few minutes to set up. Simply place your sensor/or multiple sensors (expandable up to 16 sensors) anywhere on your property and when a person, vehicle or large animal moves within 24 feet of the sensor’s angled eye, a signal will be sent to the receiver that will chime in your home just like a long-range doorbell. Read more Read more Operating Range 300m/1000ft (without obstacles) Detecting Distance up to 6 meters/ 24ft Detecting Angle 30-60 degrees (Adjustable) Receiver Power supply DC 4.5V (3 x AA batteries or by an adapter) PIR Sensor Power supply DC 4.5V (3 x AAA batteries) Working Temperature -4℉ - 113℉ Volume Levels LOUD & 6 adjustable volume levels Expandable Up to 16 sensors Please Note For this modle, you'll get Only 1 Black Motion Sensor Package Includes: ●1 x PIR sensor ●1 x Base for PIR sensor installation ●2 x Wall plugs ●2 x Screws ●1 x Screwdriver ●1 x Instruction manual Read more 
973067
Melnor 65128-AMZ 4-Zone Bluetooth Water Timer with 5 Stainless Steel Filter Washers Set
Product Description Manage your lawn and garden watering through your smart device for when life gets busy. No more wasting water when you forget to turn off the sprinkler or dead flowers from a missed watering. Each of the four valves act like a separate timer letting you assign an independent schedule for each zone and monitor the program directly from your smart device to see when each zone will water next. Use the Watering Delay function to instantly pause the schedule when rain is in the forecast. Switch over to Manual Mode through the app or directly at the valve unit to turn on the water whenever you need it. Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 5 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us. Product Description Manage your lawn and garden watering through your smart device for when life gets busy. No more wasting water when you forget to turn off the sprinkler or dead flowers from a missed watering. Each of the four valves act like a separate timer letting you assign an independent schedule for each zone and monitor the program directly from your smart device to see when each zone will water next. Use the Watering Delay function to instantly pause the schedule when rain is in the forecast. Switch over to Manual Mode through the app or directly at the valve unit to turn on the water whenever you need it. Ensure you always have a leak-free seal with additional filter washers. Melnor has included 5 extra filter washers so you can easily replace them if they become lost or worn. Need additional information or assistance from Melnor? Leave feedback or ask a question below. We value your experience with us.From the manufacturer Read more Sprinklers Melnor introduced the first successful oscillating sprinkler in 1946, and the company continues to build on that quality with sprinklers that cover a wide variety of watering needs. Nozzles and Wands A beautiful lawn or garden is in the palm of your hand. With these durable watering nozzles and wands, you can tackle all your watering chores. Water Timers Prevent over or under watering with Melnor water timers. They offer an easy solution for keeping your yard and garden healthy while conserving water. Read more Read more Melnor 65126-AMZ 1-Zone Bluetooth Water Timer & 2 Stainless Steel Filter Washers Melnor 65127-AMZ 2-Zone Bluetooth Water Timer & 3 Stainless Steel Filter Washers Melnor 65128-AMZ 4-Zone Bluetooth Water Timer & 5 Stainless Steel Filter Washers Zones 1 2 4 Start times 12 24 48 Total watering duration Up to 72 hours Up to 144 hours Up to 288 hours Melnor Bluetooth Water Timers An easy and convenient way to manage your lawn and garden watering Use the free app on your smartphone or tablet to control all programming on your Melnor Bluetooth Timer. Set up is simple and offers flexible scheduling to keep your lawn and plants healthy all season long. Each watering area can have its own schedule Each zone has its own schedule, so you can water your tomatoes every morning and your lawn every other day. Easily choose when and how long to water Whether you need to water on specific days of the week or just every few days, flexible scheduling allows you to set exactly when and how long to water. Skip watering when rain is in the forecast Stop your sprinkler from running in the rain. The delay feature allows you to pause the watering schedule for up to 7 days. Read more 
1348582
Old Spice Aluminum Free Deodorant for Men Red Zone Collection, Aqua Reef, Lime & Cypress Scent, 3 Ounce (Pack of 3)
Product Description Old Spice Men's Deodorant reduces underarm odor for 24 hours. Turn the base to raise the deodorant and wipe armpits for long-lasting freshness. Where does confidence come from? Does it fall from the sky like rain or grow from the ground like plants? The answer is no, of course not. Confidence is quarried in the Red Zone in great blocks which are chopped down to fit into the Old Spice Red Zone Collection. Aqua Reef scent has lime and cypress smells just like your own fantasy island. Old Spice Men's Deodorant overpowers even the burliest stink with overwhelming good-smellingness. Don't deny your drive to impress. Get into the Old Spice Red Zone. Product Description Old Spice Men's Deodorant reduces underarm odor for 24 hours. Turn the base to raise the deodorant and wipe armpits for long-lasting freshness. Where does confidence come from? Does it fall from the sky like rain or grow from the ground like plants? The answer is no, of course not. Confidence is quarried in the Red Zone in great blocks which are chopped down to fit into the Old Spice Red Zone Collection. Aqua Reef scent has lime and cypress smells just like your own fantasy island. Old Spice Men's Deodorant overpowers even the burliest stink with overwhelming good-smellingness. Don't deny your drive to impress. Get into the Old Spice Red Zone.From the manufacturer Read more Aqua Reef The scent of lime, cypress, and sunshine. Red Zone Aqua Reef Deodorant Old Spice Men's Deodorant reduces underarm odor for 24 hours. Turn the base to raise the deodorant and wipe armpits for long-lasting freshness. Where does confidence come from? Does it fall from the sky like rain or grow from the ground like plants? The answer is no, of course not. Aqua Reef scent has lime and cypress and smells just like your own fantasy island. Old Spice Men's Deodorant overpowers even the burliest stink with overwhelming good-smellingness. Don't deny your drive to impress. Get into the Old Spice Red Zone. Read more 24-Hour Scent Technology Protection against underarm odor that lasts for 24 hours. Easy to Use So easy to use, you might accidentally put it on and only later realize your man-nificence. The Smell of Confidence Red Zone Collection transforms unfresh men into legends of confidence. Read more Red Zone Collection Body Spray Red Zone Collection Body Wash Red Zone Collection Invisible Solid Antiperspirant Red Zone Collection Deodorant Description One spray keeps you fresh all day. Drop-kicks dirt and odor. Reduces armpit sweat, goes on invisible, and stays feeling dry. 24-hour odor protection. Available in These Scents Swagger, Pure Sport, After Hours, Champion Swagger, After Hours, Aqua Reef, Champion, Desperado Swagger, Pure Sport, Aqua Reef, After Hours, Champion Swagger, Pure Sport, Aqua Reef, After Hours, Champion 24-Hour Odor Protection ✓ ✓ 24-Hour Sweat Protection ✓ Odor and Dirt Stopping ✓ All-Day Freshness ✓ ✓ ✓ What’s the difference between antiperspirants and deodorants? Antiperspirants work to reduce both sweat and odor from your underarms. By slowing down the flow of sweat to the surface of the skin, they help control wetness and, in turn, odor. On the other hand, deodorants only help reduce odor. Deodorants help control odor by masking the underarm stank caused by the bacteria interacting with sweat and also by reducing odor-causing bacteria. It’s actually these bacteria, not the wetness, believe it or not, which cause the odor. How do I avoid smelling bad or control body odor? There are a few steps to take to avoid smelling of body odor. First, take a shower and clean your whole body thoroughly with a scented body wash or soap to get rid of lingering sweat or stench. When you’re done with that, apply an antiperspirant or deodorant to your underarms. This will protect you from any odors that may try to surface throughout the day. For additional good smells, try using a body spray or cologne spray. Don’t use too much of a spray because too much can be overwhelming. How do I fight excessive sweating? First, make sure you’re wearing an antiperspirant, not a deodorant. When it comes to controlling sweat, antiperspirants are more fit for the job than deodorants. Antiperspirants plug up your sweat ducts and get rid of sweat. Sweat stimulates odor-causing bacteria, and when you get rid of sweat, you get rid of stink. For our best Old Spice sweat protection, try a product from the Hardest Working Collection. What causes body odor? Sweat on its own is odorless and evaporates pretty quickly. In areas like under your arms, sweat can’t easily evaporate, causing the feeling of wetness. With sweat comes odor. Bacteria breaks down sweat and creates underarm odor; bacteria thrive in warm, moist surroundings. Read more 
746287
POLAR Ft1 Heart Rate Monitor
Product Description FEATURES of the FT1 Heart Rate Monitor by Polar Shows heart rate on large and easy-to-read display Helps improve your fitness with manual heart rate target zone Displays a summary of your latest workout Simple one-button start and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Safely exercise within your target zone Records average and maximum heart rate Basic Features Average and maximum heart rate of training Heart rate - bpm HR-based target zones with visual and audible alarm Manual target zone - bpm Polar OwnCode (5kHz) - coded transmission Recording Features Training files (with summaries) - 1 Training Features HeartTouch - button-free operation of wrist unit Watch Features Backlight Date and weekday indicator Display text in English Time of day (12/24h) Includes Polar FT1 training computer Polar T31 coded transmitter Getting Started Guide Product Description FEATURES of the FT1 Heart Rate Monitor by Polar Shows heart rate on large and easy-to-read display Helps improve your fitness with manual heart rate target zone Displays a summary of your latest workout Simple one-button start and coded heart rate transmission to avoid cross-talk Safely exercise within your target zone Records average and maximum heart rate Basic Features Average and maximum heart rate of training Heart rate - bpm HR-based target zones with visual and audible alarm Manual target zone - bpm Polar OwnCode (5kHz) - coded transmission Recording Features Training files (with summaries) - 1 Training Features HeartTouch - button-free operation of wrist unit Watch Features Backlight Date and weekday indicator Display text in English Time of day (12/24h) Includes Polar FT1 training computer Polar T31 coded transmitter Getting Started GuideFrom the manufacturer Read more Smarter Exercise Starts Here Exercising in the right zone will help you improve your fitness and see results sooner. A heart rate monitor will help guide and motivate you so every workout counts. Low intensity training is good for burning fat, while high intensity improves fitness. Your heart rate tells you your training intensity and helps you achieve the results you want. Polar FT1 Heart Rate Monitor Exercise smarter with the Polar FT1 heart rate monitor. The FT1 provides continuous, accurate heart rate that will help you safely exercise at the right intensity. Here's how it works: While exercising, the FT1 will display your heart rate in beats per minute on its large easy-to-read display. When you exercise out of your preset heart rate zone, the FT1 gives a visual and audible alarm. It's like a personal coach on your wrist telling you when to slow down or speed up. Includes the T31 coded heart rate transmitter chest strap which picks up your heart rate monitor and not others nearby. Read more 
351553
Home Zone Security 2 Packs Solar Wall Hanging Lights Outdoor 3000K Warm Up to 8 Hours Light Dawn Motion Sensor Auto, IP65 Waterproof, No Wiring Required, Aluminum and Glass Construction
Product Description Read more Home Zone Solar Powered Wall Lantern Lights (2-Pack) Upgrade your home with the beautiful solar powered wall lantern lights from Home Zone Security. These wall lights require no wiring and can be mounted virtually anywhere using the included installation brackets. The unique hanging design allows each lantern to function as portable lights. Package Includes: ✔ Lighting Fixture (2) ✔ Mounting Screws and Brackets (2) ✔ Instruction Manual Equipped with long lasting LED bulb and durable aluminum housing, the Home Zone Security Solar Wall Lantern is a reliable, long-lasting solution for additional home security and safety throughout the night. SOLAR POWERED Let the sun do the work using advanced crystalline solar panels to recharge during the day for bright illumination at night EASY SETUP Quick and painless installation with no wiring required. Simply remove the battery tab and mount using the included mounting accessories ATTRACTIVE DESIGN Attractive glass housing for a beautiful long lasting accent lights with unique hanging design for portability AUTO-ON SENSOR Dusk to dawn sensor detects natural light to keep lights off during the day and automatically turns on at night Read more Home Zone Security Solar Wall Lantern Lights (2-Pack) Upgrade your home with the beautiful stainless steel wall lantern lights from Home Zone Security. Equipped with long lasting LED lights and an attractive lantern glass design, these solar pathway lights are a reliable, long-lasting solution for beautiful accent lighting and additional safety throughout the night. With continuous developments in LED technology, LED lighting has never been more affordable and accessible for everyday use. Installation takes minutes and with no wiring required, you can place your wall lights along dark walkways and near your home entrances for added visibility and safety for you and your family at night. Specifications Material: Stainless steel and glass housing Power: Crystalline solar panel with rechargeable battery Battery Type: 1.2V AA rechargeable battery Output: LED lights with 10 lumens output Read more Home Zone Security Solar Wall Lantern Lights (2-Pack) Home Zone Security Solar Pathway Lights (4-Pack) Home Zone Security Solar Crackle Glass Lights (2-Pack) Home Zone Security Solar Wall Lights (4-Pack) Home Zone Security Motion Sensor Lights Ambient Light Sensor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Batteries Included ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ LED Brightness 10 lumens 10 lumens 10 lumens 20 lumens 10 lumens Unit Size 6.25 x 6.25 x 6.7 in. 5.5 x 5.5 x 16.5 in. 4.3 x 4.3 x 24.5 in. 4.7 x 4.7 x 0.98 in. 8.25 x 6.25 x 5.0 in. Usage Type accent wall light, decorative wall lantern, hanging wall light path light, decorative pathway light, in-ground solar lights path light, decorative pathway light, in-ground solar lights wall light, step light, fence light, patio light patio light, fence post light, wall lights, outdoor decorative lights, accent lighting Color Temperature Warm White Warm White Warm About Home Zone Security No one should feel unsafe in their home. Our unique assortment of motion activated and solar powered products provide automated home lighting solutions that are reliable, intuitive, and cost efficient. Although security is of importance, we strongly believe a home should retain its symbol of comfort. That's why our products are designed to complement and boost home appearance with modern and contemporary aesthetics. With Home Zone Security, you can rest easy with the peace of mind that your home stays attractive and bright throughout the night. Read more 
578969
Karcassin 24 Inch Wine and Beverage Refrigerator, 2 in 1 Wine Fridge Dual Zone Stainless French Door, Built-in & Freestanding 50 Cans
Product Description Do you like both delicious, rich red wines and crisp, light white wines? How can you keep both at just the perfect temperature for chilling? This Karcassin Wine and Beverage Cooler delivers even cooling at just the right temperature, with a dual zone compressor that cools each area to the perfect chilling temperature. It has 20 Bottle Wine and 50 Cans Beverage capacity, with each bottle cradled in its own space, made of natural beech wood shelving.L ow-noise, energy-saving mini wine cooler will not disturb you or your guests.T he digital temperature control will allow you to adjust the temperature ranging from 41-64°F for both zone. Bringing out your wine's aromas.T he wine cooler is lit with soft blue LED lighting, so it displays beautifully wherever you decide to store your wine-in a home bar, entertainment area, or in the kitchen. The unit is only 24” wide, so it fits easily in most areas. Introducing The Karcassin Wine and Beverage Cooler, 2 in 1 Wine Fridge Dual Zone For Every Serious Wine Lover! Technical Specification Wherever you display it, it will give you perfectly chilled, flavorful wine whenever you want it! Input voltage: 110-120V~ 60HZ Input power: 105W Rated current: 1.6A Weight: 108 lbs Compressor Cooling Security Lock SPECIFICATION Built-in or freestanding Dimension(without handle): W23.4” x H32.9” x D22.4” Dimension(with handle): W23.4” x H32.9” x D22.6” Suggested built-in dimension: W23.8” x H33.3” x D22.8” Door: Reversible Light: Blue interior LED light Display: Digital LED temperature control Built-in or Freestanding Installation The temperature on both sides can be set between 41-64°F Read more Cooling Technology The Karcassin under counter wine cooler center featured with heavy duty compressor , work with the powerful circulation fans to evenly distribute cool air throughout. Soft LED Light Each cooling zone is illuminated by blue LED . Ensure that every bottles or cans keep the same humidity. At the same time, you can clearly see the amount of red wine in your wine cooler. Hidden details design Choose the best materials and one-piece molding process. 24 hours constant temperature and humidity . Fashion design, placed in the living room or guest room, highlighting your taste! Read more 2 in1 Wine Refrigerator You can easily store up to 750ml standard wine bottles and up to50 cans in the easy to remove wooden wine cooler. The wooden frame can be disassembled according to the requirements for beverage placement. Freestanding installation Freestanding wine cooler looks classy and fashion, making it perfectly match any home, club, cafe or restaurants. The sleek design will be a great addition and focal point at any occasion. Built-in installation Our black wine cooler mini fridge features stainless steel french doors with double-layer glass, and a front vent, which makes it the perfect under counter wine refrigerator or free standing wine cooler. Read more Read more wine cooler wine cooler wine cooler wine and beverage cooler wine and beverage cooler Size 15 inch 15 inch 15 inch 24 inch 24 inch Storage capacity 32 Bottle 28 Bottle 46 Bottle 20 Bottle + 50 Can 20 Bottle + 66 Can Cooler temperature 41-64 ℉ Upper Zone 41-54℉ Lower Zone 54-64℉ Upper Zone 41-54℉ Lower Zone 54-64℉ Left Zone 41-64°F Right Zone 41-64°F Left Zone 41-64°F Right Zone 35-50°F Installation Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Built-in / Freestanding Control type Touch Touch Touch Touch Touch Shelf material Wooden Shelves Wooden Shelves Wooden Shelves Wooden Shelves Wires + Wooden shelves Low noise&No vibration ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Lock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Double layer glass door ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 
300968
Comfort Zone CZ110WT Turbo Desk Fan,180-Degree Adjustable Head, Adjustable Tilt, 3-Speed, 10-inch, White
Product Description At Comfort Zone, we’re dedicated to helping you find your comfort zone by offering you a range of quality fans. Our fan line-up includes Personal Fans, Table Fans, Pedestal Fans, Tower Fans, Window Fans, Box Fans, and Wall Mounted Fans. We offer only the highest quality fans built to perform and last. Product Description At Comfort Zone, we’re dedicated to helping you find your comfort zone by offering you a range of quality fans. Our fan line-up includes Personal Fans, Table Fans, Pedestal Fans, Tower Fans, Window Fans, Box Fans, and Wall Mounted Fans. We offer only the highest quality fans built to perform and last.From the manufacturer Read more Comfort Zone Comfort Zone is a brand in the home environment category. With dedicated Engineering and Quality teams to ensure our products meet strict quality standards such as UL, ETL, SAA, CE, CSA and NOM, Comfort Zone heaters, fans and humidifiers provide safe performance with value and innovation. Comfort Zone is America's Heating and Cooling Choice. 10" Square Turbo Desk Fan, White CZ110WT 3-speed option 180-degree adjustable head Powerful turbo motor for maximum air movement 10" fan is perfect for any space No assembly required White finish for a contemporary look Read more Additional Features Personalized Comfort Our heaters offer options to keep you warm and comfortable when you need it. Each heater is designed to bring you performance in a wide variety of styles and features. Trusted Performance With over 20 years of success, Comfort Zone is a national brand, that provides quality products. A Brand You Can Trust Dedicated to safety and reliability, our product meet strict global standards and provide a safe and reliable performance. We Stand Behind our Products Comfort Zone stands behind the quality and performance of our products. Read more Read more 
1088055
Phiestina Under Counter Wine Fridge 15 Inch Dual Zone Wine Cellar Built-in or Freestanding Wine Cooler Refrigerator with Frost Free Compressor Cooling System
Product Description Chill Wine & Cool Your Wines To The Preferred Temperature. Enjoy easy access to your favorite wine any time you want and any place you are. With the Phiestina wine cooler by your side! Throw elite parties for your guests, pleasantly surprise your family the next time they come over or plan the most luxurious wine tasting night for your friends. Fit Anywhere You Want! Thanks to its portable nature and compact size, this W14.9 x D22.4 x H33.9 inches wine fridge machine fits anyplace you please. Transform your kitchen right now and enjoy your favorite wine the way you should. Like a real wine connoisseur. Turn your cupboards, book shelves, office tables or kitchen countertops to wine refrigerator spaces! Use it as a freestanding unit anywhere you want. Office, work, garden, open air festivals, clubs, promotion centers, conferences, pool parties, open bars and more! Read more Whisper Like Performances! Boasting a high-tech compressor and air duct system you may rest assured that this wine cooler unit is quiet as a stone. It ensures that the cold air is transferred to every corner of the cooler without making any noise. Enjoy your favorite drinks unobstructed from now on. Forget that a wine cooler machine is working right here next to you. Front Vent + Nice Kick Plate Design! Front vent from kick plate is an excellent design for built in or under counter use so the heat can go out from the front but not have to stay in your cabinet. A nice kick plate can add score to the appearance. It's Kick plate, no kick plate box! It could make the lower part of your wine cooler align with your cabinet kick plate which looks more elegant. Choose The Right Temperature! Prepare bottles of wine. Achieve the perfect temperature without having to guess anymore. The Phiestina works in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. Set different temperature zones for the wine and different ones for the other beverages. The cooling temp for the upper zone is 40~50°F, and the lower zone is 50~60°F. Read more No More Limitations! Truly Adjustable & Removable Shelves! We know that portability and being compact go hand in hand for you. That is why the Phiestina wine cooler comes with 5 removable beech wood wine racks. At the end of the inner wall, there are two stoppers on each side, that prevent the shelf from moving and the bottles from falling down. Inside the cooler the trays have been shaped in such a way to encourage maximum storage for minimum space. Fill them up with your favorite wines and find your peace of mind. It can hold up to 29 bottles of wine. Great for champagne, sparkling water, red, rose and white wine, sodas, cola, lemonade, juice, refreshing drinks, cocktails and many other beverages. Read more Complement Your Kitchen! Keep Your Party Guests Pleased! Being tall, sleek and flawless the Phiestina wine fridge will complement any corner of your house. It can be used for personal and professional use as well. The stainless steel door frame and transparent glass could cater to any type of home and kitchen decoration. Whether your home is vintage, country, boho, shabby chic, retro, modern or minimalistic this wine cooler kit will fit the bill. Its handles are non slip and ergonomically designed to ensure a comfy grip every time you open the door. Read more 15 Inch Wine Cooler 24 Inch Beverage Cooler 24 Inch Beverage Cooler 24 Inch Wine and Beverage Cooler 30 Inch Wine and Beverage Cooler 15 Inch Beverage Cooler Wide 15 Inch 24 Inch 24 Inch 24 Inch 30 Inch 15 Inch Built-In Cabinet/Under Counter ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Freestanding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Dual Zone ✓ X X ✓ ✓ X Capacity 29 Bottles 175 Cans 175 Cans 20 Bottles + 78 Cans 33 Bottles + 100 Cans 96 Cans Cooling Range Upper Zone: 40-50°F Lower Zone: 50-66°F 38-50°F 32-41°F Left Zone: 40-66°F Right Zone: 38-50°F Left Zone: 40-66°F Right Zone: 38-50°F 38-50°F Door Type Tempered Glass Door Tempered Glass Door Stainless Steel Door Tempered Glass Door Tempered Glass Door Tempered Glass Door Door Handle Left Side ( Reversible) Left Side ( Reversible) Left Side Side By Side Side By Side Left Side ( Reversible) 
920019
Alesis Drums KP1 – Chain Drive Kick Drum Pedal for Virtually any Alesis Electric Drum Set or Acoustic Drum Kit
Product Description Must Have Accessory for Virtually Any Drum Set The Alesis Drums KP1 is a no-nonsense chain-drive kick pedal that pairs perfectly with your drum kit. The double-sided beater accommodates all setups – a felt side for dynamic stroke definition on an acoustic kick, and a plastic side that won’t tear up the mesh or rubber on an electronic kick pad. Built like a tank, this is the durable kick pedal you’ve been looking for. Compatibility The Alesis Drums KP1 is compatible with virtually any electronic or acoustic drum kit and is the perfect accessory for the acclaimed Crimson II SE and DM10 MKII Pro Kits. The Alesis Crimson II Special Edition Kit This is next generation electronic drums technology at its finest. When you sit at the Crimson II SE, you’ll be struck by it’s all-new, enhanced pad set – a 12” dual-zone snare in its own snare drum stand takes center-stage, flanked by 3 dual-zone toms including a 10” floor tom, a 12” hihat, two 12” dual-zone crash cymbals, an amazing 14” triple-zone ride cymbal, and of course, an 8-inch kick pad that’s primed for the KP1. The DM10 MKII Pro Kit Designed for the studio and live performance, the DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum kit and comes complete with six drum pads (10/10/12/12” toms,12” snare with stand, and 8" Bass drum), four cymbals (12” hi-hat, two 14” crash, and a 16” three-zone ride), and the heavy-duty quick lock chrome rack – seeking the ultimate accessory to complete this goliath of a kit, look no further than the KP1. Product Description Must Have Accessory for Virtually Any Drum Set The Alesis Drums KP1 is a no-nonsense chain-drive kick pedal that pairs perfectly with your drum kit. The double-sided beater accommodates all setups – a felt side for dynamic stroke definition on an acoustic kick, and a plastic side that won’t tear up the mesh or rubber on an electronic kick pad. Built like a tank, this is the durable kick pedal you’ve been looking for. Compatibility The Alesis Drums KP1 is compatible with virtually any electronic or acoustic drum kit and is the perfect accessory for the acclaimed Crimson II SE and DM10 MKII Pro Kits. The Alesis Crimson II Special Edition Kit This is next generation electronic drums technology at its finest. When you sit at the Crimson II SE, you’ll be struck by it’s all-new, enhanced pad set – a 12” dual-zone snare in its own snare drum stand takes center-stage, flanked by 3 dual-zone toms including a 10” floor tom, a 12” hihat, two 12” dual-zone crash cymbals, an amazing 14” triple-zone ride cymbal, and of course, an 8-inch kick pad that’s primed for the KP1. The DM10 MKII Pro Kit Designed for the studio and live performance, the DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum kit and comes complete with six drum pads (10/10/12/12” toms,12” snare with stand, and 8" Bass drum), four cymbals (12” hi-hat, two 14” crash, and a 16” three-zone ride), and the heavy-duty quick lock chrome rack – seeking the ultimate accessory to complete this goliath of a kit, look no further than the KP1.From the brand Previous page PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES SINCE 1984 Alesis has revolutionized the music industry with their ground-breaking studio recording, electronic percussion, keyboard and live sound gear. Our passion for innovation is unmatched, and we are dedicated to creating gear that empowers musicians, producers and engineers at all skill levels to unleash their full creative potential at home, on-stage and in the studio. Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Explore more here : Visit the Store Next page From the manufacturer Introducing the Alesis Drums KP1 Get the Best Out of Your Drum Set The Alesis Drums KP1 is a no-nonsense chain-drive kick pedal that pairs perfectly with your drum kit. With its adjustable spring tension for the perfect feel and smooth response, KP1 guarantees to capture every subtle nuance of your drum performance. Rock Solid Build That's Perfect for Any Kit! The double-sided beater accommodates all setups – a felt side for dynamic stroke definition on an acoustic kick, and a plastic side that won’t tear up the mesh or rubber on an electronic kick pad. Built like a tank, this is the durable kick pedal you’ve been looking for. Perfect for the Crimson II SE and DM10MKII Pro The Alesis Crimson II Special Edition Kit This is next generation electronic drums technology at its finest featuring a 12” dual-zone snare in its own snare drum stand, 3 dual-zone toms, a 12” hihat, two 12” dual-zone crash cymbals, a 14” triple-zone ride cymbal, and of course, an 8-inch kick pad that’s primed for the KP1. The DM10 MKII Pro Kit Designed for the studio and live performance, the DM10 MKII Pro Kit is a premium ten-piece electronic drum kit complete with six mesh drum pads, four cymbals and a heavy-duty quick lock chrome rack – seeking the ultimate accessory to complete this goliath of a kit? Look no further than the KP1! 
476087
Koldfront 7 Series 14 Inch 18 Bottle Free Standing Dual Zone Cooling Wine Cooler
Product Description Koldfront 18 Bottle Free Standing Dual Zone Wine Cooler - Black and Stainless Steel Store various types of wine at their optimal temperatures using the Koldfront 7 Series 18 Bottle Free Standing Dual Zone Wine Cooler ( TWR187ESS ). This free-standing wine cooler has two temperature zones, both which use thermoelectric cooling to ensure that up to 18 bottles of your wine taste as the winemakers intended. Specifications: Weight: 35.3 lbs. Tempered glass door Free-standing installation only Input voltage: 115 V/60 Hz Power: 110 Watts, 1.0 Amps Dimensions: 25.33" H x 14" W x 22.25" D Features: Koldfront's 7 Series: As a part of Koldfront's 7 Series, this wine cooler is designed to be as stylish as it is efficient, boasting both an even cooling and sleek presentation of your wine Dual Zone Design: This freestanding wine cooler has two temperature zones, allowing you to store both red and white wine simultaneously at their optimum temperatures Vibration-Free Thermoelectric Cooling: Harmful vibrations and noises are eliminated and the temperature is evenly maintained due to this unit’s energy-efficient thermoelectric cooling system Temperature Range: The top zone has a temperature range of 54 to 66°F while the lower zone has a temperature range of 46 to 66°F Dual Zone Control Panel: Both zones can be controlled by the centrally located control panel featuring a LCD temperature display and temperature adjustment buttons for both the top and lower zones Soft Interior Lighting: The LED interior lighting displays your bottles in a delicate, non-intrusive light 18 Bottle Capacity: Capacity based on standard Bordeaux style wine bottles with a diameter of 2.75" Removable Wood Shelving: Accommodate larger bottles by reconfiguring the easily removable wooden shelves; however, keep in mind this will decrease the stated bottle capacity Safety Ensured: You can rest assured that your wine collection is safe due to this unit’s available lock 
1642647
Yamaha RX V573 7.1 Channel Network AV Receiver (Discontinued by Manufacturer)
Product Description Product Description Experience the power of a 7.1 network receiver from Yamaha, the RX-V573. Seven discrete amplifiers provide versatile speaker options, including 7.1 channel surround, Bi-Amp to double power to main speakers, or Zone B for extended audio coverage. The Yamaha AV Controller App works with Apple and Android devices and provides simple yet powerful network control. Enjoy your new receiver with CINEMA DSP 3D, which offers an enveloping home theater experience. Expand connectivity with Apple AirPlay and versatile USB input for iPad compatibility. With included futuristic technologies like 4k video pass-through and ECO mode, the RX-V573 puts the power in your hands. From the Manufacturer Yamaha RX-V573 7.1-Channel Network AV Receiver Key Features Network receiver with AV Controller App for iPad/iPhone/iPod and Android phones/tablets 7.1-Channel Powerful Surround Sound with 115W per Channel Apple Airplay Allows Streaming Music to AV Receiver HD Audio format decoding: Dolby TrueHD and DTS-HD Master Audio; Dolby Digital Plus and DTS-HD High Resolution Audio 4K pass-through for next generation super high resolution displays, and HDMI (4 in/1 out) with 3D and Audio Return Channel Front panel USB Digital Connection for iPad/iPod/iPhone & MP3 YPAO sound optimization for automatic speaker setup in minutes Assignable amplifiers for bi-amp connection or Zone B for extended audio in another room ECO mode operation for about 20%* less power consumption Experience the Power of a 7.1 Network Receiver from Yamaha. Introducing the RX-V573. Enjoy. Seven discrete amplifiers provide versatile speaker options, including 7.1 channel surround, Bi-Amp to double power to main speakers, or Zone B for extended audio coverage. The Yamaha AV Controller App works with Apple and Android devices and provides simple yet powerful network control. Enjoy your new receiver with CINEMA DSP 3D, which offers an enveloping home theater experience. Expand connectivity with Apple AirPlay and versatile USB input for iPad compatibility. With included futuristic technologies like 4k video pass-through and ECO mode, the RX-V573 puts the power in your hands. 4K Pass-Through for Next Generation Super High Resolution Images This AV receiver provides advanced HDMI features including 4K pass-through. 4K refers to four times the resolution of a 1080p display. While not yet available, 4K displays and sources are sure to become popular in the future. This receiver is capable of passing the 4K data from the source to the display, for image clarity far beyond present standards. HDMI with 3D and Audio Return Channel 3D means the receiver can handle 3D signal data. The Audio Return Channel function enables data to be sent and received via the same HDMI cable, so you can hear the sound from the TV via a single HDMI cable, with no need for an extra optical cable. Network Functions This AV receiver provides a variety of network functions that enable you to access more sources and also enhance operation. You can connect the receiver to a PC to enjoy Internet Radio. The AV Controller app (from iTunes App Store or Android Market) lets you control various functions from your iPod, iPhone, iPad or Android phones. View the Kindle App AV Controller App for Easy, Convenient Operation This AV Receiver lets you use the Yamaha AV Controller app that is downloadable from the Amazon App Store, iTunes App Store or Android Market to control power on/off and volume, select input and DSP modes and operate other functions from your Kindle Fire, iPod, iPhone, iPad or Android device. A tablet version is also available. Control your Yamaha Network Receiver with Free Kindle Fire App With a Yamaha network receiver you can now control your music and media with our new app designed specifically for the #1 product on Amazon, the Kindle Fire. This application is FREE, and available for download on the Amazon App Store for Kindle Fire and other Android devices. Click here to check out the Kindle App for Yamaha Network Receivers. AirPlay Allows Streaming Music to AV Receiver This AV receiver supports AirPlay, which means they can accept wireless music streaming from iPod touch, iPhone or iPad, as well as from iTunes on Macs or PCs. This makes it easy to enjoy music from your mobile devices or computer on your home theater system. You can use view metadata such as song title, artist name as well as album art* via AV receiver's on-screen display. *Some models don't support album art display. Zone B Output Provides 2-Channel Sound in a Second Room Zone B output capability allows the receiver to send 2-channel sound to a second zone, so the main zone now has 5-channel output. This means that users can enjoy stereo sound in a second room. The same source will play in both zones (cannot use two sources). HDMI CEC for Easy Operation Another benefit of HDMI is the availability of CEC functionality. When the unit is connected to a CEC compatible TV, it will turn on and off together with the TV, and you can use the TV remote to control the volume. CEC also provides advanced functionality with other components. For example, you can use the receiver’s remote unit to control player functions like Skip and Stop. *All connected devices must be HDMI CEC compatible. Some CEC compatible TVs/players may not work. YPAO Sound Optimization for Automatic Speaker Setup YPAO analyzes the room acoustics and adjusts various audio parameters for optimum sound in just a few minutes. It’s like having a professional installer calibrate your system. USB Digital Connection for iPod, iPhone and iPad on the Front Panel A USB port on the front panel allows convenient connection of an iPod/iPhone/iPad, which also charges when connected. Because the digital signal from the iPod/iPhone/iPad is transmitted directly to the AV receiver, there is no signal loss or interference, so you enjoy the best possible sound quality. In addition, you can use the receiver’s remote control unit to operate the iPod/iPhone/iPad music playback functions. SCENE for One-Touch Start Pressing a SCENE button powers on the AV Receiver and selects the input source and DSP mode. You can re-set the buttons for different sources by selecting a source and DSP mode, then pressing a SCENE button for more than three seconds. HD Audio with CINEMA DSP 3D and Virtual Presence Speaker CINEMA DSP 3D provides a wide, high and dense sound field. HD Audio format decoding lets you enjoy HD Audio sources. Virtual Presence Speaker delivers 3-dimensional sound without actual use of presence speakers. Input Selection in HDMI Standby Through Mode When the AV receiver is in HDMI Standby Through mode, the input source (Blu-ray™ Disc player, game console, etc.) for viewing on the monitor can be changed via the remote control. There’s no need to turn on the AV receiver in order to switch sources. Subwoofer Trim for Improved Sound Imaging The Subwoofer Trim control enhances the low frequencies by avoiding overlap with the front speaker output. This will result in a cleaner, more focused sound stage while providing a seamless frequency response. When subwoofer frequency overlap occurs in conventional systems, the overall sound is “pushed” toward the subwoofer. Subwoofer Trim takes care of this by separating the low subwoofer frequencies cleanly, thus stabilizing the front stage while providing a well-balanced enhanced bass sound. Compressed Music Enhancer When music is encoded into a digitally compressed format like MP3, the frequency response suffers. Yamaha’s Compressed Music Enhancer employs sophisticated digital signal processing using exclusive algorithms to restore what was lost, so the music always sounds the way it should. Adaptive DRC (Dynamic Range Control) Adaptive DRC automatically adjusts the dynamic range of the sound according to the volume level. This ensures that you hear clear dialogue and vocals, and all sound effects at comfortable levels. There is no need to adjust the volume level as you listen; everything from whispers to big explosions will be heard clearly and comfortably at the same volume setting. It also tones down loud TV commercials, and is ideal for low-volume, late-night listening, when you do not want to disturb others. ECO mode lowers power consumption by 20%* Yamaha’s new ECO mode reduces power consumption by about 20%. It can be set from the top of the GUI menu. * Compared to power consumption when ECO mode is off (Yamaha measurement). Selectable Auto Power Down Auto Power Down lets you save energy by selecting to turn off the power after 2, 4, 8 or 12 hours. * Compared to power consumption when ECO mode is off (Yamaha measurement). Low Standby Power Consumption Yamaha makes its receivers eco-friendly with a low standby power consumption of 0.1W in IR Standby mode (1W in HDMI Standby Through mode, 2W in Network Standby mode). Other Notable Advanced Features Charging of iPod, iPhone and iPad via USB when AV Receiver is off iPod/iPhone song titles displayed in English and Western European languages on the front panel Multi language color OSD for improved visibility Audio input assign capability for HDMI and component video input Front panel mini jack input for connecting portable audio player Audio input assign capability for HDMI and component video input 9 selectable subwoofer crossover frequencies Subwoofer phase select / Subwoofer out Initial Volume Setting and Maximum Volume Setting Audio Delay for adjusting Lip-Sync (0-250 ms) 40-station preset tuning / Auto preset tuning Background Video feature (for Radio only) Which Yamaha RX-V Series Receiver is Right for You? Yamaha RX-V373 Check out the Yamaha RX-V373 Yamaha RX-V473 Check out the Yamaha RX-V473 Yamaha RX-V573 Check out the Yamaha RX-V573 Yamaha RX-V673 Check out the Yamaha RX-V673 Yamaha RX-V773-WA Check out the Yamaha RX-V773 Power Watts/Channel 100 x 5 105 x 5 110 x 7 90 x 7 95 x 7 Discrete Amp - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Amp Assignable - - Surround Back/ Bi-amp/Zone B Surround Back/ Bi-amp/Presence/ Zone 2 Surround Back/ Bi-amp/Presence/ Zone 2 Connectivity Made for iPad/iPhone/iPod iPhone/iPod inly ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ HDMI In(Front)/Out 4in 1out 4in 1out 4in 1out 6(1)/1 6(1)/2 HDMI 4k-2k Pass-thru Pass-thru Pass-thru Pass-thru & Upscale Pass-thru & Upscale & HDMI Zone B Ease of Use Panel Height 130mm 140mm 140mm 150mm 150mm/Aluminum front On-Screen Display ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Graphic-User-Interface - - ✔ ✔ ✔ YPAO Speaker Setup ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ PLUS RSC ✔ PLUS RSC Multi-point Multi-Zone - - Zone B Zone 2 Line out / SP out Zone 2 Line out / SP out Network Features Wifi Smartphone App Control - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Apple AirPlay/Internet Radio - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ DLNA Certified - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Network Receiver - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ PLUS WIFI ADAPTER INPUTS/OUTPUTS HDMI 4/1 4/1 4/1 6(1 front)/1 6(1 front)/2 USB 1 1 1 1 1 Network Port - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Digital Optical 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 Digital Coaxial 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 Analog Audio 4(front 1)/2 4(front 1)/1 4(front 1)/1 4(front 1)/1 4(front 1)/1 Component Video 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 Composite Video 4(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 Preout Subwoofer 1 1 1 2 2 Headphone out 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description Product Description Experience the power of a 7.1 network receiver from Yamaha, the RX-V573. Seven discrete amplifiers provide versatile speaker options, including 7.1 channel surround, Bi-Amp to double power to main speakers, or Zone B for extended audio coverage. The Yamaha AV Controller App works with Apple and Android devices and provides simple yet powerful network control. Enjoy your new receiver with CINEMA DSP 3D, which offers an enveloping home theater experience. Expand connectivity with Apple AirPlay and versatile USB input for iPad compatibility. With included futuristic technologies like 4k video pass-through and ECO mode, the RX-V573 puts the power in your hands. From the Manufacturer Yamaha RX-V573 7.1-Channel Network AV Receiver Key Features Network receiver with AV Controller App for iPad/iPhone/iPod and Android phones/tablets 7.1-Channel Powerful Surround Sound with 115W per Channel Apple Airplay Allows Streaming Music to AV Receiver HD Audio format decoding: Dolby TrueHD and DTS-HD Master Audio; Dolby Digital Plus and DTS-HD High Resolution Audio 4K pass-through for next generation super high resolution displays, and HDMI (4 in/1 out) with 3D and Audio Return Channel Front panel USB Digital Connection for iPad/iPod/iPhone & MP3 YPAO sound optimization for automatic speaker setup in minutes Assignable amplifiers for bi-amp connection or Zone B for extended audio in another room ECO mode operation for about 20%* less power consumption Experience the Power of a 7.1 Network Receiver from Yamaha. Introducing the RX-V573. Enjoy. Seven discrete amplifiers provide versatile speaker options, including 7.1 channel surround, Bi-Amp to double power to main speakers, or Zone B for extended audio coverage. The Yamaha AV Controller App works with Apple and Android devices and provides simple yet powerful network control. Enjoy your new receiver with CINEMA DSP 3D, which offers an enveloping home theater experience. Expand connectivity with Apple AirPlay and versatile USB input for iPad compatibility. With included futuristic technologies like 4k video pass-through and ECO mode, the RX-V573 puts the power in your hands. 4K Pass-Through for Next Generation Super High Resolution Images This AV receiver provides advanced HDMI features including 4K pass-through. 4K refers to four times the resolution of a 1080p display. While not yet available, 4K displays and sources are sure to become popular in the future. This receiver is capable of passing the 4K data from the source to the display, for image clarity far beyond present standards. HDMI with 3D and Audio Return Channel 3D means the receiver can handle 3D signal data. The Audio Return Channel function enables data to be sent and received via the same HDMI cable, so you can hear the sound from the TV via a single HDMI cable, with no need for an extra optical cable. Network Functions This AV receiver provides a variety of network functions that enable you to access more sources and also enhance operation. You can connect the receiver to a PC to enjoy Internet Radio. The AV Controller app (from iTunes App Store or Android Market) lets you control various functions from your iPod, iPhone, iPad or Android phones. View the Kindle App AV Controller App for Easy, Convenient Operation This AV Receiver lets you use the Yamaha AV Controller app that is downloadable from the Amazon App Store, iTunes App Store or Android Market to control power on/off and volume, select input and DSP modes and operate other functions from your Kindle Fire, iPod, iPhone, iPad or Android device. A tablet version is also available. Control your Yamaha Network Receiver with Free Kindle Fire App With a Yamaha network receiver you can now control your music and media with our new app designed specifically for the #1 product on Amazon, the Kindle Fire. This application is FREE, and available for download on the Amazon App Store for Kindle Fire and other Android devices. Click here to check out the Kindle App for Yamaha Network Receivers. AirPlay Allows Streaming Music to AV Receiver This AV receiver supports AirPlay, which means they can accept wireless music streaming from iPod touch, iPhone or iPad, as well as from iTunes on Macs or PCs. This makes it easy to enjoy music from your mobile devices or computer on your home theater system. You can use view metadata such as song title, artist name as well as album art* via AV receiver's on-screen display. *Some models don't support album art display. Zone B Output Provides 2-Channel Sound in a Second Room Zone B output capability allows the receiver to send 2-channel sound to a second zone, so the main zone now has 5-channel output. This means that users can enjoy stereo sound in a second room. The same source will play in both zones (cannot use two sources). HDMI CEC for Easy Operation Another benefit of HDMI is the availability of CEC functionality. When the unit is connected to a CEC compatible TV, it will turn on and off together with the TV, and you can use the TV remote to control the volume. CEC also provides advanced functionality with other components. For example, you can use the receiver’s remote unit to control player functions like Skip and Stop. *All connected devices must be HDMI CEC compatible. Some CEC compatible TVs/players may not work. YPAO Sound Optimization for Automatic Speaker Setup YPAO analyzes the room acoustics and adjusts various audio parameters for optimum sound in just a few minutes. It’s like having a professional installer calibrate your system. USB Digital Connection for iPod, iPhone and iPad on the Front Panel A USB port on the front panel allows convenient connection of an iPod/iPhone/iPad, which also charges when connected. Because the digital signal from the iPod/iPhone/iPad is transmitted directly to the AV receiver, there is no signal loss or interference, so you enjoy the best possible sound quality. In addition, you can use the receiver’s remote control unit to operate the iPod/iPhone/iPad music playback functions. SCENE for One-Touch Start Pressing a SCENE button powers on the AV Receiver and selects the input source and DSP mode. You can re-set the buttons for different sources by selecting a source and DSP mode, then pressing a SCENE button for more than three seconds. HD Audio with CINEMA DSP 3D and Virtual Presence Speaker CINEMA DSP 3D provides a wide, high and dense sound field. HD Audio format decoding lets you enjoy HD Audio sources. Virtual Presence Speaker delivers 3-dimensional sound without actual use of presence speakers. Input Selection in HDMI Standby Through Mode When the AV receiver is in HDMI Standby Through mode, the input source (Blu-ray™ Disc player, game console, etc.) for viewing on the monitor can be changed via the remote control. There’s no need to turn on the AV receiver in order to switch sources. Subwoofer Trim for Improved Sound Imaging The Subwoofer Trim control enhances the low frequencies by avoiding overlap with the front speaker output. This will result in a cleaner, more focused sound stage while providing a seamless frequency response. When subwoofer frequency overlap occurs in conventional systems, the overall sound is “pushed” toward the subwoofer. Subwoofer Trim takes care of this by separating the low subwoofer frequencies cleanly, thus stabilizing the front stage while providing a well-balanced enhanced bass sound. Compressed Music Enhancer When music is encoded into a digitally compressed format like MP3, the frequency response suffers. Yamaha’s Compressed Music Enhancer employs sophisticated digital signal processing using exclusive algorithms to restore what was lost, so the music always sounds the way it should. Adaptive DRC (Dynamic Range Control) Adaptive DRC automatically adjusts the dynamic range of the sound according to the volume level. This ensures that you hear clear dialogue and vocals, and all sound effects at comfortable levels. There is no need to adjust the volume level as you listen; everything from whispers to big explosions will be heard clearly and comfortably at the same volume setting. It also tones down loud TV commercials, and is ideal for low-volume, late-night listening, when you do not want to disturb others. ECO mode lowers power consumption by 20%* Yamaha’s new ECO mode reduces power consumption by about 20%. It can be set from the top of the GUI menu. * Compared to power consumption when ECO mode is off (Yamaha measurement). Selectable Auto Power Down Auto Power Down lets you save energy by selecting to turn off the power after 2, 4, 8 or 12 hours. * Compared to power consumption when ECO mode is off (Yamaha measurement). Low Standby Power Consumption Yamaha makes its receivers eco-friendly with a low standby power consumption of 0.1W in IR Standby mode (1W in HDMI Standby Through mode, 2W in Network Standby mode). Other Notable Advanced Features Charging of iPod, iPhone and iPad via USB when AV Receiver is off iPod/iPhone song titles displayed in English and Western European languages on the front panel Multi language color OSD for improved visibility Audio input assign capability for HDMI and component video input Front panel mini jack input for connecting portable audio player Audio input assign capability for HDMI and component video input 9 selectable subwoofer crossover frequencies Subwoofer phase select / Subwoofer out Initial Volume Setting and Maximum Volume Setting Audio Delay for adjusting Lip-Sync (0-250 ms) 40-station preset tuning / Auto preset tuning Background Video feature (for Radio only) Which Yamaha RX-V Series Receiver is Right for You? Yamaha RX-V373 Check out the Yamaha RX-V373 Yamaha RX-V473 Check out the Yamaha RX-V473 Yamaha RX-V573 Check out the Yamaha RX-V573 Yamaha RX-V673 Check out the Yamaha RX-V673 Yamaha RX-V773-WA Check out the Yamaha RX-V773 Power Watts/Channel 100 x 5 105 x 5 110 x 7 90 x 7 95 x 7 Discrete Amp - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Amp Assignable - - Surround Back/ Bi-amp/Zone B Surround Back/ Bi-amp/Presence/ Zone 2 Surround Back/ Bi-amp/Presence/ Zone 2 Connectivity Made for iPad/iPhone/iPod iPhone/iPod inly ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ HDMI In(Front)/Out 4in 1out 4in 1out 4in 1out 6(1)/1 6(1)/2 HDMI 4k-2k Pass-thru Pass-thru Pass-thru Pass-thru & Upscale Pass-thru & Upscale & HDMI Zone B Ease of Use Panel Height 130mm 140mm 140mm 150mm 150mm/Aluminum front On-Screen Display ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Graphic-User-Interface - - ✔ ✔ ✔ YPAO Speaker Setup ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ PLUS RSC ✔ PLUS RSC Multi-point Multi-Zone - - Zone B Zone 2 Line out / SP out Zone 2 Line out / SP out Network Features Wifi Smartphone App Control - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Apple AirPlay/Internet Radio - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ DLNA Certified - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Network Receiver - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ PLUS WIFI ADAPTER INPUTS/OUTPUTS HDMI 4/1 4/1 4/1 6(1 front)/1 6(1 front)/2 USB 1 1 1 1 1 Network Port - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Digital Optical 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 Digital Coaxial 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 Analog Audio 4(front 1)/2 4(front 1)/1 4(front 1)/1 4(front 1)/1 4(front 1)/1 Component Video 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 Composite Video 4(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 5(front 1)/1 Preout Subwoofer 1 1 1 2 2 Headphone out 1 1 1 1 1
1305384
Aristo 3 Case, Tribute Dynasty, Fortune Case Cute Lilo Stitch 3D Cartoon Soft Silicone Animal Shockproof Anti-Bump Protector Kids Girlsboys Gifts Cover Replacement for LG Phoenix 4/ K8 2018/Aristo
Product Description ● Our case for LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case is Pretty, beautiful adorable cartoon style, which is perfect selection for your kids, girls or boys. They would get lots of compliments for the case everywhere especially you kids love it and enjoy the honey period with the case. ● for LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case is soft silicone material. It is a little big, which is convenient to you install and carry, when you put on and take off from your phone. ● For LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case all cutouts and buttons are precisely designed to access all your device's features. ● If you don’t satisfy our case for LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case, please contact me, we will be there to help you to solve any problem with a replacement or refund. For LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE Case, 3D Cartoon Silicone Cover, Cute Animal Rainbow Unicorn Soft Rubber Back Protector Skin Kids Girls Teen Animated Cool Fun Cute Kawaii Soft Rubber Funny Unique Character Cases Cover Skin Product Description ● Our case for LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case is Pretty, beautiful adorable cartoon style, which is perfect selection for your kids, girls or boys. They would get lots of compliments for the case everywhere especially you kids love it and enjoy the honey period with the case. ● for LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case is soft silicone material. It is a little big, which is convenient to you install and carry, when you put on and take off from your phone. ● For LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case all cutouts and buttons are precisely designed to access all your device's features. ● If you don’t satisfy our case for LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE case, please contact me, we will be there to help you to solve any problem with a replacement or refund. For LG Aristo, Tribute Dynasty, Tribute Empire, Fortune 2, K8 2018, K8 Plus+, Rebel 3 LTE, Aristo 2 Plus, Phoenix 4, K8 2017, K4 2017, Rebel 2, Zone 4, LV3 MS210, LV3 KC1, Rebel 4 LTE Case, 3D Cartoon Silicone Cover, Cute Animal Rainbow Unicorn Soft Rubber Back Protector Skin Kids Girls Teen Animated Cool Fun Cute Kawaii Soft Rubber Funny Unique Character Cases Cover Skin
1193710
RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncer
Product Description This affordable, 8’ bounce platform is combined with an exciting slide, so you double your dimension of fun. The O-Zone Plus features an 8-foot diameter by 26” high bouncer with a handy 48" boarding platform with vinyl handles to assist swimmers in boarding. The bouncer is constructed of heavy duty 28-gauge PVC with grab lines around perimeter. Includes a heavy duty 40 lb. capacity anchor bag. Slide measures 84" L x 42" W x 52" H. The O-Zone Plus has a 5' bounce surface. Limited one year warranty. Product Description This affordable, 8’ bounce platform is combined with an exciting slide, so you double your dimension of fun. The O-Zone Plus features an 8-foot diameter by 26” high bouncer with a handy 48" boarding platform with vinyl handles to assist swimmers in boarding. The bouncer is constructed of heavy duty 28-gauge PVC with grab lines around perimeter. Includes a heavy duty 40 lb. capacity anchor bag. Slide measures 84" L x 42" W x 52" H. The O-Zone Plus has a 5' bounce surface. Limited one year warranty.From the manufacturer RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncers with Slides (2 Sizes) for Swimming, Sunbathing and Bouncing The RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncers with Slides are designed to be a value alternative to our reinforced Bongo Bouncers, so they are perfect for young families and those looking for an entry-level water bouncer or swim platform. Details include: Versatile design for many uses including swimming, sunbathing, and bouncing for young families Offered in two sizes (5-ft surface diameter and 7-ft surface diameter); the 5-foot O-Zone Plus supports up to 240 lbs. total and the 7-foot O-Zone XL Plus supports up to 350 lbs. total. Both sizes include a water bouncer with an attached slide and boarding platform Dimensions: Plus Bouncer: 5' (1.52 M) surface diameter; 136" x 100" x 28" (345cm x 254cm x 71cm) inflated; Plus XL Bouncer: 7' (2.13 M) surface diameter; 165" x 132" x 34" (419cm x 335cm x 86cm) overall inflated size; Slide: 84" x 42" x 52" (213cm x 107cm x 132cm) inflated. Easy set-up: simply inflate and anchor! Read more Feature Details Swim and Bounce All Day! The RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncers with Slides are designed to be a value alternative to our reinforced Bongo Bouncers, so they are perfect for young families and those looking for an entry-level water bouncer or swim platform. Swim, bounce, play and sunbathe all day! Includes Attached Slide & Boarding Platform Both the O-Zone Plus (5 foot bouncer surface diameter) and the O-Zone XL Plus (7-foot bouncer surface diameter) include an attached slide and boarding platform with comfy vinyl handles. Everything your family needs for a fun day on the water is included! Quality Offered in 2 Sizes Both sizes are constructed of durable materials, so you can purchase with confidence. Easy Set Up Simply inflate each O-Zone component and anchor for a fun-filled time on the water with swimming, playing, sunbathing, and bouncing. Read more About RAVE Sports Helping People Make Water Fun Is Our Passion In 1997 we introduced the first commercial-grade high quality inflatable water trampoline that sparked the entire inflatable water trampoline industry. Since then, our classic Aqua Jump Eclipse Water Trampolines have been providing water fun for thousands of families, camps, and resorts around the world. RAVE Sports has 25 years experience in producing high quality, innovative products that exceed expectations. Our innovation has expanded into a comprehensive product line including: Stand Up Paddle Boards Water Trampolines Water Bouncers Giant Inflatables and Mats Boat Towable Tubes Water Skis and Wakeboards Life Vests and Accessories At RAVE you'll find everything to keep your summer on the water and smiles on your faces. Our products let kids be kids --- or better yet, they let adults be kids. O-Zone Plus with Slide O-Zone XL Plus with Slide Splash Zone Plus (12 ft.) Splash Zone Plus (16 foot) Size 208" x 96" x 54" (528cm x 244cm x 137cm) overall inflated size 235" x 132" x 57" (597cm x 335cm x 145cm) overall inflated size 22' x 19.5' x 4' inflated 26' x 23.5' x 4' (inflated and assembled) Product Weight 67 lbs (30 kg) 88 lbs (40 kg) 84 lbs (38 kg) 126.5 lbs (58 kg) Total Capacity 240 lbs (109 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 600 lbs (272 kg) 700 lbs (318 kg) Surface Diameter 5 ft 7 ft 12 ft 16 ft Water Depth Required 8' 8' 10' 10' Attachments Included Slide & Boarding Platform Slide & Boarding Platform Slide, Log & Boarding Platform Slide, Log & Boarding Platform Material 28 gauge PVC 28 gauge PVC 28 gauge reinforced PVC 28 gauge reinforced PVC 
899376
RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncer
Product Description This affordable, 8’ bounce platform is combined with an exciting slide, so you double your dimension of fun. The O-Zone Plus features an 8-foot diameter by 26” high bouncer with a handy 48" boarding platform with vinyl handles to assist swimmers in boarding. The bouncer is constructed of heavy duty 28-gauge PVC with grab lines around perimeter. Includes a heavy duty 40 lb. capacity anchor bag. Slide measures 84" L x 42" W x 52" H. The O-Zone Plus has a 5' bounce surface. Limited one year warranty. Product Description This affordable, 8’ bounce platform is combined with an exciting slide, so you double your dimension of fun. The O-Zone Plus features an 8-foot diameter by 26” high bouncer with a handy 48" boarding platform with vinyl handles to assist swimmers in boarding. The bouncer is constructed of heavy duty 28-gauge PVC with grab lines around perimeter. Includes a heavy duty 40 lb. capacity anchor bag. Slide measures 84" L x 42" W x 52" H. The O-Zone Plus has a 5' bounce surface. Limited one year warranty.From the manufacturer RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncers with Slides (2 Sizes) for Swimming, Sunbathing and Bouncing The RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncers with Slides are designed to be a value alternative to our reinforced Bongo Bouncers, so they are perfect for young families and those looking for an entry-level water bouncer or swim platform. Details include: Versatile design for many uses including swimming, sunbathing, and bouncing for young families Offered in two sizes (5-ft surface diameter and 7-ft surface diameter); the 5-foot O-Zone Plus supports up to 240 lbs. total and the 7-foot O-Zone XL Plus supports up to 350 lbs. total. Both sizes include a water bouncer with an attached slide and boarding platform Dimensions: Plus Bouncer: 5' (1.52 M) surface diameter; 136" x 100" x 28" (345cm x 254cm x 71cm) inflated; Plus XL Bouncer: 7' (2.13 M) surface diameter; 165" x 132" x 34" (419cm x 335cm x 86cm) overall inflated size; Slide: 84" x 42" x 52" (213cm x 107cm x 132cm) inflated. Easy set-up: simply inflate and anchor! Read more Feature Details Swim and Bounce All Day! The RAVE Sports O-Zone Plus Water Bouncers with Slides are designed to be a value alternative to our reinforced Bongo Bouncers, so they are perfect for young families and those looking for an entry-level water bouncer or swim platform. Swim, bounce, play and sunbathe all day! Includes Attached Slide & Boarding Platform Both the O-Zone Plus (5 foot bouncer surface diameter) and the O-Zone XL Plus (7-foot bouncer surface diameter) include an attached slide and boarding platform with comfy vinyl handles. Everything your family needs for a fun day on the water is included! Quality Offered in 2 Sizes Both sizes are constructed of durable materials, so you can purchase with confidence. Easy Set Up Simply inflate each O-Zone component and anchor for a fun-filled time on the water with swimming, playing, sunbathing, and bouncing. Read more About RAVE Sports Helping People Make Water Fun Is Our Passion In 1997 we introduced the first commercial-grade high quality inflatable water trampoline that sparked the entire inflatable water trampoline industry. Since then, our classic Aqua Jump Eclipse Water Trampolines have been providing water fun for thousands of families, camps, and resorts around the world. RAVE Sports has 25 years experience in producing high quality, innovative products that exceed expectations. Our innovation has expanded into a comprehensive product line including: Stand Up Paddle Boards Water Trampolines Water Bouncers Giant Inflatables and Mats Boat Towable Tubes Water Skis and Wakeboards Life Vests and Accessories At RAVE you'll find everything to keep your summer on the water and smiles on your faces. Our products let kids be kids --- or better yet, they let adults be kids. O-Zone Plus with Slide O-Zone XL Plus with Slide Splash Zone Plus (12 ft.) Splash Zone Plus (16 foot) Size 208" x 96" x 54" (528cm x 244cm x 137cm) overall inflated size 235" x 132" x 57" (597cm x 335cm x 145cm) overall inflated size 22' x 19.5' x 4' inflated 26' x 23.5' x 4' (inflated and assembled) Product Weight 67 lbs (30 kg) 88 lbs (40 kg) 84 lbs (38 kg) 126.5 lbs (58 kg) Total Capacity 240 lbs (109 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 600 lbs (272 kg) 700 lbs (318 kg) Surface Diameter 5 ft 7 ft 12 ft 16 ft Water Depth Required 8' 8' 10' 10' Attachments Included Slide & Boarding Platform Slide & Boarding Platform Slide, Log & Boarding Platform Slide, Log & Boarding Platform Material 28 gauge PVC 28 gauge PVC 28 gauge reinforced PVC 28 gauge reinforced PVC 